Quarterlytics / Utilities / Regulated Electric / ContourGlobal

ContourGlobal

glo.l · LSE Utilities
Claim this profile
Ticker glo.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Utilities
Industry Regulated Electric
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · ContourGlobal
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Generating 
responsible 
energy

Annual Report 2019

…powering the planet

Guided by our values, we help to power 
the planet by developing, acquiring, owning  
and operating electricity generation assets  
to the highest standards around the world.

We currently operate 107 Thermal and Renewable power 
generation assets in 18 countries across Europe, Latin  
America and Africa. Our assets have a total installed 
capacity of over 4.8 GW. 

We create additional value through best-in-class operations  
in both our existing portfolio and in the new assets we  
develop or acquire. 

The energy we generate has a positive impact for people, 
businesses and communities around the world – powering 
cities, providing heat and light, enabling businesses to 
run around the clock. And through our social investing 
program we invest in making the places where we live 
and operate better. 

We’re proud of the ever greater difference we make as 
we continue to grow well.

Our strategy
To achieve our ambitions, we have a highly disciplined,  
proven strategy with three key priorities:

Operational excellence

  Page 02

High growth

  Page 67

Financial strength

  Page 110

Overview
01  Financial and 

operational highlights

Strategic report
03  Our business at a glance
08  Chairman’s letter
10  CEO’s review
14  Our business model
16  Our four sustainability 

principles

18  The fast changing 
power market
20  Engaging with our 
stakeholders

22  Our strategy for growth
24  Our strategy in action
26  Our KPIs
28  Health and Safety
31  Business review
40  Our people
44  Bring our story to 

life through our 
people’s images

45  Environment
48  Communities
52  Finance Director’s report
56  Managing our principal risks

Governance
66  Non-Financial Information 

Statement

68  Board of Directors
70  Corporate governance 

report

80  Report of the Nomination 

Committee

83  Report of the Audit & Risk 

Committee

89  Report of the Remuneration 

Committee

91  Remuneration at a glance
94  Annual Report on 
Remuneration

106  Directors’ report
109  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements

Financial statements
Independent auditors’ 
111 
report to the members 
of ContourGlobal plc
119  Consolidated statement 
of income and other 
comprehensive income
120  Consolidated statement 
of financial position
121  Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity
122  Consolidated statement 

of cash flows

123  Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements
172  Company balance sheet
172  Company statement of 
changes in equity
174  Notes to the Company 
financial statements
178  Shareholder information

01

Financial and operational highlights

We aim to excel financially and 
operationally, meeting ambitious 
targets and outperforming our peers.

Revenue
2019 Change +6%

Income from Operations
2019 Change +12%

Adjusted EBITDA1
2019 Change +15%

1,330

1,253

1,023

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

269

262

292

703

610

513

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

$1,330.2m

$292.1m

$702.7m

Proportionate  
Adjusted EBITDA1
2019 Change +5%

Funds from Operations1
2019 Change +12%

Installed Capacity
2019 Change +12%

536

562

434

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

338

302

256

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

4,845

4,159

4,317

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

$561.6m

1  Refer to page 26 for definition.

$337.9m

4,845.4 MW

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements02
02

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019

Strategic 
report

03  Our business at a glance
08  Chairman’s letter
10  CEO’s review
14  Our business model
16  Our four 

sustainability principles

18  The fast changing 
power market
20  Engaging with our 
stakeholders

22  Our strategy for growth
24  Our strategy in action
26  Our KPIs
28  Health and Safety
31  Business review
40  Our people
44  Bring our story to 

life through our 
people’s images

45  Environment
48  Communities
52  Finance Director’s report
56  Managing our principal risks

0.03 

Lost Time Incident Rate

94.3% 

Availability Factor

26,944 

Train hours

Strategic priority

Operational 
excellence

We have a culture of safety, operational 
excellence and continuous improvement 
through failure analysis that drives 
strong operational performance and 
continues to create significant value 
through operational improvements. 
We bring these capabilities to our 
growth activities.

03

Our business at a glance

Our mission is to develop, acquire and 
operate electricity generation businesses 
worldwide, creating economic and social 
value through better operations, and 
assisting the communities where we work.

Founded in 2005, we have grown successfully to  
become a leading global platform of contracted  
Thermal and Renewable power generation.

We have 107 Thermal and Renewable 
power generation assets in Europe, Latin 
America and Africa with a total installed 
capacity of 4.8 GW. 

Our Renewable portfolio uses renewable 
resources of wind, photovoltaic solar, 
concentrated solar and hydropower, 
together with battery storage technology.

We have a differentiated business model, 
with a proven track record of growth 
focused on long-term and wholesale 
contracted or regulated power generation 
across different technologies, geographies 
and stages of development.

Our Thermal portfolio uses conventional 
fossil fuels, specifically natural gas, biogas, 
coal and liquid fuels. 

We actively manage risk by underpinning 
the vast majority of our revenues with 
long-term contracts or long-term regulated 
tariffs, with creditworthy counterparties. 
This approach delivers predictable cash 
flows (with over 87% of revenues 
contracted over the next five years).

Our core values and sustainability principles  
underpin everything we do.
They are the key drivers of our activities, from growth to employee  
empowerment, and ultimately create shareholder value.

Our values 

We care about our people’s 
health, safety, well-being  
and development. 

We expect, embrace and 
enable excellence and 
continuous learning through 
humility, and the knowledge 
that we will fail but when we 
do, we will learn. 

We act transparently  
and with moral integrity. 

We honor the commitments  
of those who have placed  
their trust in us. 

We work hard and without 
boundaries as a multinational, 
integrated team. 

Our four sustainability 
principles

Operate safely and 
efficiently and minimize 
environmental impacts.

  Page 16

Grow well.

  Page 16

Manage our  
business responsibly.

  Page 17

Enhance our operating 
environment.

  Page 17

4.8 GW

Total installed capacity

2,666 MW

Total installed capacity in Europe

1,952 MW

Total installed capacity  
in Latin America

228 MW

Total installed capacity in Africa

107

Assets

18

Operating countries, 
across three continents

1,490

Employees

82% male 
18% female

Diversity – Total Gender Distrbution

0.58

CO2 emissions intensity (net CO2 
emission tonnes/MWh)

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements04

Our business at a glance continued

Our portfolio and assets
22

Thermal operational plants

85

Renewable operational plants

Key construction projects

Bonaire: page 36

Austrian repowering: page 37

Vorotan: page 38

Remaining Contracted / 
Regulated Life by Asset (Years)

21

21

17

16

16

16

16

15

14

KivuWatt

Vorotan
Complex

Hydro
Brazil
Cap des
Biches
Chapadas
Complex

Spanish
CSP

Togo

Inka

Asa Branca

Mexico

Solar Italy

Solar 
Slovakia

Bonaire

Austria
Wind

Sochagota

Thermoemcali

Maritsa

Solutions

Arrubal

French
Caribbean

11

10

6

6

6

4

4

4

4

2

2

12 Month rolling average

1  For assets with multiple PPAs, numbers shown based 
on midpoint of the expiration dates for such PPAs.
2  Weighted by 2019 adjusted EBITDA before corporate 

and holding company costs.

Operational 
plants

Thermal

1 Maritsa

2 Arrubal

3 Mexico CHP

4 Termoemcali

5 Sochagota

6 Togo

7 Cap des Biches I & II

8 Solutions Brazil

9 Bonaire Engines

10 KivuWatt

11 Guadaloupe

12 Knockmore Hill

13 Saint Martin

14 Solutions Benin

15 Solutions Nogara

16 Solutions Ikeja

17 Ploiesti

18 Solutions Oricola

Renewable

19 Vorotan complex

20 CSP

21 Chapada I

22 Chapada II

23 Hydro Brazil

24 Asa Branca

25 Austria Wind

26 Inka

27 Solar Italy

28 Chapada III

29 Solar Slovakia

30 Bonaire Wind

31 Solar Romania

32

Italy Biogas

Geographic 
location

Energy 
type

Gross 
capacity 
(MW)

Bulgaria

Spain

Mexico

Colombia

Colombia

Togo

Senegal

Brazil (4)

Dutch Antilles

Rwanda

French Territory

Northern Ireland

French Territory

Nigeria

Italy

Nigeria

Romania

Italy

Armenia

Spain (5)

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil (9)

Brazil

Austria (10)

Peru

Italy (48)

Brazil

Slovakia (3)

Dutch Antilles

Romania

Italy (2)

908

800

518

240

165

100

86

76

27

26

21

15

14

10

9

7

6

3

3,031

404

250

205

173

167

160

149

114

77

60

35

11

7

2

1,815

Current 
contracts / 
regulated 
revenues have 
a weighted 
average 
remaining term 
of c.10.3 years2

Portfolio

 Liquid Fuels 

 Coal 

 Natural Gas 

 Wind 

 Solar 

 Hydro 

 Biogas 

(#) Number of power plants

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201905

Our six largest assets

438 MW
CHAPADA COMPLEX 
(I, II & III)
BRAZIL – WIND

800 MW
ARRUBAL
SPAIN – NATURAL GAS

908 MW
MARITSA
BULGARIA – COAL

12

2

20

29

25

31

18

15

17

1

32

27

19

67

6

16

14

10

3

3

13

11

30

9

5

4

26

21,  
22, 28
21
23

21

22

22

8

24

21

21

8

8
8

518 MW

MEXICO CHP
MEXICO – NATURAL GAS

250 MW

CSP 
SPAIN – SOLAR

404 MW

VOROTAN
ARMENIA – HYDRO

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements06

Our business at a glance continued

Our role in the electricity value chain 
We are a growth company that develops,  
acquires and operates power generation 
businesses. We operate two lines of business:

Renewable

Thermal

Solar
Photovoltaic solar power is generated using 
solar cells to convert energy from the sun into  
a flow of electrons. The cells produce a direct 
current which can be used to power equipment. 
Concentrated solar power generates power by 
concentrating sunlight onto a small area using 
mirrors or lenses. Electricity is generated when 
this is converted to heat, which produces  
steam for a turbo-generator.

Wind
Wind turbines harness the kinetic energy  
of the wind and redirect it to a generator  
to convert it to electrical power.

Hydro
Hydropower is produced by moving 
water spinning turbines at speed,  
which in turn are attached to  
electrical generators. 

Natural gas and biogas
Natural gas consists mainly of methane  
and is created as a result of underground 
decomposition. Biogas can be produced  
from many biological raw materials.  
The gas is used as fuel for different 
technologies to produce electricity. 

Coal
Coal is burnt in a furnace to produce 
heat. This produces steam which is 
then piped to a turbo-generator. 
We will not be expanding further  
in this area.

Liquid fuels
Liquid fuels are used in reciprocating  
engines to produce electricity.

We focus on the wholesale power generation 
part of the electricity value chain

Power generation

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201907

Capacity

Capacity split  
by source

Capacity split  
by energy type

Capacity split by  
geographic region 

Breakdown1

Capacity

Breakdown1

Capacity

Breakdown

Capacity

l  Natural gas
l Coal
l Wind
l  High  

Efficiency 
Cogen
l Hydro
l Solar
l Liquid fuels
l Biogas

24%
22%
18%
13%

12%

8%
3%
1%

l Thermal
l Renewable
l  High  

Efficiency 
Cogen

50%
37%
13%

l Europe
l  Latin  

America

l Africa

55% 
40% 

5% 

1  Capacity splits based  
on installed MWs

Reliability and efficiency

Thermal Fleet 
availability factor (%)

Renewable Fleet 
availability factor (%)

Efficiency* 
Net efficiency (%)

100

93.0

92.6

90.2

92.8

92.7%

100

97.0

97.6

96.8

96.3

98.1%

54

63

63

63

60

73

72

80

60

40

20

0

80

60

40

20

0

42

40

42

42

42

41

41

2016

2017

2018 2019

2016

2017

2018 2019

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018 2019

92.8%

Against a benchmark  
of 92.7%

96.3%

Against a benchmark  
of 98.1%

l  Total Thermal  

(excluding Solutions)

l Total Solutions

* Net energy produced by the 
plants / energy consumed

Transmission

Distribution

Consumption

Power generation 
The electricity supply chain 
has four main segments: 
generation, transmission, 
distribution and retail. We 
focus on the wholesale power 
generation segment, generating 
power using both thermal and 
renewable technologies. 

Contracted 
Power generation can be defined 
as either merchant or contracted. 
Contracted plants have minimal 
exposure to market prices for the 
duration of the underlying contract 
because the price is negotiated 
and fixed upfront. This is done 
either through long-term power 
purchase agreements (PPAs), 
which typically have more stable 
margins than projects fully 
exposed to market prices, or 
prices set under a regulatory 
regime and subject to periodic 
review. PPAs also typically de-risk 
the generator from demand 
volume volatility and other 
changes in market conditions 
such as changes in electricity,  
fuel and CO2 prices.

Our portfolio 
Our business is international with 
a concentration in three primary 
regions: Europe, Latin America 
and, to a lesser extent, sub-
Saharan Africa. We operate 
in the electricity generation 
market and engage in all phases 
of a power plant’s life. In the 
development of a project, we 
secure contracts, obtain permits, 
and arrange financing for assets 
that we will build or acquire. Once 
an asset has been constructed or 
purchased, we operate the power 
plant using either thermal or 
renewable fuel sources. 

Our customers
Our customers include national 
grids and utilities that supply these 
grids, as well as commercial and 
industrial customers that receive 
electricity, steam, water, or CO2 
directly from on-site facilities.

OUR PARTICULAR 
FOCUS IN THE 
ELECTRICITY VALUE 
CHAIN ENABLES US 
TO COMBINE HIGH 
GROWTH WITH  
LONG-TERM STABILITY.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements08

Chairman’s letter

I am pleased to report another 
impressive set of results with sustained 
improvements in business operations, 
revenue growth and strong cash flows.

CONTOURGLOBAL IS A 
WORLD CLASS OPERATOR 
WITH AN INTERNATIONAL 
FOOTPRINT DIVERSIFIED 
ACROSS GEOGRAPHIES AND 
TECHNOLOGIES. THIS 
PROFILE ENABLES US TO 
DELIVER ROBUST AND 
RESILIENT FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE.

I am pleased to report another strong set 
of annual results in 2019 from both an 
operational and financial performance 
perspective. However, our stock price 
performance was frustrating, with 
ContourGlobal's stock trading at a 
meaningful discount to our view of 
intrinsic value. We are pursuing several 
key initiatives that we believe will help 
close this gap in 2020. These include 
the following: (a) monetizing the value-gap 
between private market values for 
renewable assets and how we are 
being valued in the public markets by 
accelerating our strategy of minority sales; 
(b) exploring a sale of our Brazilian portfolio 
- our only meaningful non-hard currency 
exposure; (c) not proceeding with any 
new coal investments; this likely includes 
Kosovo given opposition from the new 
government there; (d) investing in our 
low-carbon growth pipeline, focusing 
exclusively on renewable and low-carbon 
thermal assets in hard currency (US dollar 
or Euro) markets; and (e) returning excess 
capital to shareholders. 

The year yielded an impressive set of 
results with sustained improvements in 
business operations, revenue growth 
and strong cash flows. ContourGlobal 
has continued to make meaningful 
operational progress in 2019 whilst 
maintaining excellent levels of safety and 
reliability, going 442 days with no Lost 
Time Incident (“LTI”) until late November 
2019. Our target remains zero LTIs. 

Delivering on our growth strategy
ContourGlobal is a world class operator 
with an international footprint diversified 
across geographies and technologies. 
This profile enables us to deliver robust 
and resilient financial performance, 
evidenced by our track record of 
creating value through acquisitions by 
improving operational performance.

We announced on 25th November 2019 
that we had closed the acquisition in 
Mexico of two natural gas-fired combined 
heat and power plants (CHP), together with 
development rights for a third plant. As of 
the closing date, approximately 98% of the 
CHP power together with all the steam 
generation are under long-term contract, 
an improvement on the 90% announced 
at signing. We expect the Mexico CHP 
business to generate approximately 
$110 million of Adjusted EBITDA on a 
full-year basis.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
09

We also completed the acquisition of a 
12.4 MW add-on rooftop PV solar portfolio 
in Italy with an average remaining feed in 
tariff period of 13 years. This portfolio is 
located near our existing Northern Italy 
hub. We continue to see attractive add-on 
solar growth opportunities in Italy.

During the year, the Board reviewed the 
Company’s strategy as it continues to 
achieve its targets and evolve from 
the strategy it set at the time of its IPO. 
We are focused on renewable and 
low-carbon growth opportunities, and 
our pipeline remains robust.

Sustainability, compliance,  
health & safety
We remain equally focused on our 
sustainability agenda which forms part 
of our group strategy, and are constantly 
seeking new ways to further improve 
our practices. Consistent with our values, 
we continuously reiterate through internal 
compliance training and communication 
our commitment to transparency and 
responsible corporate behaviour. 
During the year, we carried out a 
corporate compliance survey which 
indicated that the overall Company 
demonstrates a culture of ethics and 
integrity and clearly communicates its 
expectations of ethical behaviour. 

Our Group performance on Health and 
Safety continues to be industry leading 
and we remain focused on our zero 
target for LTIs. One of management’s 
key priorities is to provide a safe working 
place for employees, contractors and 
sub-contractors as part of our Target 
Zero (zero harm, zero injuries) operational 
excellence program which is driven by a 
culture of continuous improvement. We will 
continue our efforts to better identify and 
mitigate risks in key compliance and health 
and safety areas.

People and culture
Significant effort is put into making 
ContourGlobal a great place to work, 
where talent and diversity thrive. 
The Board attaches high importance 
to employee engagement and recognizes 
the challenges in engaging with global 
employees. Local management engage 
their employees and keep them informed 
of business matters. At Group level, 
management continuously aims to 
improve communication and employee 
engagement through activities such as 
the Compliance Culture Survey, Townhall 
meetings and the Tuesday Talks when 
the CEO engages with employees on 
various issues.

Dividend Policy and dividends
Our dividend policy aims to grow the 
ordinary dividend per share at 10% annually 
for the foreseeable future. In 2019 we 
announced that we would move to paying 
our dividends in four quarterly installments. 
This commitment is supported by the 
Company’s substantial and predictable 
cash generation. The total dividend amount 
for the full year of 2019 is USD 99 million. 
The fourth quarter dividend of USD 3.6901 
cents per share, equivalent to USD 24.75 
million will be paid on 9th April 2020. 

The dividend receivable in pounds sterling 
will be calculated based on the exchange 
rate on the applicable announcement 
date. Further information on dividends 
can be found on page 175 of the Financial 
Statements and in the Shareholder 
information section on page 178.

Board changes
During the year, we announced the 
appointments of Stefan Schellinger 
as Global Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Director with effect from 15th 
April 2019, and the strengthening of the 
Board with an additional independent 
Non-Executive Director, Mariana Gheorghe, 
with effect from 30th June 2019. Both 
appointments bring significant experience 
and diversity and are making valuable 
contributions. Following the resignation 
of Ruth Cairnie, we propose to appoint 
an additional independent Non-Executive 
Director. We have retained the services 
of an external search consultant with 
the remit to find the best balance of 
skills, experience and diversity to suit 
ContourGlobal’s requirements.

I am excited by the significant 
opportunities ahead for ContourGlobal 
and I am confident that it is well 
positioned to continue to deliver 
predictable, sustainable cash flow 
growth for shareholders.

On behalf of the Board, I would like 
to thank management, all our staff, 
our contractors and suppliers for 
their dedication and hard work in 
delivering ContourGlobal’s excellent 
performance in 2019.

Craig A. Huff
Chairman

Sustainable 
Development Goals
We continue to actively 
support the United Nations 
Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs), which call for 
action by all countries and 
provide opportunities for 
companies to align their 
own sustainability goals with 
these broader societal goals. 

Our mission, and the way we 
go about achieving it, is firmly 
in line with the SDGs and our 
activities can be directly linked 
to most of the 17 goals.

 www.un.org/
sustainabledevelopment/

WE REMAIN EQUALLY 
FOCUSED ON OUR 
SUSTAINABILITY 
AGENDA WHICH FORMS 
PART OF OUR GROUP 
STRATEGY, AND WE 
ARE CONSTANTLY 
SEEKING NEW WAYS 
TO FURTHER IMPROVE 
OUR PRACTICES.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
10

CEO’s review

ContourGlobal grew well 
in 2019 and capitalized on 
opportunities to recycle capital 
that had started to emerge as 
the year progressed.

1  Ref to page 27
2  Ref to page 29

Performance Review 
Safety First. We had another extraordinary 
year for our most important objective –to 
work safely. We equaled our record year in 
2018 and 2017 with our key lagging indicator, 
our Lost Time Incident Rate1, ending the year 
at 0.03 despite over nearly 6 million hours 
worked including, as in 2018, at several 
recently acquired businesses. 

We also, for the third year in a row, failed to 
achieve “Target Zero,” our health and safety 
goal targeting zero LTI, adopted in December 
2016. In a cruel and ironic twist(ed back) of 
fate, our sole LTI of the year occurred in late 
November, after 442 days and nearly 7.5 
million hours worked without a lost time 
incident, during a emergency drill at one of 
our sites in Spain. Fortunately the injury was 
not severe. We “five whys’d” the problem 
and recommitted to Target Zero for 2020. 

Great operating companies lead with great 
health & safety performance and Contour is 
no exception. When conducting diligence on 
potential M&A targets, we first look at the 
health & safety records and performance of 
the target company. 99% of the time this H&S 
diligence tells us all that we need to know 
about the quality of the target’s operations. 
Not once have we seen a power generation 
business with poor health & safety 
performance but great operational 
performance. They go hand-in-hand. Health 
& Safety is hard. Get that right and the rest 
follows. Recognizing our commitment to H&S 
and our outstanding performance, in 2019 
Contour was admitted as a member into the 
prestigious Campbell Institute, a leading 
Health and Safety organization dedicated to 
eliminate workplace injury and which brings 
together like minded leading companies to 
share best practices and data to continuously 
improve operational performance. Everyone 
at Contour takes great pride in having 
earned the right to affix the Campbell 
Institute logo onto our website. 

For the second year in a row we were also 
included in the UK FTSE4Good Index, the 
responsible investment index of the FTSE 
group designed to help investors identify 
companies that meet globally recognized 
corporate responsibility standards and invest 
in them. Since 2010, our fifth year of 
operations and first year as a reporting 
member of the United Nations Global 
Compact, we have worked to integrate our 
sustainability commitments into our business 
strategy. In the decade since we have 
become sustainability and ESG leaders. In 
recent years the “E” has come to overwhelm 
the “S” and the “G”, with the adverse result 
that most ESG attention paid to the company 
has narrowly focused on the lignite coal 
development project in Kosovo, a project 
which we informed the market during our IPO 
process would be our last coal project. As a 
result of the political situation in Kosovo since 
July, our development project is incapable of 
reaching its milestones prior to the required 
project completion date of 24th May 2020.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019ContourGlobal’s 2019 highlights

1

2

3

4

5

6

Excellent Health & Safety Performance

Successful completion of  
largest acquisition in our history

Adjusted EBITDA growth

Excellent operations across entire fleet

Bond issuance at record low  
interest rate of 3%

Bonaire Integrated Hybrid Facility Upgrade

11

This past summer the previous government 
resigned. In October new elections were 
held but the result produced no new 
government for four months. The previous 
government would not engage with us about 
the project and the new government formed 
just in February is led by a prime minister 
who publicly opposes the project. As such, 
the project will not be realized by us.

One result is that we are able to move rapidly 
towards our objective of reducing CO2 
emissions in our portfolio, a portfolio which 
consists of only 1.5 coal plants accounting for 
approximately 17% of Adjusted EBITDA. Many 
people worked against very difficult odds to 
enable this project to move forward and with 
a better set of circumstances we would have 
brought the project into existence. The reality 
and paradoxical nature of the Kosovo project 
was that it would dramatically reduce CO2 
emissions in the country (38%), Particulate 
matter (93%), SOx (85%) and NOx (93%). 

We had a very strong operating year in 2019. 
The year started with a continuation of the 
lackluster thermal performance that we saw 
in late 2018 and Karl Schnadt and Quinto di 
Ferdinando, our Chief Operating Officers for 
the Group and the Thermal division 
respectively, led a very impressive 
turnaround from mid-February such that by 
year-end we had recovered and then some 
from the rocky start and achieved better than 
plan Equivalent Availability Factors (“EAF”) 
across the entire thermal fleet. Cost control 
and capex management were also excellent 
in 2019 and better than plan. 

Operating performance in the renewable 
fleet was similarly strong with EAF better than 
plan on a portfolio basis across the fleet for 
all technologies with the exception of our 
Brazil wind farms. Renewable resource 
performance in 2019 was again mixed, as in 
2018, but meaningfully better than last year. 
Solar resource was extraordinary in Spain 
with results equivalent to P3, and very strong 
in Italy and Slovakia. Hydrology resource was 
good in Brazil and Armenia, and wind was 
much better than in 2018 at approximately 
P57 for the wind fleet. Reflecting the strength 
in the diversification of our portfolio, overall 
resource detracted less than 1% from 
adjusted EBITDA. As in the thermal fleet, cost 
control and capex were excellent and better 
than plan. In both the renewable and thermal 
fleet fixed cost control was even better than 
in 2018 which was itself an excellent year. 

Excellent operations would have produced 
extremely strong financial results in 2019 if 
our guidance had included only existing 
operations at a constant FX rate. Because 
our guidance and budget included a forecast 
of the acquisition closing date for two 
combined heat and power plants in Mexico, 
the delay of the acquisition by five months 
had a knock-on effect on financial results. 

As we did last year, we also did a good job 
getting cash up to the parent company—the 
entity that pays dividends, interest and 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements12

CEO’s review continued

How we are making a positive 
impact around the world

Operate safely 
and efficiently 
and minimize 
environmental 
impacts

  Page 16

Grow well

  Page 16

Manage our 
business 
responsibly

  Page 17

Enhance our 
operating 
environment

  Page 17

provides capital for new investment. 
We believe that the cash distributions to 
the parent, and the ratio of those distributions 
to the recourse debt that is held there, is 
the best measure of our financial leverage. 
Reflecting the continued strength and 
resilience of our business model, we 
opportunistically entered the bond market 
in July pricing an addition to our 2025 notes 
with a record low coupon of 3% in Euros. 

Growth, Capital and Market Outlook 
We continued to execute well on our core 
strategy of growing well and creating 
meaningful additional value through the 
farm-down of minority interests in our 
plants and as a developer and operator of a 
diverse portfolio of power generating assets, 
including those we acquired in our largest 
ever transaction, the two high efficiency 
natural gas fired combined heat and power 
plants in Mexico which we closed in 
November 2019. This $724 million acquisition 
was supported by a very attractive project 
financing provided by a high quality and 
supportive consortium of banks led by 
The Bank of Nova Scotia. The larger of the 
two facilities, located in Altamira, was under 
construction at the time of the acquisition and 
we conditioned our obligation to close upon 
its successful completion of all construction 
and commissioning activities and its entry 
into commercial service. Delaying the 
acquisition until November and holding the 
seller to the letter of the contract enabled us 
to ensure that this asset over its 35 year life 
would perform as expected. 

Operations of our plants in Mexico since 
the acquisition have been excellent and 
reinforce our expectation that natural gas 
fired power stations are a critical element 
of the transition to a lower carbon future. 
This is particularly the case when, as here, 
the assets are operated in combined-heat 
and power mode. It is increasingly 
recognized that energy efficiency is a key 
part of attaining medium-term climate goals. 
For industrial companies like Alpek, power 
plants like the ones we acquired from 
them achieve 30% more efficiency than if 
electricity, steam and heat were acquired 
from separate systems.  

As we’ve seen with Coca Cola Hellenic 
who we serve throughout Europe and Africa, 
natural gas fired generation whether in co, 
tri or “quad”1 mode materially reduces the 
carbon footprint of essential businesses. 
We look forward to continued low carbon 
growth in renewables and natural gas 
fired generation.

Covid-19
As I finalize this letter in mid March 2020, 
the world anxiously watches the spread 
of COVID-19. To date we have not 
experienced meaningful disruption to our 
operations resulting from COVID-19 and 
do not currently expect material disruption 
in 2020.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
13

Our office-based employees have 
increasingly been working remotely since 
20th February when we closed our Milan 
office. The group has traditionally had a 
distributed office strategy rather than a single 
headquarters and the company’s nine senior 
executives are based in five different cities.

Power plant operations have to date been 
unaffected by the spread of COVID-19. 
The company has taken various proactive 
measures related to power plant shifts, 
remote monitoring and operating technology, 
and critical spares and inventory. Each of the 
company’s power plants and offices are 
interconnected with video, audio and data.

Outlook 
2019 was a solid year for ContourGlobal and 
we continue to execute our plan and deliver 
significant and growing cash generation that 
simultaneously supports above market 
dividend growth, a robust credit profile 
enabling us to access low cost debt and 
growth investments in our key markets.

We are a strong and agile business which 
continues to demonstrate success with 
its operations led business model and 
shareholder value driven capital allocation. 
We expect 2020 to continue to reflect our 
meaningful growth and increase in 
shareholder remuneration.

We approach this epidemic with no near 
term refinancing requirements and ample 
liquidity at the parent company and in our 
projects. The vast majority of our debt, 
$3.1 billion, is at the project level and 
amortizes over time. There are only 
immaterial bullet maturities of our project 
financing debt due in the next several years. 
At the parent level the company has issued 
corporate notes, €450 million maturing in 
2023 and €400 million maturing in 2025.

Joseph C. Brandt. 
Chief Executive Officer 
16th March 2020

1  “QuadGeneration” refers to the addition of CO2 
capture to the highly efficient production of 
electricity, steam and chilled water. We have been 
pioneers in this field since our deployment of 
these facilities for Coca Cola Hellenic beginning 
a decade ago. 

Anonymous, Palma del Rio, CSP Spain

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements14

Our business model

1

Our aim

2

Our inputs

Our mission is to develop, 
acquire and operate electricity 
generation businesses 
worldwide, creating economic 
and social value through better 
operations, and assisting the 
communities where we work.

Inside cover

The resources we need.
Natural resources
Gas, solar power, wind, hydropower, liquid 
fuels, coal.

Talented people 
With operational expertise and know-how.

Assets and financing 
Long-term cash flows and financing 
provide opportunities for growth.

We anticipate changes  
in the world around us.
The ongoing industry transformation favors 
our disciplined growth strategy.

We engage with our 
stakeholders to understand 
what matters to them.
Investors
We adhere to the highest standards of 
corporate governance and business ethics.
Growing well is one of our key principles. 

Employees
We uphold human rights and labor principles 
throughout the Company’s value chain.

Communities
Our community engagement takes place 
through all phases of the business life 
cycle, from development through operations, 
and includes a commitment to socially invest.

Governments
We promote sector development and 
laudable business practices by interacting 
with governments and civil society.

Customers
We constantly interact with our customers 
during the long-term contracts to ensure 
that we deliver energy in full accordance 
with our contracts.

3

Our way of  
creating value

We focus on long-term 
contracted or regulated 
wholesale power generation 
where there is real demand 
around the world, producing 
high value, low risk returns 
and employing an efficient 
capital structure.
Global 
Our global footprint is concentrated in 
three core areas: Europe, Latin America 
and sub-Saharan Africa. We believe that 
geographical diversity produces superior 
risk-adjusted returns and enhanced 
operating practices. 

Technologically diverse
Our portfolio is technologically diverse, 
balanced between Thermal and 
Renewable assets; we believe that 
diversification creates a more robust 
and stable cash flow.

Long-term
Our long-term contracts/regulated 
revenues have a weighted average 
remaining term of c.10.3 years, delivering 
stable cash flows. The stability of these 
cash flows enables us to incur greater 
leverage than uncontracted revenues 
and pay greater dividends.

Our values and principles  
underpin everything we do

Our values 
•  To care about our people’s health, safety,  

well-being and development. 

•  To expect, embrace and enable excellence and  

continuous learning through humility, and knowledge  
that we will fail but when we do, we will learn. 

• To act transparently and with moral integrity. 
• To honor the commitments of those who have  

placed their trust in us. 

• To work hard and without boundaries as a  

multinational, integrated team.

Our four sustainability principles

Operate safely 
and efficiently 
and minimize 
environmental 
impacts

Grow well

Manage our 
business 
responsibly

Enhance our 
operating 
environment

  Page 16

  Page 16

  Page 17

  Page 17

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201915

Our disciplined approach to executing our strategy

1

Operational 
excellence

Page 23

ptimize p ortf o li o

O

Identify o

k

  m anagement

R i s

p

p

o

r

t

u

n

i

t

y

Core 
values and 
principles

M

a

x

i

m

i

z

e

p

e

r
f

o

r

m

ance

3

Financial 
strength

Page 23

pages 16 and 17

In vest

2

High 
growth

Page 23

4

Our positive impact

We create a positive 
impact for…

…talented people

1,490

Employees engaged and motivated 
to reach their full potential.

…knowledge

26,944

Training hours to develop our 
employees.

…shareholders

$137.6m

Dividends paid in 2019.

…assets 

4.8 GW 

Installed capacity across 107 sites in 
18 countries. +12% compared to 2018.

…community

300,326

Hours devoted to community 
education activities (considers 
only education and not 
engagement activities).

…environment

0.58 

Net CO2 emissions tonnes/MWh. 
Strongly reduced by -27% since 2015.

Our business performance  
is data-driven with KPIs measured

Financial
• Income from Operations
• Adjusted EBITDA
• Proportionate 

Adjusted EBITDA

• Funds from Operations
• Net Leverage ratio

Non-Financial
• Lost Time Incident Rate
• Availability Factor
• Equivalent Forced 

Outage Rate

• CO2 emissions intensity
• Gender diversity

Linking to our three core strategic principles
The icons below highlight where our business links to our strategy 
and four principles, they can be found throughout the report:

1

2

3

Operational 
excellence

High 
growth

Financial 
strength

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
16

Our four sustainability principles

Four key sustainability principles drive our strong growth.  
Together with our values, they are at the heart of  
our ongoing success and continuous improvement.

Principle 1 

Operate safely and 
efficiently and minimize 
environmental impacts

Principle 2 

Grow well

We embrace ‘stretch’ targets  
in our operations beginning 
with health and safety.

0.03

Lost Time Incident Rate

We are committed to  
growing our capacity  
around the world.

130,190

Health & Safety training 
hours 

0.58

CO2 emissions intensity 
tonnes/MWh

Safety is our number 1 priority. 
Our commitment to safety is 
absolute as evidenced by our 
global Target Zero program – 
zero harm, zero injuries. 

We focus on efficiently 
managing our operations. 
To this end, we rigorously 
manage the performance and 
costs of our power plants, and 
we measure our performance 
against set targets and industry 
benchmarks. 

We minimize our environmental 
impacts by carefully assessing 
our risks and managing  
these proactively. We set 
environmental objectives and 
report against these to ensure 
our targets are achieved.

Growing well means prudently 
allocating capital and respecting 
rigorous targets for risk adjusted 
returns. Around the world, 
we actively seek strong growth 
opportunities where we are able 
to improve performance and add 
value over the long-term in line 
with our disciplined strategy 
and proven ways of acquiring, 
developing and operating power 
generation assets.

Our investment process 
has yielded strong growth 
throughout the company’s 
history and in 2019 resulted 
in an additional 528 MW of 
capacity. We also saw 15% 
growth in our Adjusted EBITDA 
during the year. 

1,970 MW

MW added to portfolio 
since 1st January  
2015 (acquired or  
commenced operations)

530 MW

Growth in 2019

15%

Growth in Adjusted 
EBITDA in 2019

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201917

Principle 3

Manage our  
business 
responsibly

From the outset, we have been 
committed to managing our 
business responsibly.

We have always sought to  
set and live up to the highest 
standards of corporate 
governance and business ethics. 

We benchmark our performance 
against other companies, to 
compare our performance and 
refocus our efforts when we 
discover gaps.

Our benchmarking is a dynamic 
process involving internal and 
external audits to actively seek 
out areas of underperformance 
and bring them into line with our 
standards. As we continue to 
grow, with the acquisition of 
new people and businesses, 
we will continue to manage 
our business responsibly. 

225

Number of our new hire 
employees who completed 
our online anti-corruption 
training course in 2019 
(99% of new hires)

1,308

Number of employees 
who completed our new 
online conflict of interest 
training course in 2019 
(88%)

2,115

Number of third parties 
submitted to compliance 
for due diligence in 2019 

Principle 4

Enhance our 
operating 
environment

As well as operating our  
business to the highest standards, 
we also seek to improve the 
regulatory, commercial and 
social environment we are in.

300,236

Hours devoted 
to community 
education activities 

147

Number of social 
projects approved 
in 2019

$2.3m

Investment in social 
projects in 2019 (0.3% 
of Adjusted EBITDA)

We look beyond our immediate 
operations to see where we can 
add value to the electricity sector 
and business environment. For 
example, by actively looking for 
ways to share health and safety 
best practices in our communities.

We strengthen institutions and the 
private sector, and also enter into 
strategic partnerships with NGOs, 
governments, and associations.

Our activities are designed to 
share our expertise and improve 
the quality of lives where we work 
through long-term sustainable 
improvement of the electricity 
sector, key organizations,  
and communities.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements18

The fast changing power market

As the power market continues 
to grow and fundamentally 
change at an accelerating rate, 
we are well-positioned to take 
advantage of the opportunities.

Key power  
market trends

Global power demand is 
set to increase by C.50% 
from 2020 to 2040

Massive investment is 
required – $9 trillion in 
generation capacity plus 
c$500 billion in batteries

Renewables is the fastest 
growing technology, with 
1 TW of solar and wind 
expected to be added 
by 2040

Thermal remains crucial 
in the power generation 
mix, notably as a source 
of reliable base load and 
back up

Gas-fired installed 
capacity is expected to 
grow significantly to fulfil 
its role as a swing and 
transition fuel

Advances in battery 
storage technology 
will be key

Climate change

Growing energy demand
The long-term global trend of growing 
energy demand continues. This is driven 
by continuing economic growth, albeit at 
a relatively slower pace compared to 
previous years. Current macroeconomic 
and geopolitical uncertainties, for example 
uncertainty over global trade agreements 
and volumes, continue. But the underlying 
growth factors remain in play, notably 
industrialisation and modernisation in key 
regions and the accompanying growth of 
the world’s middle class. 

This global economic growth underpins 
growth in energy demand. The majority of 
the rise will occur in developing markets, 
especially in Asia, Latin America and parts 
of Africa that are experiencing urbanization, 
increasing electrification rates and economic 
and population growth. Lower growth in 
electricity demand is expected for 
developed markets such as Europe and 
the United States, due to lower economic 
growth, energy efficiency policies and 
stabilized energy consumption patterns. 

With operations in 18 countries across 
Central and South America, Africa and 
Europe, we have a geographical footprint 
that enables us to benefit from changes in 
global demand, particularly the accelerated 
growth in developing markets. 

ACCORDING TO THE 
INTERNATIONAL ENERGY 
AGENCY (IEA), GLOBAL 
RENEWABLE POWER 
CAPACITY IS SET TO EXPAND 
TO 1,200 GW, BY 2024. 
AROUND 60% OF THIS 
INCREASE WILL COME FROM 
SOLAR AND CLOSE TO 30% 
FROM WIND.

Mounting climate change evidence 
and pressure
The other big global theme is the 
mounting evidence and concern 
surrounding climate change. Within the 
scientific community there is consensus 
on the criticality of this issue, as exemplified 
by the 2018 Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change (IPCC) report. As climate 
change increasingly comes in the 
foreground, so does the focus on 
decarbonisation and, in turn, renewable 
energy solutions as well as improved 
energy efficiency. 

Accelerating transformation
As energy demand continues to grow, wind 
and solar’s contribution to power supply is 
expected to increase three-fold, reaching 
25% of global power output by 2040. 
This will be underpinned by the reduced 
levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) and 
power market policies.

In addition, storage costs are expected to 
continue to fall, supporting c600 GW of 
storage capacity in the next twenty years.

In major OECD markets in particular, grid 
stability and regulatory design needs to be 
fundamentally rethought to enable higher 
renewable energy penetration without 
disrupting the electric systems and markets.

The large deployment of lithium-ion batteries 
and gas-fired plants are expected to support 
this transition to renewables, providing the 
necessary energy storage and grid stability.

The energy transition is in turn driving 
fundamental changes in power generation 
pricing and contracts. Fixed prices and 
long-term contracts are giving way to more 
varied and flexible agreements.

Advancing technology
Renewable energy technology continues 
to advance, helping to drive down costs 
and increase efficiency and capacity. 
Wind turbine technology, for example, 
has improved significantly in recent years, 
with taller towers, longer blades, better 
management systems and more efficient 
maintenance. At our Velm-Götzendorf 
windfarm repowering project in Austria, we 
have replaced 10 old turbines with four new 
turbines – increasing production by 63% due 
to more efficient turbines keeping the same 
capacity of the wind park. We are also in 
process of completing repowering for 
Scharndorf and plan to complete further 
repowerings of existing wind farms.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201919

Increasing importance of battery storage
Advances in battery technology are also 
key to the renewable energy solution. 
Power storage is vital to complement green 
energy generation, which inevitably varies 
depending on the elements – wind, solar, 
water. In the next five years, $60 billion is 
expected to be invested in battery storage 
and the average duration is estimated to 
grow from around two hours in 2018 to 
around four hours in 2024.

We are making the most of the latest battery 
technology. On the island of Bonaire in the 
Caribbean for example, we have installed 
a state of the art battery system together 
with a new energy management system to 
increase the renewable generation, granting 
a high grid stability and reducing the cost of 
energy for the customer.

Developing hybrid solutions
Increasingly, innovative hybrid energy 
solutions will be the order of the day 
around the world. These solutions could, for 
example, include a growing amount of wind 
and/or solar energy combined with, say, dual 
fuel thermal for reliable backup, advanced 
battery storage and smart management 
systems. On Bonaire we are pioneering just 
such a hybrid solution to meet the island’s 
growing energy needs – increasing capacity 
and reliability, reducing environmental 
impact and saving money, while reducing 
the cost of energy for the consumer. 

Working directly with customers
Another trend gathering momentum is for 
more and more companies to source their 
electricity directly from power producers. 
We have been meeting this demand for 
some time, through our Solutions business. 
With our acquisition in November 2019 of 
Alpek’s portfolio of two natural gas-fired 
combined heat and power (CHP) plants with 
a gross installed capacity of 518 MW, we 
succeeded in adding greatly to this side of 
our business. The two plants will provide 
electricity and steam under long-term 
contracts to subsidiaries of Alfa Group, a 
leading Mexican industrial conglomerate, 
and other commercial and industrial 
customers, with over 98% contracted 
energy at the two plants, as planned.

Making the most of our strengths 
A number of other external factors are 
impacting the market, notably changing 
customer profiles and requirements; 
increasing regulation; the critical importance

Global power capacity: net change by generation type,  
2020 to 2040

Power capacity (GW)

12,000

10,000

8,000

7,119

96

311

-153

-100

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

1,634

11,217

1,178

509

624

2020

Coal

Oil

Nuclear Hydro

Gas 

Storage Wind

Solar

2040

IN TODAY’S RAPIDLY 
CHANGING POWER MARKET, 
OPEN-MINDED AGILITY, DEEP 
AND BROAD EXPERIENCE, AN 
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY-
AGNOSTIC APPROACH AND 
OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE 
ARE KEY COMPETITIVE 
ADVANTAGES.

the future are likely to be different from 
today. Our flexibility puts us at an 
advantage – enabling us to invest 
opportunistically across markets and 
technologies.

We believe our strategy, together with our 
core values and principles, our experience 
and capabilities, puts us in an ideal position 
to continue making the most of underlying 
market trends and changing dynamics. 
In so doing, we will have an ever greater 
positive impact as leaders in the world’s 
power generation.

Source: Wood Mackenzie

of operational know-how and capabilities; 
and the increasing emphasis on 
environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) issues. Our strengths play to all 
these factors. We have worked closely 
with different customers for a number of 
years, from governments to corporations – 
adapting our operations and solutions to 
their needs. We are also well versed in 
working with complex, dynamic regulatory 
frameworks. The breadth and depth of our 
portfolio and our highly disciplined way of 
working and improving ensures we focus on, 
and deliver, operational excellence. And our 
responsible values-driven business aligns 
naturally with ESG principles.

We see opportunities in this 
changing market
With our expertise and experience in 
renewables including wind, solar and hydro, 
we are well placed to contribute and 
capitalize on the growth of green energy. 
But equally importantly we also have 
considerable expertise and experience in 
thermal energy, which will continue to play a 
key role in the energy mix, not least as a 
reliable source of base load. Our 240 MW 
TermoemCali combined-cycle gas-turbine 
plant in Colombia, for example, helps to 
diversify the country’s primarily hydroelectric 
generating portfolio where reliable power 
supplies during seasonal dry periods are 
critical to its vibrant and growing economy. 
Just as our geographical breadth gives us a 
key competitive advantage so too does our 
capability across different technologies.

We are disciplined and innovative in our 
growth strategy – looking for the strongest 
value-creating opportunities to meet the 
energy generation needs of people, 
businesses, communities and countries 
around the world.

The value of generation assets varies 
over time depending on numerous factors 
including size, geography, technology and 
the differing strategies of potential investors. 
Opportunities constantly evolve and the 
areas with the best risk-adjusted returns in 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements20

Engaging 
with our 
stakeholders

As responsible 
leaders in power 
generation, we 
engage closely 
with all our key 
stakeholders in 
line with our 
commitment to 
make a positive 
long-term impact 
around the world.

Section 172 –  
compliance statement
The Board are fully aware of 
their obligations under, and both 
individually and together consider 
that they have acted in the way 
that would be most likely to 
promote the success of the 
company for the benefit of its 
members as a whole (having 
regard to the stakeholders and 
matters set out in s172(1)(a-f) of 
the Companies Act 2006) in the 
decisions taken during the year 
ended 31st December 2019. 

This double page sets out details 
of key stakeholder engagements 
undertaken and/or supervised by 
the Board during the year.

We hope you find this section of 
the report to be a useful insight to 
how the Board engages with our 
key stakeholders and importantly 
how this impacts on the Board’s 
ongoing and long term decisions.

Shareholders, investors & 
lenders
Our investors and lenders are critical 
partners in the long-term success of 
our business. We aim to maintain close 
relationships for mutual understanding 
and benefit.

Key issues
•  Economic performance
•  Growth
•  Value creation
•  Economic, social and governance (ESG) issues

How we engage
We engage with our investors, bond holders and 
lenders through many channels, including AGMs, 
roadshows, conferences and regular calls. We 
adhere to the highest standards of corporate 
governance and business ethics.

Growing well is one of our key sustainability 
principles. Key engagement activities include:

•  Board approval of the half year and full 

year results. 

•  Board approval of the Annual Report 

and Accounts.

•  Board approval of the Italy solar refinancing.
•  Acquisition of CHP Mexico (see pages 25 and 35)
•  Interporto acquisition (see pages 25 and 34)
•  Change in dividend policy (see page 106)
•  Successful additional corporate bond issuance 

in July 2019 (see page 54)

•  Full Board attendance at the 2019 AGM
•  Annual review meetings with large institutional 

shareholders

•  Appointment of a dedicated full-time resource 

to investor relations 

•  Participation to High Yield conferences

2019 highlights
In 2019, we appointed a dedicated full-time 
resource to investor relations.

Looking ahead
In 2020, we will continue our engagement with 
the shareholders, through direct meetings and 
investor conferences.

Customers and clients
Our customers range from governments 
to industrial businesses and multinationals. 
We focus on ensuring we understand and 
meet their changing needs.

Key issues
•  Top-tier availability of our power plants giving 

full satisfaction of our customers’ needs 
(Refer to page 07 for more information.)

•  Pricing
•  Health and Safety
•  Compliance and anti-corruption
•  Procurement practices

How we engage
We constantly interact with our customers during 
the long-term contracts to ensure that we deliver 
energy in full accordance with our contracts and 
adapt to needs that may evolve throughout the 
life of the contract. 

Key engagement activities include the following 
matters all discussed in depth, reviewed and 
sanctioned by the board:

•  Bonaire innovation and growth (see pages 25 

and 36)

•  Arrubal improvements and upgrades 

(see page 32)

•  Vorotan Refurbishment (see page 38)
•  Significant investment in the Solutions business 

(see page 45)

2019 highlights
Highlights for 2019 include various upgrades 
for customers. For example, at our Togo power 
plant we upgraded engines to adapt to the gas 
quality received from our client and achieve full 
efficiency. (Refer to page 47 for more information.)

We also extended existing projects. In Bonaire 
for example, we extended the existing plant and 
battery project to improve energy produced from 
renewables and meet the growing energy needs 
of the island.

In addition we carried out significant investment in 
the Solutions business, where we meet the energy 
needs of industrial companies from inside their sites. 
Constant close interaction is a fundamental feature 
of these solutions, to ensure we satisfy the daily 
needs of our industrial customers and continue to 
partner with them long-term.

We also constantly interact with our customers to 
help us define the needs of the local communities 
where we operate and focus funds for sustainability 
projects for maximum positive impact. (Refer to page 
48 for more information.)

Looking ahead
We will continue to engage closely with our 
customers to ensure we understand their needs fully 
and build ever stronger relationships with them.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201921

Employees
Our outstanding employees are at the 
heart of ContourGlobal. We are committed 
to engaging closely and fully with all our 
employees so we can advance and 
succeed together. 

Key issues
•  Health and Safety 
•  Compliance and anti-corruption 
•  Grievance mechanisms 
•  Labor and human rights 
•  Training and education 
•  Freedom of association and collective bargaining
•  Career development

How we engage
We engage closely with our employees around 
the world to ensure we have communication and 
clarity around their careers and aspirations, health 
and safety, diversity, learning and development, 
remuneration and rewards and other key issues. 
Key engagement/activities include:

•  Board meetings held at a variety of sites, 

including company offices and visits to operational 
sites. Directors met a number of employees who 
had the opportunity to meet the Board and 
ask questions.

•  Management presentation to the Board in regards 
to Continuous Improvement and 5 Whys statistics, 
which is a key element of employees development 
through failure analysis.

•  Regular senior leader engagement with 

Executive Directors.

•  Talent development considered by the Board.
•  CEO ‘Tuesday Talks’, where every second Tuesday 
our CEO hosts a webinar with the entire company

•  Relaunch of the company’s online newsletter 

‘Plugged In’ 

•  Re-vamp of the company’s online and webinar 

training our e-learning platform 

•  Launch of an internal employee portal to increase 

the level, ease and efficiency of employee 
engagement, feedback and information sharing.

•  Employee culture survey conducted in 2019 

(page 40).

•  Regular townhall meetings with all employees 

worldwide

•  Encourage dialogue and share news on key 

events in the organization via modern technology 
and internal social media

2019 highlights
In 2019, we held four townhall meetings: 9th April, 
16th July, 10th September, and 18th December. 

During the year we introduced CEO Tuesday Talks, 
where our CEO hosts webinars on strategy every 
second Tuesday for all employees.

We also launched an employee portal to increase 
the level, ease and efficiency of our employee 
engagement, feedback and information sharing.

Looking ahead
We are always open to new ways to build 
ever stronger employee engagement across 
ContourGlobal. This includes exploring how best 
to use technology for more efficient information 
sharing and also to make it easier to communicate 
and collaborate.

For more information on our employee commitment 
see page 40 of this report.

Governments and regulators
We generally sell electricity under 
long-term contracts to a single customer or 
a national grid and the electricity industry 
as a whole is highly regulated. 

Communities
As a business deeply committed to making 
a positive long-term improvement wherever 
we operate, we engage closely with 
communities around the world. 

Key issues
•  Health and Safety 
•  Capacity, reliability and efficiency 
•  Emissions and biodiversity 
•  Compliance and anti-corruption 
•  Labor and human rights 
•  Water and waste 
•  Training and education

How we engage
We promote sector development and laudable 
business practices by interacting with governments 
and civil society. 

•  Our plant managers meet regularly with host 
government counterparts, including in the 
ministries of finance, energy and infrastructure 
and regular regulatory updates are provided and 
considered at Board meetings.

•  We invite government officials to plant 

inaugurations and other public events, and 
organize private working events for visiting 
officials e.g. in New York on the margins of the 
UN General Assembly.

•  Active participation in several industry associations 
(including ABEEólica, the Brazilian Association of 
Wind Power, the Bulgarian Energy Chamber to 
international organizations and the United Nations 
Development Program

•  Bonaire innovation and growth (see pages 25 

and 36)

•  Arrubal improvements and upgrades 

(see page 32)

•  Vorotan Refurbishment (see page 38)

2019 highlights
Through the year, we engaged with governments 
and regulatory authorities, including energy 
ministries, environmental authorities, Health and 
Safety agencies, governmental labor bodies, and 
other key government officials in a number of ways.

The engagement ranged from participating in senior 
level energy policy dialogue with presidents and 
ministers to discussing with local officials our 
performance and compliance. 

The Board has been actively and regularly 
following topics related to these activities 
including regulatory matters.

Looking ahead
As energy requirements continue to grow and 
transition around the world and the regulatory 
environment becomes ever more complex, we 
will focus on ensuring we maintain a high degree 
of engagement with governments and regulators.

Key issues
•  Health and Safety 
•  Emissions and biodiversity 
•  Compliance and anti-corruption 
•  Grievance mechanisms 
•  Labor and human rights 
•  Water and waste

How we engage
As a business we are deeply committed to making a 
positive long-term improvement wherever we operate 
and we engage closely with communities around the 
world. The following matters have been discussed in 
depth, reviewed and sanctioned by the board:

•  Board received updates on the Group's social 
investment program during the year which for 
2019 included: 
 − approval of 147 social projects
 − 348 employees involved in social investment 
 − US$2.3m invested in social projects (0.3% of 

Adjusted EBITDA)

 − 300,236 hours devoted to community education 
activities during 2019 (210% increase on 2018
•  Board approved and regularly followed up the 

Bonaire battery storage program: being the island 
main electricity provider we have a significant 
and positive impact on Bonaire's communities 
by providing more reliable renewable electricity

•  Board site visits to operational sites
•  Introduction of a financial target to invest at least 
0.3% of our EBITDA in social projects, which we 
reached in 2019

2019 highlights
By switching from heavy fuel oil (HFO) to natural gas, our 
Togo power plant succeeded in generating 25% more 
energy in 2019 compared to 2018, while keeping the 
increase in CO2 emissions to 0.46% year-on-year.

In two of our hydro plants in Brazil, we have been 
carrying out a forest restoration in the area of permanent 
preservation surrounding the reservoirs. In 2019, we 
carried out maintenance on 200 hectares of planting, 
and planted 17,000 new seedlings. We also built 150 
thousand meters of fences to protect these areas. 

Since operating in Bulgaria, we have been developing, 
implementing and handing over a wide range of social 
projects. All in all, we have invested more than EUR 
4,6m in social infrastructure, education and culture, 
environmental protection, healthcare and sport activities. 

In the State of Piauí, Brazil, home to our Chapada do 
Piauí wind complex, we continued with our long-term 
partnership with the United Nations Development 
Programme (UNDP) and the Brazilian Development 
Bank (BNDES). It is designed to help the State of Piauí 
to integrate the UN Sustainable Development Goals 
into state and municipal policies and initiatives and, in 
turn, accelerate economic, social and environmental 
development in the state. 

In Togo, we have been looking at ways to enhance 
our sustainability program in Africa. 

Looking ahead
We will continue with our long-term commitment 
to social investment. In particular we will focus on 
community projects that are multi-year and that build 
on each other for greater impact. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements22

Our strategy for growth

We have a highly disciplined, 
proven strategy that we apply  
to capital allocation. We seek out 
the highest risk-adjusted returns, 
competing projects against one 
another, and refuse to invest in 
growth opportunities that we  
do not believe appropriately 
reward the risks.

Our disciplined approach  
to executing our strategy

1

Operational 
excellence

ptimize p o rtf o li o

R i s

O

k

Identify

  m anagement

Core 
values and 
principles

M

a

x

i

m

i

z

e

p

e

rf

or

mance

o

p

p

o

r

t

u

n

i

t

y

In vest

3

Financial 
strength

2

High 
growth

1

Operational 
excellence

2

High  
growth

3

Financial 
strength

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
 
23

We have a culture of 
operational excellence and 
safety that drives strong 
operational performance 
and continues to create 
significant value through 
operational improvements 
and fixed cost reduction. 
We bring these capabilities  
to our growth activities.

Our commitment to providing a safe working 
place for employees, contractors and 
sub-contractors is reflected in our Target Zero 
commitment (zero harm, zero injuries, tracked 
by our LTIR and other Health and Safety 
metrics – see pages 28 to 30.) and driven by a 
culture of continuous improvement.

Our relentless focus on continued cost 
reduction ensures a nimble corporate 
structure with low fixed costs: 

• Businesses, acquisitions and developments 
are subject to continuous intense review 
• Any position in a business must be justified on 
an ongoing basis in the annual budget process 

• A lean and flat organization structure 

results in significantly reduced fixed costs, 
enhanced operational transparency and 
communication and a strengthened ability 
to recruit high quality talent 

We continuously improve operational 
performance by benchmarking ourselves 
against top industry performers, intensely 
analyzing our failures, and communicating 
transparently. Senior management, for 
example, reports weekly about availability 
factor and equivalent forced outage rate 
against objectives. 

In addition, we have made significant 
investments in corporate platforms to allow 
us to achieve greater scale with minimal 
incremental growth in selling, general and 
administrative (SG&A) expenses; minimize 
corporate costs, and enhance M&A 
integration. 

We adopt five core 
investment approaches, 
all focused on contracted 
or regulated wholesale 
power generation across 
different technologies 
and geographies.

1. Greenfield development 
Developing a project from the ground up 
makes sense when we can take advantage of 
cyclical under-supply of capital and create 
opportunities for higher returns. 

2. Greenfield acquisitions 
Purchasing assets without existing contracts, 
subject to the ability to put contracts in place. 
Involves similar, customized contractual risk 
profiles to our development assets but has the 
benefit of an operating history. 

3. Strategic acquisitions 
Purchasing assets with existing contracts 
where we have both: (i) a clear competitive 
advantage due to asset size, technology, 
asset diversity or complexity of process or 
market; and (ii) an ability to improve 
operations. 

4. Development in partnership projects 
Developing projects with customized 
contracts in partnership with governments, 
utilities and corporations. These are in regions 
where there is need for reliable power 
infrastructure but insufficient capital and 
expertise. 

5. Platform expansions 
Developing expansion of existing projects 
leverages existing relationships with 
governments, off-takers, lenders and 
suppliers, replicating the same technology 
and structure. Platform expansions are 
typically low risk and high return, given the 
expertise already acquired, the synergies and 
cost reductions achieved by expanding the 
platform.

We focus on maximizing 
cash flow distributions 
from each of our projects to 
ensure that we can fund new 
greenfield developments, 
M&A opportunities, 
corporate costs and 
dividends organically 
without having to rely 
on capital markets funding. 
As a result, we benefit from 
strong and predictable cash 
flow generation.

We also benefit from a highly efficient capital 
structure with non-recourse project-level debt 
at each project company and attractive 
corporate level bond debt that maximizes 
the Company’s financial flexibility. 

We seek to maintain an efficient capital 
structure supporting our business model. Our 
key KPI here is net leverage – total net 
indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA. Together, 
these factors contribute to attractive 
shareholder returns.

Combining strong operational performance, 
flexible and agile corporate strategy and an 
efficient capital structure has enabled us to 
deliver superior project level returns. 
As at 31st December 2019, our weighted 
average financing cost was 3.9%. 

In addition, we enable financial investment 
partners to make passive, minority 
investments in some of our assets 
on attractive terms for ContourGlobal. These 
sell-downs significantly bolster our project 
returns and our strategy is to continue to seek 
similar opportunities. 

Our financial KPIs are detailed on pages 26 
and 27.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
24

Our strategy in action

In 2019 we continued to reap the  
rewards of consistently applying  
our proven growth strategy around  
the world. Here are a few highlights.

Worldwide

1   

Bulgaria

1 

Analyzing the root cause of 
problems to constantly improve

We never stop looking for ways to get better. 
To this end, we utilize the Five Whys root 
cause analysis problem-solving tool in 
2019 with great success. From addressing 
outages at our Maritsa East 3 power plant 
in Bulgaria which impacted availability, 
to pinpointing technical upgrades at our 
Arrubal combined-cycle gas turbine plant 
in Spain, we tackled a number of different 
challenges through the year using this 
methodology to improve. 

Strengthening our Health and Safety (H&S) culture

Pages 32 and 76

Safety is absolutely core to ContourGlobal. 
In 2019, we continued to strengthen our 
Health and Safety (H&S) culture – placing 
ever greater emphasis on leading indicators 
which, against our peers, are industry 
leading; and on embedding safety into 
every aspect of our day-to-day business. 

In 2019, we put H&S first and maintained 
our demanding target of zero Lost Time 
Incidents (LTIs). Over the year, our H&S 

Total Recordable Incident Rate

0.20

0.20

0.17

0.16

0.16

0.14

0.10

0.15

0.10

0.05

0

2017

2018

2019

1   The recordable incidents category gathers the 
following Health & Safety incidents – Medical 
Treatment Incidents, Restricted Workday Case 
Incidents and Lost Time Incidents.

performance exceeded targets set for all 
except our key indicator zero LTI target, 
where we missed with one incident, after 
442 days and 7.4 million hours of working 
around the world without an LTI. 

Pages 28 to 30. 

An industry Leader in  
Health and Safety

0.03

Lost Time Incident Rate  
(Target Zero)

 0.16

Total Recordable  
Incident Rate  
(target 0.14)

Intelligent technology

1    2  

Investing in intelligent 
technology and talent

The business of power generation and 
the management of corporations is being 
transformed and disrupted by digitization, 
artificial intelligence and data analysis. In 
2019, we invested in predictive artificial 
intelligence software for our Renewable 
and Thermal divisions. We have also 
created a dedicated Intelligence Center 
for our Renewable division, and a similar 
center of excellence is being developed 
for our Thermal division. 

Together, smart technology and expert talent 
is helping us transform the way we work.

Page 33

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201925

Bonaire

1    2   3  

Innovating and growing  
on the island of Bonaire

In 2019, we invested in a new battery system 
and a new energy management system to 
combine the battery power, charged by 
electricity generated from wind, with the 
grid. We also installed a new dual fuel 
thermal backup power plant with a total 
capacity of 9 MW. In 2020, we plan to 
add solar power to the mix and upgrade 
the wind farm we own and operate on the 
island. This landmark hybrid energy solution 
is meeting all the island’s growing energy 
needs while minimizing environmental 
impacts and reducing costs. 

Page 36

Mexico

2  

Completing our largest 
ever acquisition

In November 2019, we successfully 
completed the acquisition of Alpek’s 
portfolio of two natural gas-fired combined 
heat and power (CHP) plants with a gross 
installed capacity of 518 MW, for $724 million 
in cash plus $77 million of refundable VAT. 
The acquisition of the Mexican assets is the 
largest, to date, in ContourGlobal history.

This great new addition to our portfolio 
contributes to our strong growth.  
Our largest ever equity investment – it 
opens up a new market in Mexico and 
advances our business in terms of clean, 
efficient cogeneration solutions.

Page 35

Training

1   

Enhancing learning  
and development 

We are deeply committed to enabling our 
people to learn and develop as much as 
possible. To this end, we provide a broad 
range of training courses and development 
opportunities. In 2019, we enhanced our 
use of online and webinar training by 
revamping our e-learning platform for all 
our employees. It offers training in multiple 
languages across a range of courses.

Pages 41 and 42

Kalleb Oliveira, Chapada Complex, Brazil

Environment

1    2  

Concentrating on carbon 
emissions

In line with our ongoing commitment to 
minimize impacts to the environment, we 
continue to focus on our target to maintain or 
reduce our intensity of carbon emissions – the 
total carbon emissions divided by total production. 
In 2019, although we grew our portfolio 
generation by 17% (predominantly in thermal 
assets), we limited the increase in our emissions 
intensity to 3.6%. We achieved this by increasing 
the efficiency of our power plant operations.

Page 45

518 MW

Operational capacity with potential 
to develop an extra 414 MW

Nicolas Clerc, Solar Italy, Sabaudia

Europe

1    2   3  

Capitalizing on our operational 
and financial know-how

As our investments in our European solar 
power assets show, we draw on our 
combined operational and financial know-
how to create greater value and generate 
funds for further acquisitions.

In May 2019, we completed an innovative 
49% ‘farm-down’ agreement with Credit 
Suisse Energy Infrastructure Partners (CSEIP) 
for our five 250 MW concentrated solar 
power (CSP) plants in South-West Spain. This 
was the second such deal with our partner 
CSEIP, following the sale of 49% of our Italian 
and Slovakian solar photovoltaic portfolio to 
CSEIP at an attractive premium in 2018. In 
June 2019, we finalized the acquisition of 
Interporto Solare, a 12.4 MW photovoltaic 
(PV) portfolio in Padova, northern Italy. This 
latest acquisition fits neatly with our ongoing 
Solar Rollup strategy. Our total European 
solar portfolio is now 369 MW.

Page 34

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements26

Our KPIs

We measure our performance against ten financial 
and non-financial key performance indicators (KPIs). 

Financial KPIs

Income from Operations ($m) 
1   2   3  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

153.2

221.8

269.0

261.9

292.1

Adjusted EBITDA ($m) 
1   2   3  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

330.8

440.4

513.2

610.1

702.7

Proportionate Adjusted  
EBITDA ($m)  1    2   3  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

273.0

376.6

434.2

536.1

561.6

Income from Operations (IFO) is derived 
from the IFRS consolidated statement of 
income and corresponds to the sum of the 
following line items: Revenue, Cost of sales, 
Selling, general and administrative 
expenses, Other operating income – 
net and acquisition-related items.

This is a measure of profitability that includes 
depreciation and amortization expenses as 
well as development costs. IFO has 
increased by 16% mainly thanks to the full 
year impact of the acquisition of Spanish 
CSP assets.

Adjusted EBITDA is the combined profit 
from continuing operations for all controlled 
assets before income taxes, net finance 
costs, depreciation and amortization, 
acquisition-related expenses, plus profit on 
sale of minority interest and specific items 
adjusted for their size, nature or incidence, 
less ContourGlobal’s share of the profit 
from unconsolidated entities accounted 
for using the equity method, plus the 
Company’s pro-rata portion of Adjusted 
EBITDA for such entities. 

This is the key measure of the Company’s 
profitability. 

Adjusted EBITDA continued to grow 
significantly by 15% compared to last year. In 
addition to the IFO increase, sell down of 
Spanish CSP assets contributed to this 
improvement, however partially offset by 
negative foreign exchange rate impact from 
Euro and Brazilian reais.

Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA is presented 
using Adjusted EBITDA calculated on a 
proportionally consolidated basis based 
on applicable ownership percentage of 
the assets. 

In 2019, Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA 
grew by 5% for the similar reasons as 
Adjusted EBITDA, and in a lower proportion 
than Adjusted EBITDA due to the impact of 
the Spanish CSP sell down. 

Funds from Operations ($m) 
1    2   3  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

141.8

207.9

255.9

302.3

337.9

Funds from Operations is the cash flow 
from operating activities, excluding changes 
in working capital, less interest paid, 
maintenance capital expenditure1 and 
distribution to minorities.

This is the key measure of the Company’s 
strength of cash flow. 

Strong operational performance  
and highly contracted cash flows  
allowed us to maintain the Group’s  
cash conversion at a very high level. 
The growth of 12% compared to 2018 
is mainly driven by the Adjusted 
EBIDTA positive variation, together with 
efficient management of project and 
corporate financings.

Net Leverage ratio2 (x)  3  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

4.8

4.1

4.4

4.4x3

6.6

The Company net leverage ratio is 
measured as total net indebtedness 
(reported as the difference between 
Borrowings and Cash and Cash Equivalent 
under the IFRS statement of financial 
position) to Adjusted EBITDA. 

This is the key credit measure of the 
Company. The Net Leverage ratio  
is in line with 2018, and remains within 
our indicated target range of 4.0-4.5. 

1  Maintenance capital expenditure is defined on page 54.
2  IFRS net debt derived from consolidated statement of financial position, adjusted for the Company’s share of net debt at Termoemcali and Sochagota.
3  Pro forma for full year Adjusted EBITDA of CHP Mexico.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
27

Non-Financial KPIs

Lost Time Incident Rate 
1   

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

0.06

0.03

0.03

0.03

Availability Factor (%)  1   2  

94.0

93.7

94.4

92.9

94.3

3.6

0.79

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Equivalent Forced  
Outage Rate (%)  1   2  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2.4

2.0

1.9

1.7

CO2 emissions intensity 
  1   2  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

0.66

0.62

0.56

0.58

Gender diversity  
(total employees)  1  

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

 Male   Female

1,489

414

1,903

1,436

387

1,823

1,461

407

1,868

1,200

289

1,489

1,217 273 1,490

The Lost Time Incident (LTI) Rate shows the 
recordable lost time injuries per labor hours 
so they can be compared across any 
industry. The chart presents our 
performance over the past years. 

0.20

Our LTI rate of 0.03, corresponding to one 
LTI, is the lowest rate achieved, in line with 
2018. However, we remain fully committed 
to Target Zero in the future. 

This is the key measure for our Health  
and Safety performance.

The Availability Factor (AF) is the percentage 
of time a power plant was available to 
generate electricity over a set time period.

It is widely used in the industry to track the 
technical performance of power plants and 
for benchmarking. We use it as a primary KPI 
for our assets. 

The increase in the Availability Factor  
to 94.3% is linked to the improvement in the 
technical performance of the fleet and the 
reduction of the forced outages rate across 
the portfolio.

The Equivalent Forced Outage Rate (EFOR) 
is the ratio between hours of unit failure 
given as a percentage of the total hours 
in a set period.

Like the AF, the EFOR is widely used in the 
industry to measure technical performance. 

We significantly improved the EFOR  
to 1.7%, from 3.6% in 2018. This resulted  
from the new predictive maintenance 
strategy deployed across the fleet and 
newly implemented innovative AI-based 
predictive tools and solutions within both 
renewables and thermal divisions.

The most relevant greenhouse gas 
emissions in our portfolio are CO2 emissions. 
Our target is to maintain or reduce our 
intensity of carbon emissions, i.e. the carbon 
emissions in tonnes/MW from our baseline 
set in 2014. Aligned with our sustainability 
principles, we have added this key metric in 
our 2019 KPIs.

We continue to promote the higher 
efficiency in power plant operations, even 
in our growth. In 2019, although we grew by 
12% our installed capacity, predominantly in 
thermal generation (MW/h) which grew by 
29%, we limited the increase in carbon 
emissions intensity to 3.6%. 

We are committed to building a  
diverse workforce ensuring equal 
opportunities for all in the long-term. Aligned 
with our sustainability principles, we have 
added this key metric in our 2019 KPIs.

Women represented 18% of our workforce in 
2019 and 60% of senior management. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
28

Health and Safety

Health and Safety (H&S) is 
fundamental to ContourGlobal and 
we are proud of our performance. 
In 2019 we continued to advance 
our approach and improve on our 
world-class H&S standards. 

1   

Papa Mamadou Diack, Cap des Biches, Senega

Imen Turki, Togo

In line with our deep commitment to Health 
and Safety (H&S), we have a global Target 
Zero program – zero harm, zero injuries. 
Our goal is to ensure ‘everyone goes 
home safe, every day, everywhere’. 

Setting the highest standards 
Building on our industry leading track 
record in H&S, we continue to set the 
highest standards. Recognizing our 
commitment to H&S and our outstanding 
performance, in 2019 ContourGlobal was 
admitted into the prestigious Campbell 
Institute, a leading Health and Safety 
organization dedicated to eliminate workplace 
injury and which brings together like 
minded leading companies to share 
best practices and data to continuously 
improve operational performance. 

We apply our standards throughout 
ContourGlobal, managing and including all 
our contractors as part of our H&S practice, 
measurement and culture. For example, we 
include contractor data when reporting on 
Lost Time Incidents (LTIs). 

During 2019, we passed In November 
2019, we incurred one LTI after achieving 
442 days and 7.4 million hours of working 
around the world without an LTI. Over the 
year, other H&S performance indicators 
were generally better than target.

Preventing problems 
An emphasis on hazard reporting and other 
leading indicators allows us to identify and 
tackle potential problems and risks before 
they become major issues or incidents. 
A lot of our time and attention goes 
into hazard identification, which follows 
the US Occupational Safety & Health 
Administration (OSHA) reporting standard. 
The detailed information we gain helps us 
understand both the causes and effects of 
hazards so we can respond appropriately. 

To ensure world-class H&S 
performance throughout 
ContourGlobal, we: 

• Comply with the strictest regulations 

and standards 

• Maintain a ‘one company, one people, 

one standard’ policy 

• Train, train, train 
• Ensure transparent communication 
inside and outside the organization 

• Learn from mistakes 
• Embrace a robust healthy H&S culture 
• Make H&S an everyday part of our business

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201929

IN 2019, OUR H&S 
PERFORMANCE WAS 
ABOVE TARGET FOR OUR 
LEADING INDICATORS. 

Ensuring safe planned outages 
A key safety risk for us is planned outages 
– major, complex, high risk occasions 
involving intense work, time pressures 
and multiple contractors. They are part and 
parcel of operating our assets and we are 
working on new ways to ensure they are 
handled as safely, efficiently and effectively 
as possible. 

At our Majadas concentrated solar 
power (CSP) plant in Spain we focused on 
contractor supervision. We introduced an 
online application where all supervisors 
undertake a pre-start check, to ensure 
they are ready to start work with the right 
people, tools, tasks and procedures, in the 
right environment and at the right time. By 
asking operational questions to identify the 
risks which might harm people, such risks 
are minimized. 

Following the successful pilot at Majadas, 
we rolled out this contractor engagement 
initiative to our other CSP assets in Spain 
in 2019. The data we gather via the 
application enables us to assess local 
teams and address safety shortcoming. 
It also helps us assess which contractors 
are better at planning, and improve 
how we can select and bring on board 
future contractors. 

Innovating to enhance safe performance 
We use innovative technologies to 
enhance safe performance throughout 
our business. At our Vorotan hydroelectric 
power stations in Armenia, for example, 
we use drones to carry out inspections 
of dam walls and other structures that are 
difficult and dangerous for people to reach. 
The drones take high definition images 
which can be analysed from a computer 
terminal – much quicker, more efficient 
and safer than having people carry out 
the inspections. 

We are also using glasses with fitted 
cameras, that monitor the work and help 
to identify hazards, letting workers know 
to stop working if necessary. We piloted 
this technology in Togo and it will be 
launched at other sites. This is one 
of a number of wearable technology 
initiatives we have been exploring and 
implementing across our fleet.

Our performance in numbers 
Health and Safety

Safety inspection  
per working hours

Total near  
misses

0.005

0.004

0.003

0.002

0.001

0.000

0.0024 0.0025

0.0022

26

23

16

30

24

18

12

6

0

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

0.48

(2018 0.52)

79%

(2018: 70%)

We achieved the target rate of Level 
2 Safety Inspections at all sites.

We achieved a Hazard Identification 
Rate of 79%, far exceeding the target 
of 40%.

Corrective and preventive 
actions – target exceeded

Lost Time  
Incident Rate

2017

2018

2019

9,801
9,249

10,548
10,158

10,656

10,119

0.05

0.04

0.03

0.02

0.01

0.00

0.034

0.035

0.032

2017

2018

2019

l Actual

 Target ZERO

0.03

l CAPA closed
l CAPA opened

95%

We achieved a CAPA (Corrective  
and Preventive Actions) closure rate 
of 95% against our target of 85%.

Total Recordable 
Incident Rate

0.20

0.10

0.17

0.16

0.16

0.14

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00

2017

2018

2019

0.16

Reduction in TRIR from 2018 

l Actual
 Target

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements30

Health and Safety continued

2019

2018

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

10

2019

1

1

2

10

2018

1

1

2

Audits and interventions
Audits

Balsa Nova (2019)

Termoemcali

Bahia PCH

Italy Biogas

Solar Slovakia

Palma del Rio

Knockmore Hill (Non-Announced)

Cupisnique (Non-Announced)

Vorotan (External)

Maritsa (External)

Mogi Guaçu

Arrubal

Asa Bianca

Inka

Ploïesti 

Solar Italy

Togo

Rio PCH

Total:

Intervention

Chapada

CSPs

Total:

0.79

Hazard identification rate 
– target far exceeded

Number of hazards identified for 
each Safety Inspection Level 2. 
Target 0.40

2.17%

Training hours

WE ARE INCREASINGLY 
FOCUSING ON LEADING 
INDICATORS WHERE WE 
ANALYSE IN DETAIL 
HAZARDS AND NEAR 
MISSES TO SEE WHERE 
WE CAN INTERVENE AND 
IMPROVE. WE CONTINUE 
TO INTEGRATE OUR H&S 
PERFORMANCE INTO OUR 
EVERYDAY ACTIVITIES. 

Auditing and intervening 
We continued our program of H&S 
audits through the year. We carried 
out two scheduled external H&S audits, 
six scheduled internal audits and two 
unannounced internal audits. We also 
performed two safety interventions. 

Using the most helpful indicators 
At the end of 2018, we identified new 
leading indicators to report in 2019, to 
give us even more insight into our H&S 
performance. These include, for example, 
the number of hazards identified internally 
compared to the number identified by 
visitors and the number of serious 
injuries and fatalities (SIFs) prevented. 
We reviewed the indicators at the end 
of the year as part of our ongoing work 
to ensure we have the most meaningful 
and helpful indicators. 

Eliminating hazards and risks as 
quickly as possible
To live up to our commitment to ensure 
zero harm, zero injuries, we increased our 
focus on proactively preventing hazards 
and risks. This allows us to eliminate 
them as quickly and effectively as 
possible throughout our business. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201931

Business review

Operational capacity is central to the success 
of Contour Global. In 2019 our focus on 
continuous improvement was evident in 
our improved operational performance. 
We improved the overall availability of the 
fleet to 94.3% in 2019, compared to 92.9% in 
2018. And we drove down the forced outage 
factor from 3.6% in 2018 to 1.7% in 2019. 

Our performance in numbers
Business performance

Availability 

Thermal Fleet 
availability factor (%) 

Renewable Fleet 
availability factor (%) 

Equivalent Forced 
Outage Rate (%) 

92.8

93.0

92.6

90.2

100

96

92

88

84

80

100

96

92

88

84

80

97.0

97.6

96.8

96.3

4.0

3.0

3.6

2.0

2.0

1.9

1.7

1.0

0

2016

2017

2018

2019

2016

2017

2018

2019

2016

2017

2018

2019

92.8%

96.3%

1.7%

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements32

Tackling challenges  
to keep getting better

1   

Through the year we had a 
number of challenges across 
our portfolio. We viewed these 
as opportunities to quickly and 
effectively tackle the problems 
and to learn and improve.

Embracing problems with the help 
of Five Whys
We have a key tool that allows us to get to 
the heart of problems in order to make real 
lasting improvements – Five Whys. We use 
the Five Whys method of failure analysis 
throughout the Company to identify the 
root cause of issues so that they are 
not repeated. A powerful tool, it can 
be applied to any failure and over the 
years has helped us to become a better 
organization. This year was no exception.

Learning from failure
At our Palma CSP power plant in Spain, 
we had a blade failure in a low pressure 
turbine. By analysing both the root cause 
of the failure and our response, we were 
able to optimize the repair using a spare 
rotor, saving time and money.  

Working together
At our Maritsa East 3 power plant 
in Bulgaria, we had difficulties at the 
beginning of the year with a number 
of outages. By forming a task force, 
including third parties, we focused on 
the issue and improved the situation.

Continually improving our performance
At Arrubal, our 800 MW combined-cycle 
gas turbine plant in northern Spain, we 
analyzed the root cause of technical 
performance problems to address them 

properly. As a result, we performed 
a number of upgrades to equipment, 
removing old parts not available on the 
market any more. Our improvement work 
will continue through 2020. We will, for 
example, perform a substantial upgrade 
to the power plant’s control system to 
improve long-term reliability.

The “5 Whys” underpin our Culture  
of Continuous Improvement

Introduction:
The “5 Whys” is a technique used in the 
Analyze phase of the Six Sigma DMAIC 
(Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, 
Control) methodology and helps us peel 
away the layers of symptoms that can lead 
to the root cause of a problem. When a  

problem occurs, we drill down to its root 
cause by asking “Why?” five times and 
its effectiveness lies in the fact that the 
answers come from people who have 
hands-on experience of the process or 
problem in question. 

Failure  
event

5 whys draft 
created

5 whys 
published

Actions 
assigned

Actions 
completed

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Business review continued33

Investing in technology  
and talent

1    2   3  

In 2019, we invested heavily 
in intelligent technology and 
talent to transform the way 
we keep on improving and 
outperforming as a business.

Capitalizing on predictive 
artificial intelligence
We have invested in deploying a series 
of software packages that provide 
substantial artificial intelligence and 
predictive analytics capabilities for both 
our Renewable and Thermal Divisions.

The software analyzes the performance of 
our assets, including millions of data points, 
and combines the performance trends. 
Based on the pattern of this collected data, 
the system learns for itself and is able to 
predict with a high degree of accuracy the 
future failure of equipment – giving early 
advance warning so we can act quickly to 
prevent a major issue or failure, and plan 
and carry out more effective maintenance. 
In addition, the software can analyze the 
day-to-day operations of an asset, such as 
a particular wind turbine, and identify ways 
to improve performance. An example of 
this is using the software to pinpoint and 
eliminate yaw or pitch misalignment to 
increase efficiency.

These software solutions were 
successfully piloted in 2019 and are 
being rolled out across the Group. 
They will drive our technical and 
financial performance across our assets.

The Renewable division's Retina 
software is already proving its worth. 
At our Chapada I wind farm in Brazil for 
example, the software was instrumental in 
discovering that lightning damage on 26 
turbines was causing a 1.7% drop in energy 
production on the affected machines. We 
prioritized scheduling the repair to avoid 
higher damage and boost performance. 
The asset’s efficiency improved in the 
following months.

Centralizing expertise
Hand in hand with this investment in 
advanced software, we have created a 
dedicated Intelligence Center in Natal, 
Brazil, where our Asa Branca power 
plant is located. The Center is home 
to specialists who are experts in 
analysis and leveraging specific software. 
They analyze the performance of our 
Renewable fleet and provide various 
reports and recommendations to help 
operational personnel optimize and 
improve their assets, for example by 
reducing costs and increasing reliability. 
A similar Intelligence Center is planned 
for the Thermal fleet in 2020.

WITH OUR NEW 
PREDICTIVE SOFTWARE 
AND INTELLIGENCE CENTER, 
WE HAVE SMART TECH AND 
EXPERT PEOPLE WORKING 
TOGETHER TO HELP OPTIMIZE 
THE PERFORMANCE OF 
OUR ASSETS.

Victor Brito, Intelligence Center, Natal, Brazil

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements34

Setting the highest standards  
with the help of benchmarking 

We have also been actively assessing our 
KPIs, including identifying potential new 
KPIs to help us evaluate our performance 
more effectively and challenge ourselves 
constantly to keep improving.

ACROSS CONTOURGLOBAL, 
WE CHALLENGE OURSELVES 
CONSTANTLY TO KEEP ON 
GETTING BETTER.

1 

As part of our ongoing 
commitment to keep 
advancing, we carried out 
extensive benchmarking 
this year.

Through the year we undertook a 
comprehensive set of benchmarking 
exercises across the fleet. This enabled us 
to compare our performance and costs. 
This is a valuable way for us to gauge how 
well we are doing against top competitors 
to ensure consistent target-setting and 
identify areas for improvement. 

Capitalizing on operational  
and financial know-how

1    2   3

As our investments in 
our European solar power 
assets show, we draw on our 
combined operational and 
financial know-how to create 
greater value and generate 
funds for further acquisitions.

Adding again to our solar portfolio
In June 2019, we finalized the acquisition of 
Interporto Solare, a 12.4 MW photovoltaic (PV) 
portfolio built on the rooftops and shelters of 
a major logistics center in Padova, northern 
Italy. The total investment was €15.4m. The 
acquisition fits neatly with our Solar Rollup 
strategy and increases our Italian platform 
from 43 plants with 65 MW capacity to 
48 plants with 77.1 MW, which positions us 
favourably for further add-on acquisitions. 
As ever, our plan post-acquisition is to drive 
up operational performance and drive 
down costs.

Our total European PV portfolio is now 119 
MW and our total European solar portfolio 
is 369 MW. We plan to keep on growing. 
Our objective is, for example, to grow the 
European PV portfolio to 250 MW over 
the next five years. 

Forging a strong partnership as part of 
our Solar Rollup strategy
Our agreement with Credit Suisse 
Energy Infrastructure Partners (CSEIP) 
has generated €134m cash proceeds 
and allowed us to crystallize significant 
value less than a year after acquiring the 
assets in the first half of 2018. Under the 
agreement, we continue to provide asset 
management and O&M services to the 
power plants. 

This was the second such deal with our 
partner CSEIP. In October 2018, we sold 
49% of our Italian and Slovakian solar 
photovoltaic portfolio to them at an 
attractive premium. We also signed 
an asset management agreement for 
existing and prospective facilities, and a 
development agreement with a view to 
seeking new acquisition opportunities. 

CSEIP is one of the European leaders in 
direct energy infrastructure investment and 
our partnership marks the next milestone in 
our Solar Rollup strategy. Our collaboration 
with a long-term financial partner who 
values our world-class asset management 
and O&M capabilities provides us with the 
opportunity to create further value through 
asset management and development fees. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Business review continuedTHIS IS OUR LARGEST EVER INVESTMENT 
OF EQUITY – OPENING UP A NEW 
MARKET IN MEXICO AND ADVANCING 
OUR BUSINESS IN TERMS OF CLEAN, 
EFFICIENT COGENERATION SOLUTIONS.

35

Acquiring key new  
assets in Mexico

2

We successfully completed our 
acquisition of new combined 
heat and power (CHP) assets in 
Mexico. The largest acquisition 
in the history of ContourGlobal, 
this is a great new addition to 
our portfolio contributing to 
our ongoing good growth.

Completing on a key acquisition
In November 2019, we completed the 
acquisition of Alpek’s portfolio of two 
natural gas-fired combined heat and 
power (CHP) plants with a gross installed 
capacity of 518 MW, for $724 million in 
cash plus $77 million of refundable VAT. 
The closing was conditioned on the 
commissioning of CGA 1, the plant which 
was still under construction. This was 
delayed by 7 months due to the seller 
resolving technical issues related to 
testing of the power plant which, once 
successfully resolved, enabled closing 
to happen. 

Securing multiple contracts
The two plants will provide electricity 
and steam under long-term contracts 
to subsidiaries of Alfa Group, a leading 
Mexican industrial conglomerate, and other 
commercial and industrial customers. We 
have made good progress on additional 
contracts and are now more than 98% 
contracted on the overall heat, steam and 
electricity at the two plants, as planned.

Expanding further
The expansion of our cogeneration 
Solutions business into Mexico is another 
big step forward in our strategy to pursue 
high quality growth around the world using 
‘corporate PPAs’. We expect the acquisition 
to add approximately $110 million to our 
Adjusted EBITDA in the first full year of 
operations. In addition, it provides an 
exciting platform for us to grow further 
both in terms of cogeneration and 
regional presence.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements36

Implementing an innovative hybrid  
power system for the island of Bonaire

1    2   3

For the past seven years we 
have been working closely 
with Water-en Energiebedrijf 
Bonaire (WEB), the island's 
electricity and water utility, 
to tackle a critical challenge 
common throughout the 
Caribbean: how best to provide 
more renewable energy, lower 
costs, and around-the-clock 
reliability. In 2019, we invested 
in and extended our innovative 
hybrid power system.

Ensuring reliable supply
The island of Bonaire enjoys strong 
seasonal winds, peaking from December 
to June. We harness this extraordinary 
wind resource to deliver electricity that is 
lower in cost and carbon emissions than 
liquid fuel-based alternatives. Despite the 
intermittency of wind and solar resources, 
we ensure a reliable uninterrupted 
electricity supply through an innovative 
hybrid solution that keeps the lights on 
even when wind speeds drop. 

Reducing costs and CO2 emissions
Using a new state-of-the-art Li-Ion battery 
with a 6MW/6MWh capacity and power 
management system supplied by Wärtsilä 
Greensmith, we are able to maximize wind 
generation. As a result, we have been able 
to reduce costs for WEB by 36% over the 
last seven years, decrease CO2 emissions 
and improve engine efficiency. Moreover, 
we have delivered these results while 
maintaining unprecedented levels of 
reliability including zero blackouts for five 
straight years.

Enhancing the solution
Our improvements in 2019 included a new 
battery and digital power management 
system, and newly expanded dual-fuel 
engines. The new battery storage system 
supports Bonaire's grid by injecting active 
and reactive current to balance decreases 
in wind speed with a rapid response 
time of 50-100 milliseconds. The newly 
enhanced electricity production system 
also eliminates the need for the engines 
to operate at costly low levels of output 
to support the reliability needs of the 
electricity grid. Instead, the battery itself 
can maintain a reliable electricity supply on 
a second-by-second basis so that during 
high wind periods the engines can be shut 
down or used only as a last resort.

Championing sustainability
Bonaire, the world's first Blue Destination, 
is committed to sustainable tourism and 
has undertaken an ambitious plan to 
promote 100% sustainable electricity 
production, including the maximum 
possible contribution from renewable 
electricity. Our contribution to this plan 
was recently recognized by the Caribbean 
Renewable Energy Forum (CREF), which 
awarded ContourGlobal Bonaire “Best 
Microgrid Project” for 2019.

OUR NEW INNOVATIVE 
BATTERY-LED HYBRID SYSTEM 
WILL MOVE BLUE BONAIRE 
ONE STEP CLOSER TO ITS 
AMBITION OF A FULLY 
SUSTAINABLE BUT STILL 
RELIABLE GRID. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Business review continued37

Pressing on with repowering  
our wind plants in Austria

production of 46.8 GWh. However, 
in April 2019 Senvion insolvency 
proceedings started. We were quick to 
react – reaching an agreement with the 
administrator to complete work on three 
of the five new turbines so they could 
commence commercial operations in 
November 2019. In the meantime, we have 
also been developing a solution for the 
other two turbines involving a different 
turbine producer. 

Focusing on Phase II of our repowering 
Under Phase II, the development of four 
additional repowering projects is currently 
ongoing. Net capacity is expected to be 
53-60 MW after repowering. Based on 
the current regulation these repowering 
projects will benefit from a 13 year feed in 
tariffs (FiT) contract. The total investment is 
estimated to be between €71-82 million.

If we see the right opportunities, we 
will add to the portfolio in line with our 
Group-wide commitment to continuous 
improvement and high growth. We are 
currently exploring a number of additional 
projects in Austria in pre-feasibility phase. 

WE CURRENTLY HAVE 
A TOTAL INSTALLED 
WIND CAPACITY IN 
AUSTRIA OF 149.45 
MW – 4.7% OF THE 
OVERALL TOTAL 
IN THE COUNTRY. 

Bruno Andrade, Asa Branca Complex, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil

1 

We have been forging ahead 
with the repowering of our 
Austrian wind plants in order 
to substantially increase 
their capacity and efficiency 
while also reducing their 
environmental impact.

Making the most of our Austrian assets 
Our Austrian wind farm fleet consists of 
both old and new turbines. Our wind farms 
have an industry-leading high average 
availability of around 98%, including the 
ramping up period of the newly 
commissioned wind farms.

We are always looking to optimize the 
performance of our assets, for example by 
repowering them. For the past two years 
we have been focusing on repowering 
our Velm-Götzendorf and Scharndorf 
wind farms, which were acquired in 2014. 

Completing Velm
Ahead of time and below budget, our 
four new Vestas V126 turbines at Velm-
Götzendorf began commercial operations 
on 31st January 2019. Each turbine has a 
capacity of 3.3 MW and together they have 
a total annual production of 34.2 GWh, 
which can provide electricity for 8,525 
households. The new turbines replaced 
10 old DeWind D6 turbines which had a 
capacity of 1.25 MW each and a total 
capacity of 12.5 MW. The average annual 
production was 20.9 GWh, providing 
electricity for 5,300 households. 

This fast, efficient repowering, successfully 
completed with no Lost Time Incidents 
(LTIs), has reduced the number of turbines 
from ten to four – minimizing the wind 
farms’ footprint while significantly 
increasing production by 63%. 

Continuing with Scharndorf
Our Scharndorf wind park consisted of 
12 turbines with a capacity of 2 MW each 
and a total capacity of 24 MW. The average 
annual production of old Scharndorf 
turbines was 23.9 GWh, enough to provide 
electricity to 5,900 households. Our plan 
for this repowering project was to replace 
five old turbines with five new Senvion 
M122 turbines with a capacity of 3.4 MW 
each, providing a total annual energy 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements38

Progressing with the refurbishment  
of our hydro asset in Armenia

1 

In 2019, we made significant 
progress in refurbishing our 
Vorotan hydroelectric facility in 
Armenia. This is in line with the 
commitment we made when 
we acquired the asset and our 
ongoing drive for continuous 
improvement.

Modernizing a major asset
We acquired the Vorotan hydro cascade in 
2015, a 404 MW hydro cascade that dates 
back to the 1970s and plays a critical part 
in Armenia’s energy. Vorotan is the main 
contributor to Armenia’s energy system, 
which provides about a third of the 
country’s total energy production. 
ContourGlobal Armenia Hydropower’s 
yearly energy production is 1.0 TWh, 
approximately 15% of the total production 
in the country. 

The refurbishment began in 2018 as 
planned and has continued intensely 
through 2019. The work covers two 
aspects of the plant – the mechanical and 
electrical systems. Each element is being 
undertaken by a different world-class 
specialist contractor. Voith is responsible 
for the mechanical refurbishment; the 
electrical systems refurbishment is being 
carried out by Efacec. 

There are three plants with a total of seven 
units in the Vorotan cascade. All seven 
units will be refurbished as part of the 
plan, which is due to be completed in 
2020. The €62.9 million investment 
includes civil works, rehabilitating turbines, 
generators, auxiliary systems, main 
transformers, auxiliary transformers, as 
well as replacing control and protection 
systems, switchgear equipment and 
cabling and auxiliary electrical systems. 

Staying on track
The work has been progressing well – 
on time and on budget and in accordance 
with our high quality standards. Unit 1 
of Tatev hydro plant was the first of the 
seven units to be refurbished, in 2018. 
The second unit of Tatev was successfully 
refurbished in 2019, as well as the 
Spandaryan hydro plant. In 2020, the third 
and final Tatev unit and the two turbines 
of the Shamb hydro plant are due to be 
refurbished, completing the project.

Aram Arekhtsyan, Vorotan, Tatev Reservoir, Armenia

Overcoming challenges
During the year we faced a number of key 
challenges with the refurbishment, which 
required additional work. Working closely 
with our contractors we tackled these 
challenges and learned from them to make 
the most of improvements. An issue with 
one of the Tatev turbines, for example, led 
us to schedule risk-reducing maintenance 
work on other turbines to improve overall 
safety and performance.

Maximizing availability 
Given the critical role our asset plays in 
providing energy for Armenia, it is vital we 
ensure maximum availability throughout 
the refurbishment. To this end, we align 
the refurbishment work with the day-to-day 
operations of the three plants, so the 
country continues to receive the energy 
it needs as we modernize Vorotan. 

THE WORK HAS BEEN 
PROGRESSING WELL – ON 
TIME AND ON BUDGET AND 
IN ACCORDANCE WITH OUR 
HIGH QUALITY STANDARDS.

Delivering a positive impact for 
everyone involved 
Our refurbishment of Vorotan is delivering 
a positive impact for Armenia and for us. 
Everybody involved stands to gain. Once 
we have completed the refurbishment of 
the three plants, they will be the most 
modern hydro facilities in Armenia. They 
will not only be more reliable, with fewer 
forced outages and unpredictable trips and 
stops. They will also be more efficient, so 
we will be able to produce more power 
with the same amount of water. They will 
be more environmentally friendly, too. By 
increasing the lifetime of the assets in this 
way, we are delivering benefits for the 
company, the country and the planet.

Building on our success
We aim to build on our success at Vorotan 
to grow further in Armenia, for example 
through new hydro projects and other 
renewable and thermal energy 
opportunities. Our key role in the country’s 
energy solutions, our strong partnership 
with the Government and our capabilities 
and commitment provide a firm foundation 
for us to do more and go further in helping 
Armenia secure the reliable, affordable 
energy it needs.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Business review continued39

Advancing 
in Colombia
1   

As the move to renewables 
gathers pace around  
the world, gas-fired power 
plants continue to provide  
a reliable source of energy  
that supports the transition.

The 240 MW TermoemCali combined-cycle 
gas-turbine plant in Colombia plays a key 
role in diversifying the country’s primarily 
hydroelectric generating portfolio where 
reliable supply during seasonal dry periods 
is critical to its vibrant and growing 
economy. In 2019 we received an 
extension of our capacity payment to late 
2023. This enabled us to carry out an 
advantageous financing on the asset. We 
see natural gas-fired power plants as an 
important swing factor as markets embrace 
more renewable energy. We are looking to 
make the most of this opportunity in our 
markets going forward.

Luis Alberto Jimenez Cruz, Arrubal Spain

Working on a modern  
energy solution for Kosovo 

1    2

Through 2019 we continued to work on 
developing a modern 500 MW lignite power 
plant for Kosovo that would provide much 
needed reliable and affordable energy to fuel 
the growth of the country and significantly 
reduce the current emission levels which are 
hazardous to health.

In 2019 we made significant progress 
and the project was on-track to close and 
start construction as per the agreements 
with the Government of Kosovo. The 
political situation in Kosovo resulting from 
the unexpected resignation of the Prime 
Minister and the follow-up creation of a 
new Government that is reassessing 
energy policy priorities has brought 
uncertainties to the project and its timeline. 
This significant political evolution has led 
us to record an impairment charge, 
detailed in page 146.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements40

Our people

Our talented dedicated people are at the heart 
of our success – living our values and applying 
our principles around the world to great effect. 
In 2019, we continued to encourage, develop 
and reward our people.

1 

Key issues that  
matter to us

Employing and 
developing great people 

Cultivating a culture that 
is: open, performance 
oriented and 
collaborative

Further strengthening 
our senior leadership

Promoting and 
encouraging mobility 

Enhancing learning 
and development

Learning and 
improving through 
rigorous failure analysis 

Employing and developing great people 
We are committed to recruiting and 
retaining great people and developing 
their skills and capabilities around the 
world. We want everyone at ContourGlobal 
to excel and go far, so they can realize 
their own individual goals and also 
achieve more as part of a close-knit 
multinational team. 

Cultivating an open collaborative culture
We focus on cultivating a very open and 
transparent work environment across 
ContourGlobal. It is exemplified by our 3Cs: 
communication, collaboration, coordination, 
and 2Ts (Timely Transparency). In 2019 for 
example, we introduced the CEO Tuesday 
Talks, where our CEO hosted a webinar 
with the entire company. It is a great 
opportunity for all our people to enter into 
a dialogue with the CEO on strategic topics 
such as leadership, technology, growth 
and Health and Safety.

We are using technology to help reinforce 
our close, collaborative culture. In 2019, we 
launched an internal employee portal to 
increase the level, ease and efficiency of 
our employee engagement, feedback and 
information sharing. We are also looking at 
technology tools to help us reinforce quick 
and effective team communication, rather 
than relying on one-to-one emails for 
example. Wherever we can reinforce 
engagement, transparency and 
collaboration, we will.

Towards the end of the year, we also 
carried out an employee survey, with 
a focused on ethics and integrity. 
The findings of this survey are informing 
the development of a new Code of 
Conduct in 2020 and, more broadly, 
how we continue to enhance our learning 
and development initiatives. This is part of 
our wider ContourGlobal commitment to 
constantly keep setting new standards 
across every aspect of our business.

WE REALLY WANT 
TO ENCOURAGE 
EVERYONE IN 
CONTOURGLOBAL 
TO COLLABORATE 
AS CLOSELY AND 
EFFECTIVELY AS 
POSSIBLE, AND WE’RE 
USING INNOVATIVE 
TECHNOLOGY TO 
HELP US DO THIS.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201941

Further strengthening our 
senior leadership
In 2019, we further strengthened the 
senior management team, with a number 
of key hires, including a new Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO), and new Chief of 
Compliance Officer, in addition to our Head 
of Internal Audit, who joined in late 2018. 

Making the most of our 
diverse workforce 

We have a very diverse workforce, 
representing 18 countries. It’s one of our 
great strengths – the positive energy and 
fresh thinking that comes from different 
people all working together for the same 
shared objectives. 

We hire people that possess strong 
technical skills but also fit in the 
organization culturally. While we 
emphasize hiring locally at our power 
plants and often implement robust training 
initiatives so that we can hire within a 
country rather than employ an expatriate, 
many of our offices are populated with 
many different nationalities intentionally 
to better serve the regional businesses. 

We have a good balance of diverse 
skills, experience and backgrounds 
on our executive leadership. In 2019, 
women represented 60% of our 
senior management.

We are committed to building on our 
diverse workforce, ensuring equal 
opportunities for all and encouraging the 
close collaboration and appreciation of all. 

Enhancing learning and development
We are deeply committed to enabling our 
people to learn and develop as much as 
possible. To this end, we provide a broad 
range of training courses and development 
opportunities. In 2019, we enhanced our 
use of online and webinar training by 
revamping our e-learning platform for all 
our employees. It offers training in multiple 
languages across a range of courses.

In 2019, our managers and non-manager 
employees received 21.85 hours of training 
on average per person and over 26,943 
hours of training in total. Some of our 
training programs addressed key 
compliance areas such as Health and 
Safety, anti-corruption, environmental 
protection, and other business subjects. 

Learning and improving together 
We encourage our people to learn and 
improve together. One of the ways we 
do this is by enabling our people to 
participate in intercultural and cross-
country exchanges, so they can broaden 
their experience and share best practices 
with colleagues around the world.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements42

Our people continued

Papa Mamadou Diack, Cap des 
Biches, Senegal 

Through our Worker Exchange Program 
(WEP) for example, our people undertake 
limited duration assignments at another 
ContourGlobal site. Launched in 2012, 
the WEP enables participants to transfer 
their knowledge and provide expert 
support on a particular activity or a 
project under development. It is a great 
way to boost learning and cross-fertilize 
ideas for improvement. In 2019, 10 
participants engaged in assignments 
in 8 different countries. 

Recruiting the right people 
Our workplace is demanding and requires 
people who are involved, motivated, 
self-starters with a strong will to learn 
and develop. We seek out people who are 
experts in their role, have a bias for action 
and have the capability to collaborate 
fluidly with other functions, other languages 
and other time zones. People with the right 
skills and potential who are also a good 
cultural fit. So, we are particularly vigilant 
in the recruiting process to make sure 
we attract employees that are able to 
succeed in our fast-paced environment. 

Giving our people the best start at 
ContourGlobal 
We place great emphasis on integrating 
new employees into the ContourGlobal 
way of doing things. This is increasingly 
important as we continue to grow and 
expand. We have a comprehensive 
onboarding program, including giving 
new hires significant exposure to other 
employees throughout the organization, 
and training that includes topics on 
anti-corruption and human rights. In 2019, 
we conducted onboarding training for 
222 new employees. We are a unique 
company and are committed to ensuring 
that everyone who joins us has the best 
start, and can make great contributions 
and enjoy great success. 

Respecting and rewarding our people 
We respect and reward our people for the 
great work they do and the difference they 
make. We are committed to establishing 
constructive relationships between 
employees and managers, viewing these 
relationships as a key component of our 
success. We embrace fair hiring, employee 
rights, training, development and retention 
and a positive corporate culture, while 
adhering to all international labor standards 
and local labor laws.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201943

Assessing performance 
We assess the performance of our 
employees regularly, to both receive 
and provide feedback. This is especially 
crucial in a multinational workplace where 
integration is a priority and the global 
workforce must consistently adhere to 
our standards. Our performance review 
process helps us establish development 
objectives for our people. It has two 
phases – a mid-year and year-end review. 
The mid-year phase gives managers 
and employees opportunities to discuss 
progress toward annual goals and 
exchange views on performance. The 
year-end review is more structured and 
includes a review of annual objectives and 
a review of whether employees embrace 
ContourGlobal values and principles. 
The manager and employee also set 
objectives for the upcoming year, including 
performance development opportunities. 

82% 

of our employees participated in our  
year-end performance review in 2019.

Ensuring employee rights are respected
We have adopted policies and procedures, 
including our Code of Conduct and 
Business Ethics, to ensure employee 
rights are respected and these are aligned 
with our commitments to the UN Global 
Compact. Where permitted, we support 
freedom of association and collective 
bargaining. In our business with unions 
and collective bargaining, we value our 
relationships with worker representatives. 
In 2019, we had 787 employees 
participating in collective bargaining 
agreements and we fully support our 
employees’ right to do so. 

Dealing with concerns 
Our employees are encouraged to raise 
any labor concerns during the course of 
day-to-day conversations or during more 
formal processes such as performance 
reviews. However, employees can also 
use our formal grievance mechanism in 
the Stakeholder Engagement Plan, report 
concerns through our Ethics Line or 
employ legal remedies. In practice, most 
labor grievances with our employees are 
resolved through constructive dialogue. 

Our managers and employees are trained 
to be aware of situations where work 
undertaken by us or our supply chain does 
not comply with our policies. Where labor 
practice issues in the supply chain are 
identified, our legal and human resources 
teams actively work with our contract 
managers to remedy the situation.

Our diversity in numbers 
Our people

Board

89%

8 Male in the  
Board of Directors 

11%

1 Female in the  
Board of Directors

Executive management

40%

4 Male in executive 
management

60%

6 Female in executive 
management

Executive Management and their direct reports

62%

25 Male in executive 
management and  
direct reports

Total company

38%

15 Female in executive 
management and  
direct reports

82%

1,217 Male Total  

Company

18%

273 Female Total 
Company

Looking ahead
In 2020, we will have a number of new 
initiatives. These include implementing 
a more systematic approach to 
succession planning and development 
of  high potential employees. We will also 
strengthen our integration capabilities, to 
allow us to continue to successfully row 
through acquisition. 

This includes developing replicable 
integration playbooks and processes 
and building highly trained integration 
champions across the organization. 
These and other initiatives are part of 
our continued focus on developing the 
skills and capabilities of our people and 
fostering our open and collaborative 
high performance culture.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements44

Bring our story to life  
through our people’s images
A photography competition, started in 2018, 
allows all our employees around the world to 
share their own ContourGlobal story. 

It is another occasion for the Board to engage with 
employees, acknowledge the value they bring to our 
business on the field and demonstrate their pride 
in running assets. A company-wide vote was organized 
and we are proud to feature the winning, 2nd and 3rd 
place entries here.

Winner
Photographer: 
Ian Farias

Location: 
Talara Proyecto,  
Inka, Peru

“6.00pm sunset view 
from the tower, all the 
wind turbines and 
substations are visible.”

193 

pictures received

17 

different locations 
covered

319

Total number of voters

Second place

Photographer: 
Imen Turki

Location: 
Energies Antilles  
(French Caribbean)

“Providing support and school 
supplies in Saint Martin to the families 
stricken with Hurricane Irma.”

Third place

Photographer: 
Aram Arekhtsyan

Location: 
Tatev Reservoir, Voratan, Armenia

“A water drainage system, a part of 
Vorotan Hydro Cascade, located in 
Tatev (Shamb) Reservoir, in Syunkin 
region of Armenia.”

Participants
•  Andre Botao
•  Andre Ricardo Coelho  

de Souza

•  Aram Arekhtsyan
•  Boni Rubio Chaves
•  Bruno Andrade
•  Flavio Gonçalves
•  Gustavo Siqueira
•  Ian Farias.
•  Imen Turki
•  Javier Diaz

•  Kalleb Oliveira
•  Lucas Rodrigues
•  Luis Alberto  
Jiménez Cruz
•  Nerses Zalyan
•  Nicolas Clerc
•  Papa Mamadou  

Diack

•  Rondinei Loiola
•  Tiago Siqueira
•  Victor Brito

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201945

Environment

Generating electricity has many environmental 
impacts and we seek to minimize these 
where possible.

1 

Our  
environmental 
commitments

Complying with all 
environmental 
regulations and world-
class best practices 

Striving towards 
reducing our 
environmental 
footprint

Training and 
developing our 
workforce to 
understand our 
environmental and 
social responsibilities

Executing targeted  
social investments 
aligned with our 
core business 

Strategic framework
Our Policy on Social Responsibility and 
Environmental Sustainability and our 
social and environmental strategy 
frameworks set out our framework for 
meeting our environmental commitments. 

Day-to-day responsibilities
Our divisional COOs have overall 
responsibility for environmental activities, 
with Environmental and Social Responsibility 
Managers assuming the day-to-day 
responsibility. In addition, regional 
environmental managers provide technical 
support to our plant personnel, consolidate 
and review environmental reporting, and 
interface with stakeholders as needed.  
Each business also has an environmental 
sponsor to represent the business on 
environmental issues within the organization. 

Managing air emissions
In addition to carbon emissions, we 
carefully manage other atmospheric 
emissions, such as nitrogen oxide (NOx), 
sulfur oxide (SOx), and particulate matter 
(PM), to reduce health risks and 
environmental impacts. We do this by 
increasing our use of renewable energy, 
by selecting advanced thermal power 
technologies, and by investing in power 
plant improvement such as combustion 
control systems. 

Using water responsibly
We manage a variety of environmental 
impacts at our hydroelectric facilities, 
such as the ecological flow of rivers (the 
minimum water needed to maintain the 
ecosystems), sedimentation, vegetation, 
drainage and biodiversity impacts.

Our thermal plants use water from varying 
sources including rivers, lakes, wells, 
reservoirs, and we also purchase water 
from municipalities. Our businesses 
undertake extensive monitoring and 
risk mitigation activities related to water 
withdrawal, use and discharge. 

Limiting waste
We focus our waste management on 
cost-effective reuse and recycling. Our 
Maritsa plant in Bulgaria, for example, 
sells  its gypsum by-product to third parties 
where it is used in drywall manufacturing. 
In 2019, recycling at our sites increased 
by 32%. We also emphasize reduction of 
waste altogether. In 2019, waste generation 
was contained, increasing in proportion 
less than the growth in generation (+18% 
in waste generation for a +19% increase in 
power generation).

We sort and track our waste categories, 
follow the laws of the countries where we 

Targeting on carbon emissions
ContourGlobal set a target to maintain or 
reduce the intensity of carbon emissions, 
which has been achieved through growth 
in our Renewable portfolio and promoting 
efficiency in power plant operations.

In 2019, we grew our portfolio predominantly 
in thermal generation by 29%. Due to higher 
power demand from our customers in 2019 
in the thermal fleet, this increased our carbon 
emissions by 22%. This produced a higher 
level of emissions in proportion, but is 
balanced by a higher overall generation of 
electricity: emissions intensity (tons of CO2 
by MW/h) was limited to a 3.6% increase 
compared to 2018. 

Evaluating the carbon  
footprint of new investments
When considering new investments, we 
evaluate the project's carbon footprint, 
alternative technologies to reduce it, and 
whether installing a new fossil fuel burning 
power plant may actually reduce emissions 
while improving outcomes – principles that 
are central to our sustainability strategy. At 
many of our Solutions facilities, for example, 
we have installed systems to capture our 
CO2 emissions for use in the beverage 
production process. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements46

Environment continued

Our performance in numbers 
Environment

CO2 emissions 
(tonnes millions)

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

8.17

7.50

6.89

8.45

2016

2017

2018

2019

WE CONTINUE TO FOCUS  
ON ENVIRONMENTAL 
AWARENESS AT ALL  
OF OUR BUSINESSES 
– RECORDING 106,124 
ENVIRONMENTAL  
TRAINING HOURS IN 2019. 

operate, comply with lender and investor 
requirements and best practices and 
contract with reputable waste collectors   
ensure the waste is properly treated 
throughout its lifecycle. 

Focusing on biodiversity
Our biodiversity plans seek to protect 
ecosystems from unwanted impacts, 
but where we cannot achieve that 
objective entirely, we seek to rehabilitate, 
restore and offset. Some of our restoration 
initiatives include reforestation programs 
and relocating impacted flora or fauna. 
In 2019, we increased by 14% the 
reforestation effort, mainly thanks to 
programs under the Austrian wind farm 
repowering projects (ref page 37). 
We have also shared our monitoring 
results with NGOs and universities for 
research and study. 

Our biodiversity impacts vary significantly 
among our businesses, so we identify 
all impacts before making site location 
decisions, equipment selection and 
operational management. 

Focusing on spills and grievances
We take preventive actions and ensure 
awareness of environmental risks to 
minimize incidents such as spills and 
environmental grievances. While we aim 
to prevent an incident or grievance, we 
also want to be fully prepared to deal with 
emergencies, unexpected environmental 
impacts and complaints from our 
stakeholders. 

All businesses have adopted emergency 
response plans and our Power for HSE 
Excellence program provides a road map  
for our businesses to adopt procedures 
to minimize incidents and grievances.  
Our businesses have also adopted 
Stakeholder Engagement Plans (SEPs)  
that provide guidance on how to respond  
to all grievances, including those related 
to the environment. 

Environmental incidents are reported 
in our global tracking system and, as in 
other areas of operations, we conduct a 
full root cause analysis on each incident 
to learn from our mistakes. Grievances 
are reported in the monthly management 
reports and action plans are developed 
to address them.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201947

Hydro Brazil
Helping to preserve forests in Brazil
In two of our hydro plants in Brazil, we have 
been carrying out a forest restoration in the 
area of permanent preservation surrounding 
the reservoirs. Since 2012, approximately 
500 hectares have been recovered, 
equivalent to more than 500,000 seedlings. 
In 2019, we carried out maintenance on 200 
hectares of planting, and planted 17,000 new 
seedlings. We also built 150 thousand meters 
of fences to protect these areas.

Alvarado
Reducing water and 
chemicals consumption 
In September 2019, a Reverse Osmosis 
plant was installed to directly treat water 
from cooling towers of Alvarado CSP. 
This improvement reduces in around 
25% the raw water consumption and the 
chemical consumption associated with 
the treatment of cooling water.

Transitioning to Electric Vehicles 
In June 2019, a charging point for electric 
vehicles was installed to reduce both 
emissions and fuel consumption. This 
action is intended to encourage the 
acquisition of this type of vehicle by 
CSP Alvarado workers and also in the 
perspective of replacing progressively 
the fleet vehicles used for plant transfers 
by electrical vehicles.

Majadas
Enhancing our operating environment 
with reforestation
In June 2019 as part of the Environmental 
Day initiatives, Majadas CSP Team carried 
out the plantation of trees of the local 
typical variety (pine pinaster) in one of the 
reforested areas of the solar field..

Togo
Generating more energy for Togo in 
a responsible way
By switching from heavy fuel oil (HFO) 
to natural gas, our Togo power plant 
succeeded in generating 25% more energy 
in 2019 compared to 2018, while keeping 
the increase in CO2 emissions to 0.46% 
year-on-year. We planned this flexibility in 
as part of a long-term strategy by installing 
duel-fuel technology when we built the plant 
years ago. Although more expensive in 
terms of construction and operations, this 
technology enables us to switch from 
HFO when gas is available locally – so we 
can make the most of every opportunity to 
use cleaner fuel while meeting growing 
energy needs.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements48

Communities

We believe in social investment 
to improve the communities 
where we live and work. The two 
go hand in hand and in 2019, as 
our business grew so did our 
community impact.

1 

Our approach to social 
investment

1.  Identify community needs: we ensure our 
social investments meet the needs of the 
communities and desired impacts and 
outcomes are defined and measured

2.  Development: we develop social projects 
in the same way as business projects – 
following our corporate governance, with 
budget and progress control and reporting. 
We have developed a specific tool to 
track all phases of the social projects, 
the Social Tracker

3.  Review and approval: the Sustainability 

Committee is responsible for ensuring that 
all social projects are aligned with CG’s 
sustainability principles and policies 
(including anti bribery) and manages the 
social project approval process, tracks 
execution and guarantees regular 
reporting progress

4.  Implementation: we professionally execute 
our social investment plan, working closely 
with the communities 

5.  Project Impact Assessment: We access 

project impact and apply lessons learned 
to continuously improve our social 
investment strategy and future projects

We are a long-term investor committed 
to being a socially responsible company. 
We prioritize our people’s health and safety 
and that of the people in the communities 
where we operate. We believe in fostering 
positive relationships with our stakeholders 
and local communities where we work. 
This includes promoting social 
responsibility activities and social 
investments that demonstrate our 
commitment to these communities.

Supporting sustainable development
We continue to actively support the United 
Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs). Our mission and the way we go 
about achieving it is firmly in line with the 
SDGs and through 2019 we have aligned 
our social investment initiatives to the 
different goals. See the diagram page 53.

Through the year, we had a particular  
focus on projects supporting two of the 
seventeen goals: gender equality  
(goal 5) and sustainable cities and 
communities (goal 11 ).

Growing social investment
We expect all our businesses to engage 
with the communities around us and 
promote social investment or volunteering 
projects. In the past we established a 
target of 2 projects per business however, 
aiming to expand our social investment 
program, starting in 2019 we established 
a target of investing at least 0.3% of each 
business EBITDA in social projects.

We invested in 2019 $2.3m, compared to a 
$702.7m Adjusted EBITDA, achieving our 
target. And as we grow, so will do our 
social investment program.

Investing for maximum social impact
We focus our investment around five main 
themes aligned with our business strategy 
and aims: education, health and safety, 
environment, human rights and anti-
corruption. This global strategy enables 
our businesses to select, implement and 
track specific projects that make a real 
difference locally while making the best 
use of our resources globally. 

IN 2019, WE INVESTED OVER 
$2.3M IN SOCIAL PROJECTS 
ACHIEVING OUR 0.3% 
EBITDA TARGET. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201949

Reviewing past investments
This year, we looked at the projects we 
selected in previous years to make sure 
they still fit their designed purpose and 
benefit the community, and to see if we 
need to provide additional support. For 
example, in the last years, we significantly 
invested in education projects in Peru, and 
this year, we went back to those schools 
and invested $50k in maintenance and 
refurbishment of those projects. 

Making a big difference in Bulgaria 
Our Maritsa East 3 thermal power plant 
in Bulgaria is a great example of our 
long-term social investment in action. 
In 2019 we reviewed our social investment 
performance since becoming the owner, 
manager and operator of the asset in 
2011. We reviewed and celebrated the 
social investments we have made, the 
relationships we have built with the 
local community and the difference we 
have made. 

Since operating in Bulgaria, we have been 
developing, implementing and handing 
over a wide range of social projects in the 
region of Stara Zagora, with a focus on the 
Galabovo municipality. In total, we have 
invested more than EUR 4,6m in social 
infrastructure, education and culture, 
environmental protection, healthcare 
and sport activities. 

In the city of Galabovo and the villages 
of Obrutchiste, Mednikarovo and 
Iskritsa we have renovated municipal 
and health services buildings, financed 
the full overhaul of three kindergartens, 
renovated a village square and 
cemetery, and constructed a new city 
park and playgrounds. 

We invested EUR 370,000 in renovating 
the sports hall in Galabovo, including 
providing full access for disabled people. 
The hall now hosts regional, national and 
international sports events, as well as the 
unique Sports Games for Disabled People, 
which we have sponsored for the past 
five years. 

We focus on the future of the local 
community – the youth. In the Regional 
Library in Stara Zagora for example, we 
have built the Teen Zone – an attractive 
area for the 11 000 teenagers from the 
regional center, fully equipped with 
technology to meet their needs for both an 
educational and social interaction space. 

For the past four years we have supported 
the English Teaching Assistants (ETA) 
program – funding an English teacher 
for the Vocational School of Energy and 
Electrotechnics in Galabovo benefiting 
more than 250 students. We were the 
first corporate sponsor of the program 
in Bulgaria, leading other businesses 
to adopt it. 

Bulgaria Social projects
Since operating in Bulgaria, we have been 
developing, implementing and handing over a wide 
range of social projects. All in all, our Maritsa plant 
has invested more than EUR 4,6m, EUR 370k in 
2019, in social infrastructure, education and culture, 
environmental protection, healthcare and sport 
activities. 

€4.6m

Invested in Bulgaria since 2011

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements50

Communities continued

Sport for the young is one of our priorities 
too. We invested in three sports centers 
in Galabovo and Obruchiste, providing 
accessible space for activities varying from 
football and table tennis to beach volleyball 
and street fitness.

To support the cultural life of the local 
community, we have sponsored the 
Stara Zagora Jazz Forum since 2013 along 
with various other initiatives to sustain 
the folklore traditions of the region.

We help to look after the well-being of 
our neighbors. Through the years we 
have donated Medical Equipment for the 
Municipal hospital in Galabovo, for the 
Stara Zagora Oncology Hospital and the 
Neonatology in Stara Zagora, serving the 
needs of more than 250,000 citizens.

In acknowledgement of our commitment 
and impact, we received the “Largest 
Corporate Donor” award from the 
Bulgarian Donors’ Forum in 2018. We have 
also received numerous other recognitions 
from national and local authorities, 
educational and healthcare institutions, 
NGOs and business partners.

Working together for greater  
impact in Brazil 
In the State of Piauí, Brazil, home to our 
Chapada do Piauí wind complex, we have 
been working in partnership with the 
United Nations Development Programme 
(UNDP) and the Brazilian Development 
Bank (BNDES) to promote dialogue, policy 
strengthening and alignment of strategies 
to promote and achieve the sustainable 
development goals. 

Translation of the sign in front of the building is ‘Infrastructure Project 
for life improvement’

Social investment
Our Social Investment Strategy, provides guidance to our 
businesses on the successful implementation of such projects. 
The key factors for assessing and managing the social 
environment where we work are:

• Enlist the communities, where our businesses are inserted in,  

as partners in our projects

• Understand their specific environmental needs and concerns
• Share information about our projects
• Invite social dialogue and solicit ideas for creative 

social investments

As a great example of social proactivity and volunteering 
stewardship, CG Sofia Office Staff, from Bulgaria, adhered to 
2016 CG Global Volunteer Day. On 2nd December, the team 
went proactively to the Bulgarian Food Bank to dedicated their 
time and energy to social ends, managing to save nearly 1,500 kg 
of apples and contributing to the provision of 6,700 meals of 
needed people.

This innovative four-year partnership aims 
to help the State of Piauí to integrate the 
SDGs into state and municipal policies 
and initiatives and, in turn, accelerate 
economic, social and environmental 
development in the state.

Since the beginning of the project, we 
funded UNDP with BRL 2.1m, being BRL 
417k in 2019. UNDP started the project 
creating a detailed database and  
diagnosis of the current status of the 
16 municipalities in the State, in the 
Vale do Itaim region where our windfarms 
are located, its capital and certain 
surrounding cities. Based on this 
information, the UNDP reviewed the 
alignment of the municipal and state 
strategic planning to the SDGs and made 
recommendations on what to prioritize to 
promote sustainable development. In this 
effort, 31 municipalities, including the state 
capital and surroundings cities had their 
multiannual strategic planning reviewed 
against to the SDG and a diagnosis 
was prepared and shared with the 
authorities. 11 Seminars were organized 
to foster the integration of the SDGs in the 
municipalities plans that involved 220 
participants. Methodological guides were 
also shared to help the municipalities 
replicate and incorporate changes into 
their plans.

In 2019, we promoted three workshops; 
trained 80 government managers; 
structured a state commission including 
citizens, academia, government and 
private investors; and organized five 
conferences to inform and disseminate 
knowledge about the project in the Vale 
do Itaim region.

The UNDP diagnosis for the state of 
Piaui based on the SDGs also identified 
accelerators for state development, 
supported the construction of the State 
Multiannual Strategic planning for the 
period 2020/2023, and promoted two 
large conferences with approximately 450 
participants to engage the private sector  
in a new model for Piauí sustainable 
development.

WE BELIEVE IN 
FOSTERING POSITIVE 
RELATIONSHIPS WITH 
OUR STAKEHOLDERS 
AND LOCAL 
COMMUNITIES 
WHERE WE WORK.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201951

In addition, the project is focusing on 
gender equality. A program is being 
developed in partnership with the state 
government to support the development  
of young women. It will encompass a  
range of issues including health, violence 
against women and professional training.

Investing in sustainable  
development in Togo 
In 2017, together with the Initiative for 
Global Development (IGD) we organized 
a workshop in Togo to brainstorm and 
propose recommendations to enhance our 
sustainability program in Africa. IGD is a 
non-profit organization that engages the 
power of the private sector to create 
sustainable development and inclusive 
growth in Africa. The focus of the workshop 
was to understand the impacts of our 
activities in the region, the risks we face 
and how to align our social projects to the 
region’s needs.

In line with the objectives, we have carried 
out a number of actions in Togo, with the 
longer-term aim of applying the same 
plan and methodologies to other African 
countries. One important focus area has 
been our alignment to the Government 
of Togo’s Electrification Strategy, which 
includes the development of 315 solar mini 
grids and 108 MW of additional generation 
capacity to achieve 100% country 
electrification by 2030. We have, for 
example, organized roundtable on 
“Sharing ContourGlobal Togo expertise in 
the field of renewables energies” with key 
stakeholders. During this event we have 
shared insights and our ambitions for Togo 
and Africa in renewable energy, including 
PV off-grid systems, wind technology and 
mini-hydros.

18 media organizations were present to 
cover the event and later produced various 
pieces and articles on TV, radio channels, 
print media and websites.

Looking ahead
Looking ahead, we will continue with our 
long-term commitment to social investment. 
In particular we will focus on projects that 
are multi-year and that build on each other 
for greater impact. We will also continue to 
build on aligning our social investment to 
the UN SDGs. Our aim is to create ever 
greater, enduring positive change in 
communities around the world.

Our performance in numbers 
Community

$2.3m

Amount of social investment 

147

Number of social investment projects

348

Number of employees involved  
in social investment

0.3%

2019 social investment  
as a % of Adjusted EBITDA

Making an impact
Our mission is to improve lives by offering reliable and accessible 
electricity, to promote economic growth and social well-being 
through the elimination of poverty, and to make the places where 
we work better because we are there. To accomplish this, we are 
committed to engaging and consulting all relevant stakeholders, 
including communities and investing in social projects. We therefore 
look to align our social investment with the sustainable development 
goals that align best with that aim.

Our 2019 support for the Sustainable  
Development Goals

 Quality 
education 
38.4% 

 Reduced 
inequalities 
18.0% 

 Sustainable 
cities and 
communities 
15.6%

 Good health 
and well-
being 
13.0%
 Partnership 
12.7% 

 Other goals   
2.3% 

We defined five objectives which we have been 
implementing through 2018 and 2019: 

•  Sharing knowledge in renewable energy with key stakeholders to lead in 

creating new business opportunities.

•  Creating capacity building programs with government bodies and other 

leading companies, focusing on key areas including sustainability, 
environment, health and safety, energy and social responsibility. 
•  Partnering with other energy companies to create wider access to 

affordable energy.

•  Partnering with other organisations to co-manage social investment 

projects in order to create greater social impacts for beneficiaries, such 
as the partnership with other 2 private sponsors to reconstruct the public 
primary school of Kangnikope built in 1980.

•  Developing a sustainability communication strategy to report our 

measurable impacts and influence.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Finance Director’s report

LOOKING AHEAD, WE WILL 
REMAIN VERY ACTIVE IN 
DEVELOPING AND ACQUIRING 
NEW PROJECTS TO DELIVER 
ATTRACTIVE RISK ADJUSTED 
RETURNS FOR OUR 
SHAREHOLDERS.

Indicator

Revenue

2019

$1,330.2m

2018: $1,253.0m

2019

Income from 

Operations $292.1m

2018: $261.9m

Adjusted 
EBITDA

2019

$702.7m

2018: $610.1m

2019

Proportionate 
Adjusted 
EBITDA

$561.6m

2018: $536.1m

2019

Fund from 

Operations $337.9m

2018: $302.3m

Leverage  
ratio

2019

4.4x1

2018: 4.4x

1  On the basis of a $110 million full year Adjusted EBITDA of 

Mexico CHP (excluding full year effect, leverage ratio is 5.1x). 

Revenue
Revenue continued to grow in 2019 to reach $1,330.2 million (+6%) 
mainly resulting from the full year impact of the acquired Spanish 
CSP assets in 2018 (+$63.7 million) and the impact of the Mexican 
CHP acquisition completed in November 2019 (+$23.4 million), as 
well as increased revenue from higher dispatch of some of our 
thermal power plants (+$42.2 million) partially offset by negative 
foreign exchange impact of $67.9 million mainly due to higher 
average level of Eur/USD (1.12) in 2019 than in 2018 (1.18). 

Income from Operations (IFO)
IFO is a measure derived from the IFRS audited consolidated 
statement of income. 
IFO increased in 2019 by $30.2 million or 12% to reach 
$292.1 million as compared to $261.9 million in 2018, mainly 
as a result of the following effects: 
• Full year impact of the acquisition of the Spanish CSP assets 

(+$22.5 million), and the impact of the acquisition of the 
Mexican CHP assets in November 2019 (+$5.4 million). 
• Partially offset by a non-cash $9.1 million charge in 2019 

($4.1 million in 2018) related to the Private Incentive Plan which 
does not constitute a liability for the Company (refer to the 
remuneration report for more details). 

• One-off exceptional restructuring costs in 2018 related to the 

reorganization of the corporate offices in the Group ($6.7 million).

• Increased acquisition related costs of $3.6m as a result of the 

closing of the Mexican CHP transaction in 2019. 

Adjusted EBITDA
In $ millions

Thermal

Renewable

Corporate and Other

Adjusted EBITDA

2019 

 335.9

397.0

(30.2)

702.7

2018 

327.1

309.4

(26.4)

610.1

Var

3%

28%

14%

15%

In 2019, we saw another year of strong Adjusted EBITDA growth 
with an increase of 15% to $702.7 million. Adjusted EBITDA 
benefited from the strong performance of our existing assets at 
$620.5 million (+$10.4 million), to which we added the full year 
impact of the acquisition of Spanish CSP assets (+$48.2 million), 
the impact of the acquisition of the Mexican CHP in November 
2019 (+$10.2 million), a net gain of $51.9 million from the sale 
of a stake in our Spanish CSP asset, and $8.3 million positive 
impact of IFRS 16 implementation, partially offset by a negative 
foreign exchange impact of $36.4 million mainly due to higher 
average level of Eur/USD (-$25.0 million) and a weaker Brazilian 
real/USD (-$10.1 million). 

Thermal Adjusted EBITDA increased by $8.8 million, or 3%, 
to $335.9 million for the year ended 31st December 2019 from 
$327.1 million for the previous year. The scope of the Thermal 
segment has remained unchanged during the year until the 
Mexican CHP acquisition closed on 25th November 2019 
(+$10 million). This demonstrates the stability of the underlying 
earnings and cash flows of the portfolio, based on its contracted 
business model protecting the segment from fluctuations in 
demand, fuel prices, electricity prices and CO₂ prices. The 
Thermal fleet is also highly diversified in terms of geography and 
technology, which significantly limits its overall market exposure. 
The Thermal fleet reached an average annual availability factor 
of 92.8% in 2019 (90.2% in 2018) demonstrating a meaningful 
improvement in its operational performance during the year. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201953

Renewable Adjusted EBITDA increased by $87.6 million, or 28%, 
to $397.0 million for the year ended 31st December 2019 from 
$309.4 million for the year ended 31st December 2018. In 2019, 
we benefited from the full-year impact of the acquisition of 
Spanish CSP in 2018, as well as from the small Interporto 
acquisition, a portfolio of photovoltaic solar assets in Italy in 2019. 
The CSP plants contributed +$48.2 million to Adjusted EBITDA 
growth in 2019, while Italian and Romanian solar and biogas plants 
contributed +$3.8 million to Adjusted EBITDA growth in 2019. 

In 2019, the Renewable segment also benefited from the 
performance of our Wind assets in Brazil, Peru and Austria which 
contributed a total of $120.9 million to 2019 Adjusted EBITDA as 
compared to $108.6 million in 2018. This growth was mainly due 
to better resource than in 2018, as well as improved operational 
management despite a weakening of the Brazilian real against the 
US dollar. The remaining negative foreign exchange on the 
Renewable impact totals $15.0 million on the Renewable portfolio, 
mainly due to higher average level of Eur/USD. 

In 2019, we closed the sell-down of a 49% stake in our Spanish 
CSP portfolio at a substantial premium to our original investment. 
The sell-down resulted in a $51.9 million gain recorded directly 
in equity under IFRS rules and contributed to 2019 Renewable 
Adjusted EBITDA for the same amount. Sell downs demonstrate 
the underlying fundamental value of our portfolio, optimize the 
efficiency of our capital deployment process and we will seek 
further opportunities in the future. In 2018, the sell-down of a 49% 
stake in our Slovakia and Italy solar assets portfolio of $20.9 
million gain, subsequently adjusted for $(5.8) million3 in 2019. 

ContourGlobal’s business model does not only generate stable 
and predictable earnings and cash flows it is also based on 
significant risk mitigation as a result of various key components: 
• Limited currency exposure: 80% of 2019 Adjusted EBITDA is 

denominated either in Euros or US dollars, and a portion of the 
small Brazilian reais exposure is hedged. 

• Regional and technology diversification: No technology cluster 
represents more than 25% of 2019 Adjusted EBITDA, and the 
acquisition of a 518 MW concentrated heat power (‘CHP’) 
portfolio in Mexico further diversifies the technology and 
regional profile. 

• Long term contracts with strong and creditworthy counterparties: 
Approximately 85% of 2019 Adjusted EBITDA is generated under 
PPA concluded with Investment Grade offtakers or non-
Investment Grade offtakers under political risk insurance. 

We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA enhances 
the understanding of ContourGlobal’s financial performance, in 
regards to understanding our ability to generate stable and 
predictable cash flows from operations. 

‘Adjusted EBITDA’ is defined as combined profit from continuing 
operations for all controlled assets before income taxes, net 
finance costs, depreciation and amortization, acquisition-related 
expenses, plus profit on sale of minority interest and specific items 
which have been identified and adjusted by virtue of their size, 
nature or incidence, less ContourGlobal’s share of profit from 
unconsolidated entities accounted for on the equity method, 
plus ContourGlobal’s pro rata portion of Adjusted EBITDA for 
such entities. 

In determining whether an event or transaction is specific, 
ContourGlobal’s management considers quantitative as well 
as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of 
occurrence. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial 
performance under IFRS. 

Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA
Considering the decision to strategically sell down minority stakes 
of certain of our assets at a significant premium, we have included 
Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA as part of our core financial 
metrics since 2018. 

Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA is calculated using Adjusted 
EBITDA calculated on a proportionally consolidated basis based 
on applicable ownership percentage. Proportionate Adjusted 
EBITDA increased from $536.1 million in 2018 to $561.6 million 
in 2019 (+5%), a lower increase than Adjusted EBITDA mostly 
explained by the sell down of 49% of the Spanish CSP portfolio. 

The following table reconciles net profit before tax to 
Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for each 
period presented:

In $ millions

Proportionate Adjusted EBITDA

Minority interest

Adjusted EBITDA

Reconciliation to profit  
before income tax

Years ended 31st December

2019

561.6

141.1

702.7

2018

536.1

74.0

610.1

Depreciation and amortization and 
impairment expense

(282.3)

(239.3)

Finance costs net

(243.8)

(236.6)

Share of adjusted EBITDA in associates 

Share of profit in associates 

Acquisition-related items

Costs related to CG plc IPO 

Cash gain on sale of minority 
interest in assets

Restructuring costs
Private incentive plan1

Other2

Profit before income tax

(21.7)

11.1

(23.2)

–

(46.1)

–

(9.1)

(28.1)

59.4

(21.2)

2.9

(19.6)

(0.4)

(20.9)

(6.7)

(4.1)

(36.3)

27.8

1  Refer to note 4.26 of the consolidated financial statements.
2  Refer to note 4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.

In relation to the 2019 and 2018 financial years, these adjustments 
included non-recurring and non-cash items. They also included a 
cash gain on the sale of minority interests in the Slovakia and Italy 
solar assets portfolio in 2018 of $20.9 million, and the sale of 
minority interests in the Spanish CSP assets in 2019 of $51.9 
million together with an adjusted related to the 2018 Slovakian 
and Italy portfolio sell-down of $(5.8) million3, all booked directly 
in equity under IFRS. 

3  Refer to note 3.2 of the consolidated financial statements.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
54

Finance Director’s report continued

Funds from Operations
Funds from Operations is a non-IFRS measure that is calculated 
as follows:

In $ millions

Cash flow from operations

Change in working capital

Interest paid
Maintenance capital expenditure1

Cash distributions to minorities

Funds From Operations (FFO)

Cash conversion rate (%)

2019

616.3

(5.0)

(189.2)

(40.1)

(44.2)

337.9

48%

2018

578.2

(50.9)

(180.9)

(24.6)

(19.5)

302.3

50%

1  Maintenance capital expenditures is defined as funds employed by us 

to maintain the operating capacity, asset base and/or operating income 
of the existing power plants. It excludes growth and development capital 
expenditures, which are discretionary investments incurred to sustain 
our revenue growth (including construction capital expenditures).

Funds from operations is a key metric for ContourGlobal and 
gives and indication of the strength and predictability of our cash 
generation and how much of our Adjusted EBITDA we convert into 
cash flow. 

Funds from operations significantly improved in 2019 to $337.9 
million, a 12% growth rate compared to 2018. This performance is 
the consequence of the continuous growth of Adjusted EBITDA 
explained above earlier and a results of the efficient capital 
structure implemented by ContourGlobal through a mix of 
deleveraging project financing debt and refinanced corporate 
level debt at lower cost of capital. 

The cash conversion rate, which compares FFO to Adjusted 
EBITDA, slightly decreased at 48% in 2019 (50% in 2018) due 
to the increase of the cash distributions to minorities and 
maintenance capital expenditure in 2019. 

Leverage ratio
Leverage ratio table
Year

2018

2019

4.4x1
4.4x2

1  Including pro forma adjustment for full year of Spain CSP acquisition.
2  Including pro forma adjustment for full year of Mexican CHP acquisition.

The Group leverage ratio is measured as total net indebtedness 
(reported as the difference between ‘Borrowings’ and ‘Cash and 
Cash Equivalent’ under IFRS statement of financial position) to 
Adjusted EBITDA. Whenever the impact would be significant, 
such a ratio is adjusted to reflect full-year impact of acquisitions 
or for financial debt of projects under construction which do not 
generate EBITDA. 

In 2019, the Mexican CHP acquisition contributed $10 million 
to 2019 Adjusted EBITDA from 25th November 2019 to 
31st December 2019 as compared to an expected $110 million 
full year contribution. In 2018 the Spanish CSP acquisition 
contributed $89 million to 2018 Adjusted EBITDA from  
10th May 2018 to 31st December 2018 as compared to 
an expected $130 million full year contribution. 

Adjusted for the full year contribution of Spanish CSP in 2018 
and Mexican CHP in 2019, leverage ratio reached 4.4x in 2019 as 
compared to 4.4x in the previous year. The leverage ratio is in our 
indicated target range of 4.0-4.5x Net debt / Adjusted EBITDA in 
spite of the recent completion of the Mexican CHP acquisition.

As of 31st December 2019, ContourGlobal has a total of 
$558.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, with around 32% 
of which at corporate level and available to finance the future 
growth of the Group. 

Finance costs – net
Finance costs – net increased from $236.6 million in 2018 to 
$243.8 million in 2019 (-3%). 

Interest expense decreased to $201.2 million in 2019 from 
$202.0 million in 2018 (-$0.8 million), largely due to the decrease 
of interest on the corporate bond refinanced in 2018 (-$7.4m), the 
natural deleveraging of the project financings (mainly in Brazil 
-$9.7m) at asset level offset by the Spanish CSP full year impact 
(+$19.1 million). 

One off impacts include premium paid in July 2018 to prior 
bondholders of $21.9 million, and the impact of the Italian 
refinancing (+$4.0m of deferred financing costs) and the 
incremental interest from the EUR 100m add on bond issuance 
in July 2019 ($1.9 million). 

The Realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains and (losses) 
and change in fair value of derivatives decreased by -$18.6 million 
primarily attributable to a negative impact in fair value of 
derivatives (-$13.4 million in 2019 as compared to a gain of 
$11.4 million in 2018) partially offset by a favorable change of the 
US dollar against the Euro which resulted in a positive revaluation 
of cash amounts held in USD. 

Profit before tax
Profit before tax increased by $31.6 million to $59.4 million in 2019 
as a result of the factors previously explained. 

Taxation
The Group recognized a tax charge of $36.3 million in 2019 as 
compared to $17.4 million in 2018. This increase in the tax charge 
between periods was driven by the profit mix between territories 
with different income tax rates. The main jurisdictions contributing 
to the income tax expense in 2019 are Bulgaria, Brazil and Spain. 

Adjusted Net Income
Adjusted Net Income is defined as Net income excluding one-off 
items for the year. Reconciliation of Net income to Adjusted Net 
Income is as follows:

In $ millions

Net income
Bond refinancing one-off costs1 

ContourGlobal plc IPO costs

Acquisition-related items2

Restructuring costs3

Private Incentive Plan4

Italian / Slovakian refinancing5 

Adjusted Net Income

Adjusted Net Income attributable 
to shareholders

2019

23.1

–

–

23.2

–

9.1

15.4

70.8

75.4

2018

10.4

21.9

0.4

19.6

6.7

4.1

–

63.1

67.7

1  Exceptional premium paid to previous bondholders in relation to the 

refinancing of the corporate bond in July 2018;

2  Includes pre-acquisition costs and other incremental costs incurred as part of 
completed or contemplated acquisitions. ContourGlobal incurred exceptional 
high amounts of such costs in 2019 and 2018 while signing and/or closing 
acquisitions in Mexico, Italy and Spain in particular. 

3  Costs incurred as part of corporate offices ongoing reorganization;
4  Non-cash impact of the Private Incentive Plan implementation, which does 
not constitute a liability for the Company as it is issued through existing 
Reservoir Capital shares.

5  Costs incurred as part of the Slovakian and Italian refinancings which 

required early settlement of the existing swaps and immediate recycling to 
profit and loss of deferred financing costs.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201955

Large global  
footprint diversified  
across geographies  
and technologie

2019 Adjusted EBITDA by Geography1,2

  59% Europe
  29% LatAm
  12%  Africa

2019 Adjusted EBITDA by Technology1,2

  8%  Fuel Oil
  19%  Coal
  13%  Natural Gas
  25%  Solar 
  17%  Wind
  9%  Hydro
  3%  Biogas
  6% 

 High Efficiency 
Cogeneration

2019 Adjusted EBITDA by Currency1

  61%  EUR
  19%  USD
  11%  BRL
 BRL 
  6% 
hedged 
to US  
dollars
  4%  Other

Non-current assets
Non-current assets mainly comprise property, plant and 
equipment and financial and contract assets. The increase of 
non-current assets by $732.0 million to $4,701.8 million as of 
31st December 2019 was mainly due to the acquisition of the 
Mexican CHP, impact of IFRS 16 implementation, partially offset 
by depreciation, change in foreign exchange during the period. 

Borrowings
Current and non-current borrowings increased by $530.5 million 
to $4,090.5 million as of 31st December 2019, mainly as a result of 
new or acquired borrowings (+$947.5 million, including financing 
drawn as part of the Mexican CHP acquisition in November 2019 
for $535 million, the bond tap in July 2019 for $118.1 million, and 
refinancing of the Italian and Slovakian portfolio for $280.1 million), 
partially offset by project financing repayment (-$428.2 million, 
including -$180.7 million scheduled repayment and -$247.5 million 
for Slovakian, Italian and Bonaire repayments) and currency 
translation differences and other ($71.9 million). 

Equity and non-controlling interests
Equity and non-controlling interests decreased by $130.4 million 
to $550.1 million as of 31st December 2019 mainly due to the 
following factors: dividends paid to shareholders (-$137.6 million), 
dividends paid to non-controlling interests (-$24.5 million) and 
negative change in hedging and actuarial reserves (-$48.8 million). 
These decreases were partially offset by the positive contribution 
of the sell-down of 49% of Spanish CSP net of the Italy and 
Slovakia photovoltaic portfolio adjustment recorded directly in 
equity ($46.1 million), Private Incentive scheme ($9.1 million) and 
profit for the period ($23.1 million). 

Dividend
The Board recognizes the importance of paying a regular dividend 
to shareholders. The underlying business generates secure, 
highly visible, long term cash flows, and it is the Board’s intention 
that dividends will be paid quarterly, at the beginning of April and 
the end of June, September, and December. 

Reflecting the growth potential of the business, since listing in 
2017 the Board has targeted a high single digit annual dividend 
increase, which was raised to a 10% annual target in 2019. At times 
the Board may approve additional returns of capital, arising from 
surplus generation of cash or corporate transactions. 

The Board periodically reviews the dividend policy, considering 
overall prospects, conditions and capital requirements of the 
Group.

The Company paid a dividend of $63.3 million in May 2019 
corresponding to the final dividend for the year ended 
31st December 2018 and three interim dividends for the year 
ended 31st December 2019 of $24.75 million in June, September 
and December 2019. The Directors expect to pay a total dividend 
of approximately $99.0m for the year ended 31st December 2019. 

The Parent Company free cash flow totals $213 million 
($251 million CFADS as defined in the Corporate Bond indenture, 
less $38 million Corporate Bond interest costs), 2.2x the total 
declared dividend for the year ended 31st December 2019. 

Outlook
We remain heavily focused on developing, acquiring and 
operating power generation assets under long-term contracts 
providing significant protection from the risks associated with 
volumes, commodity prices or merchant energy prices. As we 
continue to pursue our growth strategy, we are active on both 
construction and acquisition projects. 

Looking ahead, we see further opportunities to develop 
and acquire new projects which will deliver attractive 
shareholder returns. 

1  Based on 2019 Adjusted EBITDA. 
2  Excluding Corporate and Holding company costs.

Stefan Schellinger
Global Chief Financial Officer

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements56

Managing our principal risks

At ContourGlobal we manage our risks 
rigorously across all businesses and 
corporate functions. This is a disciplined 
and dynamic process led from the top and 
applied day by day throughout the Company.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the 
Company’s risk appetite, risk management and ensuring that 
there is an effective risk management strategy and framework. 
The Audit & Risk Committee assists the Board with monitoring 
the Company’s risk management framework, identifying areas of 
risk, challenging control weaknesses and providing independent 
assessment and opinion on the effectiveness and efficiency of the 
Company’s internal controls and risk management systems. This 
also includes reviewing the risk register and providing regular 
updates to the Board on actions taken to mitigate the risks faced 
by the Group. Details of the Audit & Risk Committee’s composition, 
responsibilities and activities can be found in the Audit & Risk 
Committee Report on pages 83 to 88.

Enhancing our risk management 
We actively focus on assessing and reviewing key risks and hot 
topics such as cyber security and climate change to ensure we 
stay on top of the evolving risk landscape. To help us further 
strengthen our approach, we launched an online risk management 
portal in 2019. Developed in-house and available to all the risk 
owners and working groups, the portal enables us to monitor and 
manage our risks more efficiently and effectively. The 2019 risk 
campaign was fully managed using this portal.

WE NEVER STOP LOOKING FOR WAYS TO 
ENHANCE OUR RISK MANAGEMENT. IN 2019 
FOR EXAMPLE, WE INVESTED IN AN ONLINE 
RISK MANAGEMENT PORTAL WHICH IS 
HELPING US INCREASE OUR EFFICIENCY 
AND EFFECTIVENESS.

Focusing on the uncertainty driven by climate change, we have 
implemented weather forecasting intelligence that provides 
medium to long range forecasts for our Renewable assets in Latin 
America. In addition, an artificial intelligence platform has been 
rolled out across the Renewable fleet to help improve data 
analytics and forecasting. These two solutions are helping us to 
better anticipate and manage events related to climate change 
so we can optimize and improve our operations.

Making the most of a robust framework
The Company’s risk management framework consists of a risk 
register of all key risks, a risk map and risk ID cards detailing 
elements such as qualitative analysis of the main causes and 
impacts. The register details the management action plans in 
place to minimize the chance of a risk crystalizing. Our risk 
management approach is based on the three lines of defense 
model which ensures the Company allocates responsibilities and 
provides reasonable assurance over the effectiveness of controls, 
procedures and relevant systems. 

Operational management in our businesses is the first line of 
defense. It ensures that day-to-day risk management controls 
are implemented and monitored and that relevant systems are 
in place to identify, evaluate and mitigate the Company’s 
business risks. 

The second line of defense comprises Group functions such as 
compliance, risk and internal control, IT and quality. It focuses on 

monitoring and compliance with risk control systems and 
processes implemented by the business. Starting in Q3 of 2019, 
a risk and internal control director position was established to 
strengthen the focus on the risk management framework 
and initiatives.

Our internal audit function together with external assurance 
providers serves as the third line of defense, providing 
independent assurance of risk management, internal controls 
and governance. 

Senior management plays a key role in monitoring the risk 
management governance framework and policy. A focus group of 
key senior management members reviews and updates the risks 
listed on the risk register. 

Focusing on the major risks 
This section of the strategic report provides an overview of our 
approach to managing risk, focusing on the major risk factors 
related to implementing the Company’s strategy and business 
model. It is not an exhaustive list of all possible risks. Additional 
uncertainties exist, some of which may not be known to the 
Company and could have a negative effect on the Company’s 
financial position and performance. The principal risks and 
uncertainties were considered in assessing the long-term viability 
of the Company.

The viability statement can be found on page 65. 

Reducing uncertainties 
The Company’s diversified geographical and technological 
approach to contracted and regulated power generation, as well 
as political risk insurance coverage of high-risk assets, reduces 
uncertainties relating to medium-term operational results. We 
closely monitor residual risks related to governmental regulations, 
macroeconomic uncertainties and changes in market conditions 
through the risk management framework. We are actively tracking 
the risk related to uncertainty surrounding Brexit and, currently, we 
do not anticipate that Brexit will have a material impact on our 
operations or our financial results. 

Controlling risks 
The Company faces a broad range of risks related to operating, 
maintaining and refurbishing power generation facilities. These 
include operational, health, safety and environmental (HSE) as well 
as cyber security and systems integrity risk. In line with our culture 
of operational excellence and safety, we make sure all the 
resources are available to control these risks at the right level. 

The Internal Audit function conducted ten audits in 2019, including 
contract management, information & cyber security, HR/payroll 
process and GDPR, tax risk management strategy, combined 
compliance/finance, treasury, shared service centers operations 
and benchmarking, and two assets-focused audits. These audits 
are directly or indirectly related to ContourGlobal’s major risks and 
allow us to detect areas of improvement. The cyber security audit, 
for example, helped us improve a robust action plan implemented 
in 2019 and allowed us to strengthen the level of control in place 
and reduce the significance of residual risk.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201957

In December 2019, the Audit & Risk Committee approved 
the 2020 Internal Audit risk-based plan. Internal Control 
and Internal Audit carried out a two-day strategic meeting 
to align on the 2020 roadmap.

Further information can be found in the Audit & Risk 
Committee report on page 83. 

Managing emerging risks and opportunities
We recognize that the global landscape is constantly 
evolving and generating emerging risks. We incorporated 
the identification, review and assessment of the 
emerging risks in our annual risk campaign. Several 
emerging risks have already been identified and included 
in the register in the past, for example macroeconomic 
and political conditions, climate change and cyber 
security.

This year we followed a robust process to carry out our 
emerging risks review and identification and concluded 
that no additional emerging risks need to be added to 
the register.

Online Survey conducted through new  
risk management portal

Emerging risks proposals discussed during  
risk working groups meetings

Emerging risks presented to the Executive Management

Existing and proposed emerging risks reviewed  
by Audit and Risk Committee

Final review conducted by the Board

As part of ongoing emerging risks identification process, 
we started to closely monitor the evolution of pandemic 
virus (COVID-19) and implemented immediate measures 
to protect our employees and mitigate potential impact 
on company's operations in 2020.

We also realize that changes in the global landscape can 
generate opportunities for the business. Therefore, as 
part of our long-term strategic planning we constantly 
monitor opportunities as well as risks.

Looking ahead to next year, we are going to further 
strengthen our approach by engaging a third party and 
using external software to help us better understand our 
emerging risks and opportunities. We also plan to explore 
opportunities mapping to complement risk mapping as a 
great way to generate ideas for innovation. Our aim is not 
just to identify, manage and mitigate risks more 
effectively but also to make the most of new 
opportunities for the business.

INCREASINGLY WE ARE FOCUSING ON 
THE OPPORTUNITIES THAT COME WITH 
EMERGING RISKS. WE WANT TO DO 
EVERYTHING WE CAN NOT ONLY TO 
REDUCE RISKS BUT ALSO TO TURN 
THEM TO OUR ADVANTAGE.

Our framework for managing risk 
Roles and responsibilities

Board

Overall responsibility  
for risk management:
Risk appetite, strategy, policy and systems, 
approval of the risk register 

Audit and Risk  
Committee

Assessing
the 
effectiveness 
and efficiency 
of the internal 
control and risk 
management 
systems

Reviewing
the Company’s 
internal  
control, risk 
management 
systems and 
risk register

Assisting 
the Board
with developing 
and monitoring 
the risk 
management 
framework, 
identifying and 
monitoring 
areas of risk and 
reducing control 
weaknesses 

Senior  
management  
team

Monitoring
the risk management 
governance  
framework  
and policy

First line  
of defense 
Business  
operations
Policies, 
Organization,  
Risk assessment  
procedures

Second line  
of defense
Compliance,  
Legal, IT,  
Internal 
Control, 
Quality

Reviewing and 
updating
the Company’s  
risk register in a 
working group  
of key senior 
management 
members

Third line  
of defense 
Internal Audit

Monitoring and 
compliance
regarding risk control 
systems and processes 
implemented by the 
business

Independent assurance 
of risk management, 
internal controls and 
governance

Risk ownership  
and control
ensuring day-to-day risk 
management controls 
are implemented and 
monitored and systems 
are in place to identify, 
evaluate and mitigate 
Company’s business 
risks

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements58

Managing our principal risks continued

Risk map

o m m e r c i a l

d   c

n

e   a

c

Fin a n

Strategy

R01

R02

n
atio
niz
a
g
r
o
d
n
a
e
l
p
o
e
P

I

n

f

o

r

m

a

t
i

o

n

t

e

c

h

n

olo

g

y

R09

R08

O

p

e

r

a

t

i

o

n

a

l

a

n
d

e
x
e
c
u
t
i
o
n

R03

R04

R05

R06

nt
e
m

A and environ

H

S

O

Risk Level

 Moderate
 High

R07

Regulation and com p l

i a n c e

R01 –  Impact of governmental actions 

and regulations (including climate 
change initiatives)

R02 –  Macroeconomic, political and 
other global conditions 

R03 – Project execution (CAPEX)
R04 – Asset integrity (OPEX)
R05 – Resources/Climate change
R06 –  Health, Safety and Environment 
(HSE) and food: prevention and 
regulation

R07 –  Fraud, bribery and corruption 
R08 –  Cyber security and systems 

integrity

R09 –  Key people (senior executive 

management) succession 
planning 

The order of these risks does not reflect 
their relative significance – they are all 
major risks. 

Our Risk Radar maps the top nine risks 
ContourGlobal is facing. They are all 
major risks for the Group. The risk radar 
has three levels of residual risk: high, 
moderate and low. 

Each level is a combination of the 
inherent risk significance (potential 
impact and likelihood) and the risk 
response in place. Inherent risk is the 
risk to an entity in the absence of any 
direct or focused actions by management 
to alter its severity/ significance. Residual 
risk is the risk remaining after 
management has taken action to alter its 
severity/significance. 

High: residual risk remaining likely to 
have a strong impact on the achievement 

of strategic objectives even if risk 
management measures are in place. 
Additional actions should be taken to 
alter risk severity further.

Moderate: risk that could strongly affect 
the achievement of the objectives for 
which level of control is high enough to 
result in a moderate residual risk. 
Additional actions could be taken to 
reduce risk significance further.

Low: risk that may have limited impact 
on the business given that control 
mechanisms are in place together 
with relevant monitoring and 
assessment measures. 

The closer the positioning of the risk to 
the center of the radar, the higher the 
residual severity of the risk. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
59

Risk Factor

Main impact

Risk Response 
(management and mitigation)

R01 – Strategy – Impact of governmental actions and regulations (including climate change initiatives)  1    2   3  

The risk that governmental actions or 
changes in (1) taxes or (2) regulations of our 
non-PPA long-term fixed rate arrangements 
(i.e. feed-in-tariffs) and Power Purchase 
Agreements (PPAs) including investigations by 
regulatory or competition law authorities, as 
well as (3) restrictive regulation of Thermal 
generation as the result of climate change 
initiatives and transition to low carbon 
economy, without regulatory risk pass-through 
mechanisms will have a negative impact 
on our results of operation and growth 
prospects.

 Risk unchanged

Included in the sensitivity analysis on principal 
risks for viability and going concern 
assessment.

Deterioration of financial performance 
including loss of revenue and an increase 
in expenses (including fossil fuel cost).

Loss of business/growth opportunities:
 ― Termination of agreements
 ― Inability to obtain, maintain or 

renew required governmental  
permits/Licenses

 ― Inability to receive permits for  

extension of existing capacities. 

Financing impact:
 ― Limited access to capital for Thermal 

power generation projects

Major Asset impact:

Maritsa anticipates that in the near term 
it will engage in discussions with the 
government of Bulgaria related to the 
Bulgarian energy regulator’s complaint to 
the EU Commission that the Maritsa PPA 
contains elements of state aid. While we 
cannot predict the outcome of such 
negotiations, any resolution could 
nonetheless contain terms that adversely 
affect the Maritsa PPA and have a material 
adverse impact on Maritsa’s and 
ContourGlobal’s business.

PPAs are held with state-owned, regulated 
or other off-takers, the majority of which are 
rated by Standard & Poor’s, with a weighted 
average credit rating of BBB- (weighted 
by EBITDA).

PRI policies (from commercial insurers) are in 
place for several projects in case of events 
that can affect our assets, in particular the 
loss of invested capital. In some cases, 
these cover a return on our capital. 
These include:

Maritsa, Vorotan, KivuWatt, Togo, Nigeria, 
Cap des Biches, TermoemCali, Sochagota, 
Slovakia and Kosovo.

Close relationships are maintained 
with energy lawyers and associations 
to anticipate any potential changes in 
regulation and express our interests.

Partnerships are fostered with multilateral 
development banks for both equity and debt 
which makes governments reticent 
to renegotiate.

Investment is placed in local communities 
and hiring locally.

The business has a sovereign credit rating 
of A post PRI impact (based on the individual 
sovereign ratings determined by Standard 
& Poor’s). 

Close monitoring of global climate change 
initiatives and taking them into account in 
our medium and long term operations and 
growth strategy.  

Proactive engagement and communication.

1    2   3  Please see page 23 for more information on ContourGlobal’s three strategic principles

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
60

Risk Factor

Main impact

R02 – Macroeconomic, political and other global conditions  1    2   3  

Risk Response 
(management and mitigation)

The risk that macroeconomic, political and 
other global conditions such as geopolitical 
uncertainty, social instability, pandemics, 
sanctions and trade war will create additional 
uncertainty for our international operations 
and have a negative impact on the business 
model and supply chain limiting our flexibility 
in cross-border investments.

 Risk unchanged

Deterioration of financial performance:
 ― Increase in operational costs (including 
additional costs associated with supply 
chain disruptions)

 ― Higher financing transaction costs
 ― Disruption of operation of one or more 

of our assets

 ― Increase in Opex and Capex
 ― Loss of invested capital
 ― Adverse effect on results of operation
 ― Unforeseen additional recurring costs vs. 
financial model projections (project IRR 
and cash flow)

 ― Charges and penalties due to non-

compliance with external requirements

Loss of business / growth opportunities:
 ― Inability to operate effectively
 ― Termination of agreements
 ― Fewer opportunities for growth

PRI policies (from commercial insurers) are in 
place for several projects in case of events 
that can affect our assets in particular in 
Africa and Eastern Europe.

In some cases we can recover a return on 
our capital:

Maritsa, Vorotan, KivuWatt, Togo, Nigeria, 
Cap des Biches, TermoemCali, Sochagota, 
Slovakia and Kosovo.

Our diversified operations limit the downside 
as the impact of a localized geopolitical 
effect is unlikely to have a significant effect 
on the full portfolio.

Diversification of jurisdictions and 
technologies minimizes the risk.

Access to several financial markets allow the 
business to choose the most opportune 
sources of transactional financing. 

Business disruption:
 ― Inability to procure required equipment
 ― Impact on EAF and EFOR

Investment in local communities and hiring 
locally creates goodwill with local 
governments and populations. 

Reduced risk mitigation in place through 
diversified business. 

Regular analysis of suppliers and 
supply chain.

R03 – Operation and execution – Project execution (CAPEX)  1    2   3  

The risk that inefficient contractors' selection, 
contracting, project management and 
execution of greenfield construction or 
refurbishment investment projects will result 
in delays or unanticipated cost overruns.

Included in the sensitivity analysis on 
principal risks for viability and going 
concern assessment.

 Risk unchanged

Financial impact e.g.:
 ― Overrun of project costs (including 
financing fees) vs. investment case 
impacting projected cash flows and IRR
 ― Liquidated damages/penalties/ litigation
 ― Reduced revenue due to construction 

Controlling methodology: specific internal 
resource is dedicated to provide guidance 
and best practice to ensure strict and real 
time project cost control, enabling cost 
overruns to be identified early and mitigation 
actions put in place.

delays

 ― Potential defaults on financing and debt 

repayment before COD

Image and reputation impact resulting from 
a loss of credibility with counterparties, 
lenders and other stakeholders.

Minimizing the risk of exceeding 
construction budgets by entering into 
fixed price contracts with engineering, 
procurement and construction (EPC) 
contractors with proven track records.

EPC contracts contain back-to-back 
liquidated damages provisions which protect 
ContourGlobal against construction delays 
and other breaches by EPC contractors.

Contract monitoring and management with 
legal support.

External support to obtain permits.

Project Review Procedure: monthly review of 
the projects organized by the Project 
Management Team (including the Group 
COO) and presented to the Project Steering 
Committee.

Regular analysis of suppliers and 
supply chain.

1    2   3  Please see page 23 for more information on ContourGlobal’s three strategic principles

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201961

Risk Factor

Main impact

R04 – Operation and execution – Asset integrity (OPEX)  1    2   3  

The risk that asset maintenance processes 
are not managed in line with the O&M plan 
and quality standards will prevent the power 
plants from delivering electricity and ensuring 
availability at the levels defined in the 
long-term PPAs.

Deterioration of operational performance:
 ― Business interruption and power outages
 ― Performance below expected efficiency 

and output levels

 ― Inability to deliver electricity or ensure 
availability defined in long-term PPAs

 Risk unchanged

Reduced profitability and cash flows: 
 ― Increase of expenses (OPEX & CAPEX):
 ― Unplanned O&M and capital expenditures
 ― Loss of revenue and PPA penalties
 ― Liquidated damages
 ― Reduction in distribution and inability 

to service debt

Reputational impact.

R05 – Operation and execution – Resources/Climate change  1    2   3  

The risk that climate change (e.g. changes in 
temperature, wind patterns and hydrological 
conditions) will affect the certainty of our 
forecasts, will impact our operations and 
adversely affect our financial performance.

 Risk unchanged

Included in the sensitivity analysis on 
principal risks for viability and going 
concern assessment.

Deterioration of financial performance 
including a loss of revenue and/or an 
increase in expenses (O&M costs).

Impact on the operational performance with 
a strong deviation of actual renewable 
generation vs. projections in the investment 
case specifically for wind and hydro.

Risk Response 
(management and mitigation)

Business interruption insurance.

O&M strategy focusing on HSE, O&M 
Organization, O&M performance 
management, benchmarks and KPIs.

Maintenance strategy including hydro 
and civil structures. O&M IT systems 
(including remote monitoring control room).

Maintenance activities with regular KPIs 
for control, and timely corrective actions.

Daily KPIs and improvement meetings 
between local plant managers and 
operators.

Regular analysis of suppliers and 
supply chain.

Diversified geographical and technological 
portfolio of assets.

Extensive weather phenomena studies and 
due diligence before acquisitions.

Sign-off on all investment case assumptions 
by a reputable advisory firm.

Scenario analysis carried out across 
the portfolio.

StormGeo forecasting service has been 
implemented that provides medium to long 
range prognostics for LATAM assets

Retina IA platform for Renewable businesses 
to improve data analytics and forecasting as 
well as integrated forecasting service that 
does medium to long range prognosticating.

1    2   3  Please see page 23 for more information on ContourGlobal’s three strategic principles

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements62

Risk Factor

Main impact

R06 – Health, safety and environment (HSE) and food – prevention and regulation  1   

The risk that failure to prevent major health, 
safety, environmental and food (CO2 
production for human consumption) incidents 
and/or comply with relevant regulations due 
to inherent risks related to our activities (fuel 
types, technology, equipment in more than 
20 countries) will have a material adverse 
impact in our operations, financing conditions 
and reputation.

Human and environmental impact:
 ― LTIs (Lost Time Incidents) and fatalities of 
ContourGlobal employees, contractors or 
people in local communities around the 
facilities due to incidents at the power 
plants

 ― Environmental accidents on site and in 

local communities

 ― Contamination of food supply

 Risk unchanged

Reputational impact.

Financial and operational impact:
 ― Increase in liabilities and compliance 

costs

 ― Business interruption
 ― Loss of efficiency/productivity
 ― Breach of loan covenants
 ― Non-compliance with applicable 
HSE legal requirements and 
potential sanctions

Risk Response 
(management and mitigation)

Health and Safety Policy reviewed annually 
and communicated Company-wide.

Health and Safety and Environmental 
management system is aligned with H&S 
18001, ISO 14001 standards, and also with 
World Bank guidelines, namely the IFC 
Performance Standards.

Monitoring of reactive indicators (such 
as responses to accidents) and proactive 
indicators (including known hazards, 
inspection quality and number of 
training hours).

Intense regular training.

Strong environmental policies and 
procedures:
 ― each business’s compliance with 

applicable policies, local laws and permit 
requirements is managed directly by 
the business

 ― oversight and audit through 

operations, environmental, health 
and safety departments

Third-party contractors’ environmental 
audits, including Coca Cola audits of food 
grade CO2. 
Arrubal, Togo and Knockmore Hill have 
achieved ISO 14001 certification.

Adherence to a Company-wide 
environmental policy, reflecting the business 
commitment to the United Nations 
Global Compact.

1    2   3  Please see page 23 for more information on ContourGlobal’s three strategic principles

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201963

Risk Factor

Main impact

R07 – Regulation and compliance – Fraud, bribery and corruption  1   

The risk that lack of transparency, threat 
of fraud, public sector corruption, money 
laundering and other forms of criminal 
activity involving government officials or 
suppliers will result in a failure to comply with 
anti-corruption legislation, including the UK 
Bribery Act 2010 and other international 
anti-bribery laws.

 Risk unchanged

Included in the sensitivity analysis on 
principal risks for viability and going 
concern assessment.

Financial impact:
 ― Financial losses as a result of fraudulent 

activities

 ― Violations of anti-corruption or other laws
 ― Criminal and/or civil sanctions against 

individuals and/or the Company
 ― Loss of trust by key stakeholders
 ― Debarment by multilateral development 

banks and international financial 
institutions

Reputation impact and loss of trust.

Exclusion from government funding 
programs.

Risk Response 
(management and mitigation)

A strong anti-bribery compliance program 
that reflects the components of an ‘effective 
ethics and compliance program’ as set forth 
by various international conventions and 
enforcement authorities, which is reviewed 
at least quarterly.

Policies and procedures include:
 ― Code of Conduct and Business Ethics
 ― Anti-Corruption Policy
 ― Anti-Corruption Compliance Guide
 ― Policy for Engaging Supplier and 
Third-Party Service Providers

 ― Gifts & Hospitality Policy
 ― Compliance Transactional Due Diligence 

Protocol

 ― Business Development Consultant 

Compliance Protocol

Regular certification by employees.

Risk-based due diligence, including for third 
parties and transactions.

Online portals:
 ― Third-Party Service Provider and Supplier 

Portal

 ― Gifts & Hospitality Portal
 ― Document Review and Signature 

Approval Procedure (cross-functional)

 ― EthicsLine

Regular checks and audits:
 ― Bi-annual combined Compliance and 

Finance Audits

 ― Internal spot checks

Tailored, risk-based training according 
to a yearly training plan.

1    2   3  Please see page 23 for more information on ContourGlobal’s three strategic principles

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements64

Risk Factor

Main impact

R08 – Information technology – Cyber security and system integrity  1   

The risk that insufficient IT security or 
maintenance of systems will expose the 
Company to data corruption. This could have 
a negative impact on information systems as 
well as electronic control systems used at the 
generating plants, and could disrupt business 
operations, resulting in loss of service to 
customers, expense to repair security 
breaches and/or system damage.

 Risk unchanged

Organizational and operational impact:
 ― Disruptions to business operations
 ― Compromise of data integrity in core 

systems

Financial impact:
 ― Potential for fraudulent activity due 
to segregation of duties conflicts
 ― Penalties related to non-compliance 

with data-related laws and regulations

 ― Loss of revenue due to disruptions 

to operations

Impact on reputation due to breach 
of confidentiality.

Risk Response 
(management and mitigation)

Dedicated security function established 
for corporate and Operations.

Plants
 ― Physical access controls 
 ― Dedicated plant IT functions established 
to consolidate IT management approach 
in the plants under a global framework 
of IT/OT security policies and procedures. 
This local segregated approach to the 
management of plants minimizes risk.

Corporate
 ― Security governance controls in place 
(including security policies, security 
training, security reviews)

 ― Security systems implemented 

(e.g. anti-virus, web filtering, firewalls, 
multifactor authentication, encryption)

 ― Security information and event 
management system (SIEM)

 ― Infrastructure hosting security in place 
(ISO-27001 compliant data centers)
 ― User provisioning process for key 
financial accounting and reporting 
systems, and segregation of duties 
where applicable

 ― Governance processes in place 

(e.g. change management, incident 
management)

 ― Restricted USB access
 ― Centralized administrative access 

restricting any changes introduced by 
individual users

 ― Annual external audits of financial 

systems and IT security

R09 – People and organization – Key people (senior executive management) succession planning  1   

The risk that a combination of key people’s 
(senior executive management) departure 
at short notice may affect the Company’s 
ability to deliver its strategic objectives 
and the overall Company performance and 
availability of talent to support long term 
growth plans.

 Risk unchanged

Removal or departure of key individuals 
could result in operational disruption, while 
competition for employees could lead to 
higher than expected increases in the cost 
of recruitment, training and employee costs.

Loss of key management members could 
have a reputational impact.

Focused action to attract, retain and develop 
high caliber employees.

Managing organizational capability and 
capacity to meet our customers’ needs.

Effective remuneration arrangements to 
promote effective employee behaviors.

Clear succession plans in place.

1    2   3  Please see page 23 for more information on ContourGlobal’s three strategic principles

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201965

Viability statement
In accordance with paragraph 31 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Board has assessed the prospects of the 
Company over a period of three years. 
The Board believes that an assessment 
period of three years is appropriate based 
on management’s reasonable expectations 
of the position and performance of the 
Company over this period, taking account 
of its short-term and longer-range plans. 

The Directors’ assessment has been 
performed using a two-stage approach:

i)  the assessment of the prospects of the 

Group through the review of the Group’s 
current position, strategy and business 
model, financial projections and principal 
risks. In particular, the Group’s financial 
performance has been assessed as 
relatively predictable given more 
than 90% of revenue and related cash 
flows are fully contracted or regulated, 
with no material contracts expiring during 
this period other than Arrubal (PPA 
expiring in July 2021). In addition, the 
resources available considering the 
financial projections provide sufficient 
headroom to serve its financing 
commitments.

ii)  the assessment of the viability of the 
Company through the preparation of 
the most severe but plausible scenarios 
applied on these principal risks, the 
analysis of their financial impact (on 
revenue, profitability, cash generation 
and cash distribution), and the review of 
the mitigation factors that management 
reasonably believes would be available 
to the Company over this period.

Each of the risks presented on pages 61 to 
66 have been assessed in terms of their 
potential financial impact. Out of those, 
the most severe but plausible scenarios 
(individual or combination) are presented in 
the following table.

Risk scenario tested

Changes in 
governmental 
regulations, and 
commercial market 
conditions – Financial 
impact of no post-PPA 
business for a material 
asset 

Construction and 
refurbishment  
activities – Financial 
impact of significant cost 
overruns

Reduction of solar/
wind/hydro resource 
due to climate change 
– Financial impact 
resulting from the loss of 
revenue of the selected 
renewable assets

Significant compliance 
breach – Financial 
impact in the form 
of hypothetical fines 
and associated 
reputational damage

Linked to the 
principal risk

R01 – 
Governmental 
regulations page 
61 
R02 – 
Macroeconomic 
and political 
conditions page 
62

R03 – Project 
execution 
(CAPEX) page 62

R05 – Resource 
climate change 
page 63

R07 – Fraud, 
bribery and 
corruption 
page 65

Cyber-attack stopping  
a major asset for two 
weeks – Financial impact 
of revenue loss from a 
major asset in that period

R08 – Cyber 
security and 
system integrity 
page 66

The results of the risk scenarios modelled 
showed that neither an individual risk nor 
a combination of the plausible risk events 
would have significant enough financial 
impact to endanger the viability of the 
Company over the period assessed. In 
addition, the geographical spread of the 
Group, present in 18 countries with 107 
operating plants and the significant portion 
of non-recourse financing arrangements 
at the asset level, mitigate the impact at 
Group level. 

After reviewing all of the above 
considerations, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be able 
to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over three years. 

In assessing the prospects of the 
Company, the Directors noted that such 
assessment is subject to a degree of 
uncertainty that can be expected to 
increase looking out over time and, 
accordingly, that future outcomes cannot 
be guaranteed or predicted with certainty.

Going concern statement
The Directors have formed a judgment, 
at the time of approving the financial 
statements, that there is a reasonable 
expectation that the Group and the 
Company have adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a 
period of at least 12 months from the date 
of this report. For this reason, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the Group and Company 
financial statements.

In reaching this conclusion, the Directors 
have considered:
 − The financial position of the Group as set 
out in the Annual Report and additional 
information provided in the financial 
statements including note 4.13 
(Management of financial risk), notes 4.21 
and 4.23 (Cash and cash equivalents and 
Borrowings) and note 4.14 (Derivative 
financial instruments)

 − The resources available to the Group 

taking account of its financial projections 
and existing headroom against committed 
debt facilities and covenants

 − The principal risks and uncertainties to 
which the Group is exposed, as set out 
on pages 61 to 66, the likelihood of them 
arising and the mitigating actions 
available.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements66

Non-Financial Information Statement 

We create value for all our stakeholders and track our performance against key financial and non-financial indicators. The table below 
sets out where more information on non-financial matters can be found in this Annual Report together with an overview of our relevant 
polices and standards.

Reporting requirement

Relevant information

Policies, Standards and Commitments

Business Model

Page 14 Our business model

Principal risk and impact of 
business activity

Page 56 Managing our principal risks  
Page 65 Viability statement

Environmental Matters

Page 45 Environment

Employees

 Page 40 Our People

Social Matters

Human Rights

 Page 48 Communities

 Page 40 Our people continued

Anti-Corruption and anti-bribery Page 88 Whistleblowing Policy

Page 88 Bribery and corruption policy

Page 63  Risk Factor – Regulation and Compliance 
– Fraud, bribery and corruption

* Available at https://www.contourglobal.com/compliance-ethics I

Our values:
• To care about our people’s health, safety, well-being 

and development. 

• To expect, embrace and enable excellence and 

continuous learning through humility, and knowledge 
that we will fail but when we do, we will learn. 

• To act transparently and with moral integrity. 
• To honor the commitments of those who have 

placed their trust in us. 

• To work hard and without boundaries as a 

multinational, integrated team.

Our environmental commitments include:
• Complying with all environmental regulations 

and world-class best practices. 

• Striving towards reducing our 

environmental footprint. 

• Training and developing our workforce to understand 

our environmental and social responsibilities. 
• Executing targeted social investments aligned 

with our core business.

We are also a signatory of the United Nations 
Global Compact 

• Code of Conduct and Business Ethics*
• Supplier Code of Conduct*
• Policy on Social Responsibility & 

Environmental Sustainability

• Signatory of the United Nations Global Compact
• Code of Conduct and Business Ethics*

• Code of Conduct and Business Ethics*

• Signatory of the United Nations Global Compact
• Code of Conduct and Business Ethics*
• Supplier Code of Conduct*
• ContourGlobal Modern Slavery Statement 2018*

• Code of Conduct and Business Ethics*
• Anti-Corruption Policy* 
• Anti-Corruption Compliance Guide* 
• Supplier Code of Conduct*
• Policy for Engaging Supplier and Third-Party 

Service Providers

• Gifts & Hospitality Policy 
• Compliance Transactional Due Diligence Protocol
• Business Development Consultant 

Compliance Protocol 

• ContourGlobal Modern Slavery Statement 2018*

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201967
67

Strategic priority

High  
growth

To achieve high growth, we adopt 
five core investment approaches, 
all focused on contracted or regulated 
wholesale power generation across 
different technologies and geographies. 

Governance

66  Non-Financial Information 

Statement

68  Board of Directors
70  Corporate governance 

report

80  Report of the Nomination 

Committee

83  Report of the Audit & Risk 

Committee

89  Report of the Remuneration 

Committee

91  Remuneration at a glance
94  Annual Report on 
Remuneration

106  Directors’ report
109  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements

Ana Isabel Sancho Nunez, Termosolar 
Majadas, Cacares, Spain

4.8 GW 

Installed capacity

530 MW 

Committed growth in 2019

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements68

Board of Directors

Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors

Craig A. Huff
Chairman

Committee membership

2

Alejandro Santo 
Domingo
 Non-Executive Director

2

Mr. Huff co-founded ContourGlobal in 2005 and serves as the Chairman of 
the Board of Directors.

Mr. Huff co-founded Reservoir Capital in 1998 and is a member of all fund 
Investment Committees. He currently serves on the boards of many of 
Reservoir Capital’s portfolio companies in industries such as energy, power, 
aircraft leasing, and insurance.

He has also been instrumental in the formation and development of a variety 
of hedge funds and private investment firms.

Mr. Huff is the President of the Board of Trustees of St. Bernard’s School and 
serves as a Trustee of the Princeton Theological Seminary.

Prior to founding Reservoir Capital, Mr. Huff was a Partner at Ziff Brothers 
Investments and, prior to business school, served in the U.S. Navy as a 
nuclear submarine officer and nuclear engineer. Mr. Huff graduated magna 
cum laude from Abilene Christian University with a B.S. in Engineering Physics. 
He completed his M.B.A. at Harvard Business School, where he graduated 
with high distinction as a Baker Scholar.

Joseph C. Brandt
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 

Mr. Santo Domingo has served on ContourGlobal’s Board of Directors since 
October 2017. He is a Senior Managing Director at Quadrant Capital Advisors, 
Inc. in New York City.

Mr Santo Domingo is a member of the board of Anheuser-Busch Inbev (ABI). 
He was a member of the Board of Directors of SABMiller Plc, where he was 
also Vice-Chairman of SABMiller Plc. for Latin America. Mr. Santo Domingo is 
Chairman of the Board of Bavaria S.A. in Colombia. He is Chairman of the 
Board of Valorem, a company which manages a diverse portfolio industrial 
and media assets in Latin America. He is also a director of JDE (Jacobs 
Douwe Egberts), Florida Crystals, the world's largest sugar refiner, Caracol 
TV, Colombia's leading broadcaster, El Espectador, a leading Colombian Daily, 
and Cine Colombia, Colombia's leading film distribution and movie theater 
company. 

In the non-profit sector, he is Chairman of the Wildlife Conservation Society 
and Fundación Mario Santo Domingo. He is also a Member of the Board of 
Trustees of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, a Member of the Board of 
Channel Thirteen/WNET (PBS), a Member of the Board of DKMS; a foundation 
dedicated to finding donors for leukemia patients, and he is a Member of the 
Board of Fundacion Pies Descalzos. Mr. Santo Domingo is a Member of the 
Board of Trustees of the Mount Sinai Health System.

Mr. Santo Domingo is a graduate of Harvard College,

Mariana Gheorghe
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Committee membership

1

2

Ms. Gheorghe has served as Non-Executive Director on our Board of 
Directors since 30th June 2019.

From 2006 to 2018, Ms. Gheorghe was Chief Executive Officer and 
President of the Romanian oil and gas company OMV Petrom which is part 
of the Austrian-listed OMV Group. Ms. Gheorghe led OMV Petrom's 
transformation following privatization and oversaw its entry into electricity 
generation.

Prior to this, Ms. Gheorghe held several senior finance roles, including 
working as an international banker for the European Bank for 
Reconstruction and Development based in London and as Deputy General 
Director for the Romanian Ministry of Finance.

She is currently a member of the Supervisory Board of ING Group and ING 
Bank, based in the Netherlands, a position she has held since 2015.

Mr. Brandt co-founded ContourGlobal and has served as ContourGlobal’s 
President and Chief Executive Officer since 2005 and is a member of its 
Board of Directors.

He has led development and operations in the global electric utility industry in 
Europe, the Americas and Africa for nearly two decades.

Prior to co-founding ContourGlobal in 2005, Mr. Brandt worked at The AES 
Corporation, an international power company, from 1999 to 2005, serving as 
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Restructuring 
Officer. At AES, Mr. Brandt’s responsibilities included management of the 
company’s global utility operations. He served on the board of directors of 
many of AES’s key subsidiaries, including AES Gener in Chile where he was 
Chairman of the Board.

Mr. Brandt received a B.A. from George Mason University, a M.A. from the 
University of Virginia and a J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Mr. 
Brandt also attended graduate school at the University of California, Berkeley 
and was a Fulbright Fellow at Helsinki University in Finland.

Stefan Schellinger
Chief Financial Officer 
and Executive Director 

Mr. Schellinger joined ContourGlobal in April 2019 and serves as Executive Vice 
President, Global Chief Financial Officer and is a member of the Board of 
Directors of ContourGlobal plc.

Prior to joining Stefan was Group Finance Director and Executive Director of 
Essentra plc from 2015 until 2018, having joined the company as Corporate 
Development Director and Group Management Committee member in 2013. 
Prior to this, Stefan spent 8 years with Danaher Corporation, as Corporate 
Development Director and as Finance Director – Emerging Markets at Gilbarco 
Veeder Root. Stefan has previously worked as Vice President in investment 
banking at J.P. Morgan in London with a focus on strategic advisory and M&A. 
He started his career in accountancy in Germany at Arthur Andersen. 

Stefan received his MBA from the University of Chicago, Graduate School of 
Business and holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of 
St. Gallen, Switzerland.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201969

Dr. Alan Gillespie
Senior Independent  
Director 

Committee membership

1

2

3

Daniel Camus
Independent  
Non-Executive Director 

Committee membership

1

2

3

Dr. Gillespie has served on ContourGlobal’s Board of Directors since 2017.

Mr. Camus has served on ContourGlobal’s Board of Directors since April 2016.

Dr. Gillespie previously served as a Non-Executive Director of Elan 
Corporation plc from 1996 to 2007, as Chairman of Ulster Bank Group from 
2001 to 2008, as Senior Independent Director of United Business Media plc 
from 2008 to 2017 and as Senior Independent Director of Old Mutual plc 
2009 to 2018.

In the public sector, Dr. Gillespie served as Chairman of The Northern Ireland 
Industrial Development Board from 1996 to 2002, Chief Executive of the 
United Kingdom’s Commonwealth Development Corporation (CDC Capital 
Partners) from 2000 to 2003, where he was responsible for the creation of 
Globeleq, an electricity generation and transmission business across the 
emerging markets, and Chairman of The International Finance Facility for 
Immunisation (IFFIm) from 2005 to 2012 and as Chairman of the United 
Kingdom’s Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) from 2009 to 2018.

Dr. Gillespie’s investment banking career spanned 10 years at Citigroup, Inc. 
in London and Geneva, and 15 years at Goldman Sachs & Co. in London, 
where he was a Partner for 10 years. 

Dr. Gillespie received an M.A. and Ph.D. from the University of Cambridge 
and is an Honorary Fellow at Clare College, University of Cambridge.

He most recently served as Chief Financial Officer of the humanitarian finance 
organization The Global Fund, based in Geneva and was in that position since 
2012. Mr. Camus also serves on the board of directors of Cameco Corp 
(Canada) and is a member of the Board of directors of Find Diagnostics in 
Geneva ( Switzerland).

From 2002 to 2011, Mr. Camus served as Group CFO and head of Strategy 
and International Activities of Electricité de France SA (EDF), an integrated 
energy operator with an international presence, active in the generation, 
distribution, transmission, supply and trading of electrical energy.

Prior to joining EDF, Mr. Camus held various roles in the chemical and 
pharmaceutical industry in Germany, France, the United States and Canada. 
He held several senior responsibilities with the Hoechst and Aventis Groups.

Mr. Camus received his PhD in Economics from the Sorbonne University and 
is a Laureate of the Institute d’Études Politiques de Paris, with specialization in 
finance.

Ronald Trächsel
Independent  
Non-Executive Director 

Committee membership

3

Gregg M. Zeitlin
Non-Executive Director 

Mr. Trächsel has served on ContourGlobal’s Board of Directors since May 2015.

Mr. Zeitlin has served on ContourGlobal’s Board of Directors since 2008.

He currently serves as the Chief Financial Officer of the BKW Group and has 
been in that position since 2014. From 2007 to 2014, Mr. Trächsel served as 
the Chief Financial Officer of Sika Group, and from 1999 to 2000, he held 
several positions at Vitra Group, including Chief Financial Officer and Chief 
Executive Officer.

Prior to joining Vitra Group, Mr. Trächsel also worked at Ringier Group, 
Ciba-Geigy Corporation and BDO/Visura.

Mr. Trächsel also serves on various boards of directors, including the board 
of Swissgrid AG, and KWO AG.

Mr. Trächsel received an M.B.A. from the University of Bern.

Mr. Zeitlin co-founded Reservoir Capital in 1998, serves as a Senior 
Managing Director, and is a member of all fund Investment Committees. 
He serves on the boards of several Reservoir Capital portfolio companies 
and has been instrumental in the formation and development of several 
investment firms seeded by Reservoir Capital.

Prior to founding Reservoir Capital, Mr. Zeitlin was a partner at Ziff Brothers 
Investments. Before joining Ziff Brothers Investments, Mr. Zeitlin was Vice 
President, Financial Strategy for Ziff Communications Company, where he 
focused on strategic partnerships and acquisitions, and ultimately, the sale 
of the Ziff family’s operating businesses. Previously, Mr. Zeitlin worked at 
Sunrise Capital Partners and Wasserstein Perella & Co.

M. Zeitlin graduated with Highest Honors from the University of Texas at 
Austin with a BBA in Finance.

Committee Membership

1

2

3

Remuneration

Nomination

Audit & Risk

Chair

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
70

Corporate governance report

THE BOARD IS RESPONSIBLE 
FOR THE LONG-TERM 
SUCCESS OF THE COMPANY 
AND OUR GOVERNANCE 
FRAMEWORK HELPS TO 
ENSURE THAT SUCCESS.

Meeting attendance shown on page 71

Focus areas in 2020
• Complete the implementation of the UK 

Corporate Governance Code 2018

• Monitor the progress of our acquisitions and 

the integration of new businesses

• Review the Group’s strategy, plan and budget 
• Monitor the success of initiatives which aim to 

improve our business operations

• Complete the search for an additional 
independent non-executive director

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce the Group’s 
corporate governance statement for 2019.

Governance
During the year ended 31st December 2019, we have been 
subject to the provisions and principles of good governance 
contained in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code). 
We welcome the simplification of the Code and the additional 
direction contained in the FRC’s Guidance on Board Effectiveness. 
The Board and its Committees have spent considerable time 
reviewing the Code.

Management and Board changes
Stefan Schellinger joined us earlier in the year as our Chief 
Financial Officer and Executive Director and I am pleased to report 
that he has settled into his role and brought added value to the 
Company. We also welcomed Mariana Gheorghe who joined us 
as independent Non-Executive Director at the end of June 2019 
and will be offering herself for election at the AGM in 2020. 

Ruth Cairnie resigned as a non-executive director in September 
2019 and a Nomination Committee process remains ongoing to 
appoint an additional independent non-executive director who 
will bring the right balance of skills, experience and diversity to 
complement the existing Board.

Board Effectiveness
This year, as in 2018, we held an internal Board review, based 
around several key areas and specific questions aimed at teasing 
out what we do best as a Board and how we can improve our 
effectiveness. We believe that we have a strong Board with all 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors working well together 
and contributing effectively to Board discussions. We identified 
opportunities to improve the Board’s effectiveness which are 
further set out in the Corporate Governance Report. We hope to 
undertake an external review in respect of the year ending 2020.

Stakeholders
The Board takes seriously its responsibility for ensuring the Group 
can deliver on our strategic objectives and operate in the best 
interests of our stakeholders over the long-term and discussions 
remain ongoing on how best this is achieved including the 
strengthening our oversight of environmental and social issues, 
corporate responsibility, sustainability and stakeholder 
engagement activities. We are finalising how to improve our 
engagement with the workforce in a way that continues to comply 
with the Code and builds on the people and culture activities 
already in place.

Diversity
The Board is committed to ensuring that the Group is free of 
discrimination and is equitable to all employees. It has been a Board 
priority during the year to monitor the initiatives to improve diversity 
across the Group and reassess our targets and focus areas.

Corporate Culture
In a fast-changing environment, it is important as a Board that we 
continually test, challenge and develop our strategy. The Group’s 
culture is one of hard work with a drive for compliance and 
excellence. Management lead by example and employees work to 
achieve high standards in all areas of the business. The Group has 
an entrepreneurial spirit within a structure of centralised control 
and a meritocratic environment.

Annual General Meeting
I would encourage you to attend the Company’s Annual General 
Meeting on 27th May 2020 where you will have the opportunity to 
meet the Chairs of the Board Committees and members of senior 
management.

Craig A Huff 
Chairman

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201971

Board members and attendance

Craig Huff

Joseph Brandt

Daniel Camus

Ruth Cairnie2

Mariana Gheorghe3

Alan Gillespie

Alejandro Santo Domingo

Stefan Schellinger3

Ron Träschel

Gregg Zeitlin

Board meeting 
(5)1

Audit & Risk
 Committee (5)4

Remuneration 
Committee
(3)

Nomination 
Committee
(2)5

5

5

5

4(5)

3(5)

5

5

4(5)

5

5

3

2(3)

1(3)

3

5

5

5

2

2

1(2)

1(2)

2

2

1  In addition to the scheduled board meetings, there were seven ad hoc Board meetings and written resolutions.
2  Ruth Cairnie attended all possible scheduled Board meetings prior to her resignation on 30th September 2019.
3  Mariana Gheorghe and Stefan Schellinger attended all possible scheduled meetings following their respective appointments to the Board.
4  There was one other meeting in addition to the five scheduled Audit & Risk Committee meetings.
5  There were two other meetings in addition to the two scheduled Nomination Committee meetings.

The importance of purpose, values and culture
Purpose: why we do what we do

Values: the qualities we embody

Culture: how we work together

Purpose and values
The Board has established the Group’s purpose and values which are disclosed on page 03.

The Group’s purpose was reviewed by the Board during its strategy day in October 2019

Culture
Our culture is a key strength of our business and we see the benefits of our strong culture in our employees’ engagement, risk management, 
internal control and our H&S and compliance performance. Our culture is described on pages 09, 24 and 32.

The Board monitors and assesses the culture of the Group by regularly meeting with management and reviewing the outcomes of employee 
compliance, audit and H&S surveys The Board also assesses cultural indicators such as management’s attitude to risk, behaviours and 
compliance with the Group’s policies and procedures The Executive Management Board has delegated responsibility for ensuring that policies 
and behaviours set at Board level are effectively communicated and implemented across the business

Our intranet is used as a platform for employees to access our policies and be kept fully informed of the latest Group news and receive update 
on business related training such as our Tuesday Talks

If the Board is concerned or dissatisfied with any behaviours or actions, it seeks assurance from the Executive Management Board that 
corrective action is being taken. The Board did not have to seek corrective action during 2019.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements72

Corporate governance report continued

Governance at a glance

The Board has taken steps during the year under review to further strengthen its governance framework and processes including:

• Considered the best approach for gathering the views of the workforce.
• Appointed Deloitte to act as an outsourced internal audit/business assurance function.
• Noted the changes required for the Code particularly the Board’s responsibility for culture
• Acknowledged that diversity and independence remains a priority for the Board.

Major board decisions during 2019
The Board factored the needs and concerns of our stakeholders into its decisions in accordance with s172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
An impact assessment tool has been developed to assist in formalizing the process which is being applied to decision-making. This will 
include how the Board considers in particular the impact on its key stakeholders including employees, customers and suppliers and will 
involve a formal reporting line.

The major decisions taken by the Board and its Committees during 2019 include:

• Acquisition of CHP Mexico (see pages 25 and 35)
• Interporto acquisition (see pages 25 and 34)
• Change in dividend policy (see page 106)
• Successful add on issuance of the Senior Secured notes maturing 2025 in July 2019 (see page 54)
• Refinancing of Solar Italy and Solar Slovakia (see page 55)

The impact on all stakeholders was an integral part of these decisions.

Governance highlights

Governance

• Total dividend of $137.6m for the year 2019 – an increase of 10%
• Scheduled Board and Committee meetings 100% attendance for the year ended 31st December 2019
• Board independence (excluding Chairman) 50% as at 31st December 2019 
• 11% Female representation on our Board as at 31st December 2019. This should increase to 20% following the planned 

appointment of an additional Independent non-executive director to replace Ruth Cairnie who resigned in September 2019.

• 60% female representation on the Executive Management Board (level below Board) as at 31st December 2019

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201973

Corporate governance statement

Board leadership and company purpose

An effective Board
Our Board is composed of highly skilled professionals who bring a range of skills, perspectives and corporate experience to our 
Boardroom (biographies are on pages 68 to 69). It is through this diversity, its deep understanding of our business, culture and 
stakeholders, that the Board generates sustainable long-term value.

Matters reserved for the Board
The Board is responsible for the long-term sustainable success of the Company by setting its strategy and purpose, promoting the 
desired culture, and ensuring that an appropriate risk management framework is in place. The Board maintains a formal schedule of 
matters which are reserved solely for its approval which includes:

Strategic Issues
• Leadership of the Company, 
setting values and standards
• Approving the strategic plan 

and objectives

• Approving the Group’s 

annual budget

• Review performance of 
the Group in the light of 
strategic aims, business 
plans and budget 

Financial
• Approval of annual and 

half-year financial statements

• Approval of dividend 
policy Approval of the 
annual budget

Structure and Capital
• Approval of changes and 

recommendations of 
changes to capital structure

• Approval of changes to 

corporate structure

Risk and Internal Controls
• Ensuring maintenance of a 
sound internal control and 
risk management systems
• Reviewing the effectiveness 
of risk management and 
internal control

• Assessing the principal risks 

facing the Group

Board Membership
• Approval of changes to the 

structure, size and 
composition of the Board

• Succession planning

Corporate Governance
• Reviewing the Group’s 
overall governance 
arrangements
• Determining the 

independence of directors
• Considering the balance of 

stakeholder interests

Annual strategic discussion
On an annual basis, the Board conducts a review of its strategy to 
ensure it remains relevant, flexible and capable of adapting to our 
changing environment.

Through its review, the Board can assess and identify changing or 
emerging risks which could impact on the Group in the short and 
medium-term (further information on our principal risks is on pages 
56 to 64). Our risk management procedures are discussed on 
page 83 to 88 of the Audit & Risk Committee’s report.

The Board met in October 2019 to review, discuss and challenge 
the strategy. The discussion included:

• the impact of key industry trends and drivers on the Company’s 
strategy and the risk and opportunities of its strategic positioning

• the political environment in the markets in which the 

Company operates 

• how new technologies may impact on our business
• review of current financial framework and capital allocation and 
the financial implications of the various strategic alternatives
• Impact and implications of ESG perspectives on the Group’s 

strategy and portfolio composition.

Information sharing
The Directors use an electronic Board paper system which 
provides immediate and secure access to papers. The Chairman 
of the Board and the chairs of the Committees set the agendas for 
upcoming meetings with support from the Company Secretary.

Management aims to ensure that the information shared 
with our Board is of enough depth to facilitate debate and to 
fully understand the content without becoming unwieldy 
and unproductive.

Stakeholder engagement
We recognise the importance of clear communication and 
proactive engagement with all our stakeholders. A summary of 
our stakeholder engagement programmes is provided on 
pages 20 to 21. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements74

How do we generate value for our stakeholders?
Through our core activities, illustrated in our business model, 
we add value and deliver long-term benefits to our stakeholders 
(more on our business model on pages 14 to 15).

Further information on value creation for our other key 
stakeholders is on pages 20 to 21 of the Strategic report.

How do we engage with our employees?
We have an experienced, diverse and dedicated workforce which 
is recognised as a key asset of our business. The Board and its 
Committees routinely invite members of the management team to 
attend meetings to present on the matters being discussed, 
enabling their input into discussions. In order to reach all 
employees, the Company utilises the following additional 
engagement methods:

• Various employee wide surveys for which outcomes are 

discussed at Board level such as Compliance Culture, Internal 
Audit, Employee Engagement etc.

• The Directors host a small number of senior employees to share 

ideas and to gather feedback.

• Our whistleblowing system includes an anonymous reporting 

line for employees to raise any concerns directly with the 
Compliance team

• Weekly ‘Tuesday Talk’ interactive web meetings are hosted by 
our Chief Executive to discuss and share business knowledge 
and ideas. Employees are invited to ask question and respond 
to instant surveys and the recorded talks are available to the 
whole workforce

• Other activities undertaken by management the outcomes of 
were shared with the Board include global webinars such as 
Townhalls (Americas and Europe & Africa) and Safety Focus 
days, World Environment day, Values day and International 
Volunteer day. Other activities include various business 
offsite sessions.

How do we engage with our shareholders?
Shareholders play a valuable role in safeguarding the Group’s 
governance through, for example, the annual re-election of 
Directors, monitoring and rewarding their performance and 
engagement and constructive dialogue with the Board.

Shareholder consultation
We will always seek to engage with shareholders when 
considering material changes to either our Board, strategy or 
remuneration policies. In 2020, the Remuneration Committee 
will reassess the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors 
and shareholders will be consulted on any proposed changes 
in advance of its submission for shareholder approval at the 
2021 AGM.

Investor meetings, presentations and asset tours
Investor meetings are predominantly attended by our CEO, Chief 
Financial Officer and at least one other senior executive. Where 
significant views were expressed, either during or following the 
meetings, these were recorded and circulated to all Directors. 

During 2020, management intends to continue to regularly 
engage with our stakeholders. 

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
Our 2019 AGM was held on 21st May 2019 and we were delighted 
to receive in excess of 97% independent votes (99% all votes) in 
favour for all our resolutions. In total, 97% of our shareholders 
(voting capital) voted at the 2019 AGM.

The 2020 AGM is to be held in London on 27th May and we 
encourage our shareholders to attend. The AGM provides a key 
opportunity for private shareholders to meet the Directors and the 
chairs of each of the Board Committees.

Annual Report
Our Annual Report is available to all shareholders. Through our 
electronic communication initiatives, we aim to make our Annual 
Report as accessible as possible. Shareholders can opt to receive 
a hard copy in the post or PDF copies via email or from our 
website. Additionally, if a shareholder holds their ContourGlobal 
ordinary shares in a nominee account and encounters difficulty 
receiving our Annual Report via their nominee provider, they are 
welcome to contact the Company Secretary to request a copy.

Corporate website
Our website, www.contourglobal.com, has a dedicated investor 
section which includes our Annual Reports, results presentations 
(which are made available to analysts and investors at the time of 
the half and full year results) and our financial and dividend 
calendar for the upcoming year.

Senior Independent Director
If shareholders have any concerns, which the normal channels of 
communication to the CEO, CFO or Chairman have failed to 
resolve, or for which contact is inappropriate, then our Senior 
Independent Director, Alan Gillespie, is available to address them.

Other contacts
Contact details for our Investor Relations team, Company 
Secretary and our Registrars are available on page 178.

Factoring our stakeholders into our decisions
By thoroughly understanding our key stakeholder groups, we can 
factor their needs and concerns into Board discussions (further 
information on our stakeholders is on pages 20 and 21). The 
Board’s procedures are being updated to require a stakeholder 
impact analysis to be completed for all material decisions 
requiring its approval that could impact on one or more of our 
stakeholder groups.

The analysis will assist the Directors in performing their duties 
under s172 of the Companies Act 2006 and provide the Board 
with assurance that the potential impacts on our stakeholders are 
being carefully considered by management when developing 
plans for Board approval.

Corporate governance report continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201975

Key activities of the Board during 2019

Overview
The Board or a committee of the Board met twelve times during 
the year (including the Annual General Meeting). One meeting 
every year is arranged specifically to consider the Group’s 
strategy. Additional meetings are arranged, if necessary, for 
the Board to properly discharge its duties. An overview of key 
activities of the Board during the year is provided below.

Acquisitions and disposals
• Acquisition of combined heat and power portfolio in Mexico 
from Alpek comprising the purchase of two natural gas-fired 
combined heat and power plants which was a class I transaction 
requiring a circular to be approved by the UK Listing Authority 
and Shareholder approval.

• Acquisition of Interporto, 12.5 MW Solar PV assets in Italy
• Received regular updates on the key acquisition and disposal 

projects and pipeline prospects

• Reviewed quarterly investor engagement reports

Strategy and financing
• Agreed the financing arrangements in connection with 

material acquisitions

• Adopted a progressive dividend policy intended to grow the 
dividend each year comprising a move to quarterly dividend 
payouts and an increased dividend growth guidance to 
10% per annum

• Approved the refinancing of existing loan facilities of the Italy 
Solar portfolio to also cover the financing for the Interporto 
acquisition

• Approved the €100m add on issuance of Senior Secured Notes 

Offering in July 2019

• Regular review of the business development pipeline, including 

Kosovo, and the strategic cohesion of acquisitions

• Ongoing updates from the Executive Management Board on the 

implementation of strategy throughout the year

• Regularly considered litigation and regulatory issues and 
approved the litigation strategy where and as needed

• Considered the emerging risks and scenarios which could 

impact on the Group over the long-term

• Regularly reviewed the Group’s financial structure and position
• In-depth strategic review in October 2019

Risk management and internal control
• Regularly reviewed the Group’s principal risks and considered 

emerging risks which could impact on the Group’s plans
• Received updates from the Chairman of the Audit & Risk 

Committee on key internal control issues including the results 
of the Internal Control Questionnaire campaign

• Approved the appointment of Deloitte to support the Group’s 

internal audit function

• Received regular reports on health and safety matters being a 
focus area for the business. Before an incident in November, 
the Group had 442 days without an LTI. This was a great 
achievement and demonstrates how committed the Group is to 
health and safety and its target Zero objective.

Corporate reporting and performance monitoring
• Reviewed regular updates on the operations and business 
performance for both the thermal and renewable portfolios
• Reviewed the rolling forecast and approved the 2020 budget
• Received updates from the chair of the Audit & Risk, Nomination 

and Remuneration committees on the key areas discussed

• Reviewed the Principal Risks and Uncertainties disclosure in the 

Annual Report

• Approved the going concern and the viability statements for 

inclusion in the Annual Report

• Approved the year end and interim results and 

related announcements

• Approved the Q1 and Q3 business updates
• Reviewed the 2019 Annual Report to check it is fair, 
balanced and understandable and approved the 
statement of directors’ responsibilities

Stakeholder engagement
• Annual review meetings with large institutional shareholders. 

One of the benefits of such engagement is the feedback 
received which indicated that the move to quarterly dividends 
was shareholder-friendly

• Met shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) held on 

21st May 2019

• Received regular updates on our investor engagement and 

regular investor relations reports

• Received updates on the Group’s environmental and 

sustainability initiatives

Engaging with our employees – Compliance  
Culture Survey
A robust and transparent Compliance culture has never 
been so important. In November 2019 we launched our first 
Compliance Culture Survey. The survey (made up of 18 
questions and available in 9 languages) was conducted to 
better understand how our employees view our compliance 
culture. The survey was anonymous and was completed by 
584 employees. Key findings included:

• 88% of those who took the survey either ‘strongly agreed’ 
or ‘agreed’ that the Company demonstrates a culture of 
ethics and integrity 

• 91% either ‘strongly agreed’ or ‘agreed’ that ContourGlobal 
clearly communicates its expectations of ethical behaviour
• 83% either ‘strongly agreed’ or ‘agreed’ that their manager 

sets a good example of ethical behaviour and 
communicates in an open and honest way

Overall the results were encouraging, however there is 
always room for improvement. We have used the findings 
from the survey to identify key focus areas.

Governance
• Appointment of Mariana Gheorghe as an additional independent 

non-executive director

• Approved updates to the Company Dealing Code and Dealing 

Procedure Manual

• Appointment of Stefan Schellinger as Chief Financial Officer and 

executive director

• Reviewing improvement data on the Group’s “5Whys” – these 
are significant accomplishments that speak to the growth of 
Continuous Improvement culture at ContourGlobal

• Reviewed a Benchmark of the Group’s compliance program 

against the updated DOJ Guidance on Corporate Compliance 
Programs and approved continuous measures to ensure that a 
‘best-in-class’ compliance program was maintained.

• Approved the 2019 Modern Slavery Statement
• Evaluated the performance of the Board, its Committees and 

all Directors

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements76

The “5 Whys” underpin our Culture  
of Continuous Improvement
Introduction:
The “5 Whys” is a technique used in the Analyze phase of the 
Six Sigma DMAIC (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, Control) 
methodology and helps us peel away the layers of symptoms that 
can lead to the root cause of a problem. When a problem occurs, 
we drill down to its root cause by asking “Why?” five times and its 
effectiveness lies in the fact that the answers come from people 
who have hands-on experience of the process or problem in 
question. 

Some of the other Special Projects considered during the Year
• Austria Wind Repowering
• Kosovo development project 
• Vorotan Refurbishment
• Bonaire Hybrid Expansion

Division of responsibilities

Board roles
There is clear division between executive and non-executive 
responsibilities which ensure accountability and oversight. The 
roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separately held, and 
their responsibilities are well defined, set out in writing and 
regularly reviewed by the Board.

Chairman
• Responsible for the effective running of the Board and 

ensuring it is appropriately balanced to deliver the Group’s 
strategic objectives

• Promote a Boardroom culture that is rooted in the principles 

of good governance and enables transparency, debate 
and challenge

• Ensure that the Board as a whole plays a full and constructive 
part in the development of strategy and that there is sufficient 
time for Boardroom discussion

• Effective engagement between the Board and its shareholders

Senior Independent Director
• Provide a ‘sounding board’ for the Chairman in matters of 

governance or the performance of the Board

• Available to shareholders if they have concerns which have not 
been resolved through the normal channels of communication 
with the Company

• To at least annually lead a meeting of the Non-Executive 
Directors without the Chairman present to appraise the 
performance of the Chairman

• To act as an intermediary for Non-Executive Directors 

when necessary

• To act as an independent point of contact in the Group’s 

whistleblowing procedures

Non-Executive Directors
• Provide constructive challenge to our executives, help to 
develop proposals on strategy and monitor performance 
against our KPIs

• Ensure that no individual or group dominates the Board’s 

decision making

• Promote the highest standards of integrity and corporate 
governance throughout the Company and particularly at 
Board level

• Determine appropriate levels of remuneration for the 

senior executives

• Review the integrity of financial reporting and that financial 

controls and systems of risk management are robust 

Chief Executive
• Executes the Group’s strategy and commercial objectives 

together with implementing the decisions of the Board and 
its Committees

• Keeps the Chairman and Board appraised of important and 

strategic issues facing the Group

• Ensures that the Group’s business is conducted with the 
highest standards of integrity, in keeping with our culture

• Manages the Group’s risk profile, including the maintenance 

of appropriate health, safety and environmental policies

Chief Financial Officer
• Supports the CEO in developing and implementing strategy
• Oversees the day-to-day activities of the Group
• Manages, motivates and develops staff
• Develops business plans in collaboration with the CEO 

and the Board

• Ensures that the policies and practices set by the Board 

are adopted at all levels of the Group

Company Secretary
• Responsible for compliance with Board procedures and 

supporting the Chairman 

• Ensures the Board has high quality information, adequate 

time and appropriate resources to function effectively
• Advises and keeps the Board updated on corporate 

governance developments

• Considers Board effectiveness in conjunction with the 

Chairman Facilitates induction programmes and assists with 
professional development

• Provides advice, services and support to all Directors as required

Executive Management Board
Delivering the Board’s strategy is the collective responsibility of 
the Executive Management Board (EMB) and it is composed of two 
Executive Directors and circa seven Executive Vice Presidents. To 
assist the EMB, a number of supporting committees have been 
established, to provide additional oversight of key business 
activities and risks. The EMB usually meets several times per 
quarter and can also meet on an ad hoc basis which enable the 
team to handle complex transactions and make quick decisions, 
with the overall aim of creating value and driving development 
and value growth.

Board independence
Chairman
As a representative of the Company’s largest shareholder, our 
Chairman, Craig Huff is deemed as non-independent under the 
Code.

Non-Executive Directors
Together with the Chairman, two other non-executive directors 
(Alejandro Santo Domingo and Gregg Zeitlin) are not considered 
independent under the Code. Notwithstanding, the Board 
considers that the Non-Executive Directors as a unit play an 
important role in ensuring that no individual or group dominates 
the Board’s decision making. It is therefore of paramount 
importance that their independence of mind and operation is 
maintained. At each Board meeting, the Chairman meets with the 
Non-Executive Directors without executive management being 
present. These meetings are useful to safeguard the 
independence of our Non-Executive Directors by providing them 
with time to discuss their views in a more private environment.

Corporate governance report continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
 
77

Any Director who has concerns about the running of the Group 
or a proposed course of action is encouraged to express those 
concerns for further discussion and minuted if consensus is not 
reached. No such concerns were raised during 2019. All Directors 
have confirmed (as they are required to do annually) that they 
have been able to allocate sufficient time to discharge their 
responsibilities effectively.

The Board considers that, except as disclosed in respect of 
Alejandro Santo Domingo and Gregg Zeitlin, our Non-Executive 
Directors remain independent from executive management and 
free from any business or other relationship which could materially 
interfere with the exercise of their judgement. In the case of 
Alejandro Santo Domingo and Gregg Zeitlin, they are recused 
from any discussion involving any perceived or actual conflict 
of interest. 

Conflict of interests
Directors are required to notify the Company as soon as they 
become aware of a situation that could give rise to a conflict or 
potential conflict of interest. The register of potential conflicts of 
interest is regularly reviewed by the Nomination Committee on 
behalf of the Board to ensure it remains up to date. The Board is 
satisfied that potential conflicts have been effectively managed 
throughout the year.

As a Non-Executive Director’s independence could be impacted 
where a Director has a conflict of interest, the Board operates a 
policy that restricts a Director from voting on any matter in which 
they might have a personal interest unless the Board unanimously 
decides otherwise. At the start of every meeting and before all 
major Board decisions, the Chairman requires the Directors to 
confirm that they do not have a potential personal conflict with 
the matter being discussed. If a conflict does arise, the Director 
is recused from discussions.

Other external appointments
Our Directors are required to notify the Chairman of any 
alterations to their external commitments that arise during the 
year with an indication of the time commitment involved. Directors 
are required to notify our Chairman in advance of any additional 
external appointments and, in December 2019, the Nomination 
Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviewed the directors’ current 
list of external appointments and confirmed that it does not 
believe any current directorships will affect our Non-Executive 
Directors’ commitment to, or involvement with, the ContourGlobal 
Board nor will it give rise to a potential conflict of interest which 
cannot be effectively managed by recusal.

Executive Directors
Executive Directors may accept a non-executive role at another 
company with the approval of the Board. Currently, none of our 
Executive Directors are directors of other listed companies. 

Composition, succession  
and evaluation

Composition
The Nomination Committee facilitates, and the Board ensures 
that appointments to its ranks are made solely on merit with the 
overriding objective of ensuring that the Board maintains the 
correct balance of skills, experience, diversity, length of service 
and knowledge of the Group to successfully determine the 
Group’s strategy. The benefits of diversity are considered in its 
widest sense, including gender, social and ethnic backgrounds.

Succession
The Code recommends that at least half of the Board, 
excluding the Chairman, should be composed of independent 
Non-Executive Directors. Our Board is composed of 50% 
independent Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chairman) 
as at 31st December 2019. We are currently in the process of 
recruiting another independent non-executive director following 
the resignation of Ruth Cairnie, and following this appointment, 
the Board will be composed of 55.5% independent Non-Executive 
Directors (excluding the Chairman) as at 31st December 2020.

Evaluation
As part of the Board’s annual effectiveness review, described on 
page 78, the Nomination Committee considers the composition 
of the Board and its Committees in terms of its balance of skills 
(detailed in the table below), experience, length of service, 
knowledge of the Group and wider diversity considerations. The 
Nominations Committee has confirmed that the membership of 
the Committees continues to be appropriate and in accordance 
with best practice and the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Training and development
With the ever-changing environment in which the Group operates, 
it is important for our Executive and Non-Executive Directors to 
remain aware of recent, and upcoming, developments. We require 
all Directors to keep their knowledge and skills up-to-date and 
include training discussions with the Chairman in their annual 
performance reviews.

We invite professional advisers to provide in-depth updates and 
training on legislative developments and a range of issues 
including, but not limited to, market trends, the economic and 
political environment, environmental, technological and social 
considerations. Our Company Secretary provides regular updates 
to the Board and its Committees on regulatory and corporate 
governance matters. 

All Directors have access to the services of the Company 
Secretary and any Director may instigate an agreed procedure 
whereby independent professional advice may be sought at the 
Company’s expense.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements78

Directors’ skills and experiences
An effective Board requires the right mix of skills and experience. 
Our Board is a diverse and effective team focused on promoting 
the long-term success of the Group. The table below provides 
an overview of the skills and experience of our Directors as at 
31st December 2019.

Competencies Matrix

No of Directors 

Industry knowledge/experience

Industry experience: engineering

Knowledge of power sector

Regulatory/public policy sector knowledge

Environmental knowledge

International experience:

Central/South America

Western Europe

Eastern Europe

Africa

Technical skills

Financial literacy

Executive management/leadership

Strategic planning

Technology/digital

M&A/transactional

Compliance/ethics

UK FTSE experience

Risk management

Operational

Governance

* Includes partial knowledge.

3

7

5

5

5

7

6

5

9

9

8

2

9

6

5*

6

7

Review of Board effectiveness
On an annual basis, an evaluation process is undertaken which 
considers the effectiveness of the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors. This review identifies areas for improvement, 
informs training plans for our Directors and identifies areas of 
knowledge, expertise or diversity which should be considered in 
our succession plans.

2018 Board Evaluation
The recommendations arising from the 2018 internal Board 
evaluation conducted by the Chairman and Company Secretary 
together with the actions implemented in response are:

Recommendations 

Action taken and outcome

Board composition: appoint an 
additional independent Non-
Executive Director

Board meetings: provide 
regular updates on significant 
M&A projects

Board materials: ensure that 
key issues are clearly flagged in 
executive summaries 

Strategy and training: update 
the structure of the Board 
strategy meeting 

Mariana Gheorghe was 
appointed as an independent 
Non-Executive Director in June 
2019. However, Ruth Cairnie 
resigned in September 2019 
and the Board is looking to 
appoint another independent 
Non-Executive Director

Board members now receive 
regular updates on both active and 
pipeline projects to ensure early 
input is received from all directors

This is a key area of improvement 
that was clearly acknowledged in 
the feedback from the results of 
the 2019 Board evaluation

The 2019 Board strategy meeting 
was run in a new format which all 
Board members agreed was 
extremely beneficial

2019 Board Evaluation
The 2019 evaluation of the Board and its Committees was 
conducted in December 2019. It was an internal self-evaluation 
facilitated by the Company Secretary using the online tool 
Thinking Board® from Independent Audit Limited.

Process steps for the 2019 Board Evaluation
Step 1 →
Company Secretary and Chairman agreed to 
utilise the online tool, Thinking Board®. The 
Chairman agreed all the questions to be 
asked and the questionnaire was tailored to 
the Company’s specific circumstances.

Step 2 →
The Company Secretary subsequently 
finalized the online questionnaire as agreed 
with chairman to cover the review of Board, 
chair and individual performances. 

The anonymity of all respondents was 
ensured throughout the process to 
encourage open feedback.

Step 3 →
The Company Secretary agreed a report of 
the evaluation with Chairman for discussion 
at the meeting.

Additionally, pertinent information was 
provided to the Chairman only.

Areas addressed for the evaluation
• How the Board made a difference and work together with trust and openness
• Confirm that the Group’s culture is as intended by the Board
• Is the composition of the Board right for the Company and are the right steps being taken for the Company?
• Ensuring the Leadership team stays effective
• How clear is the company purpose and objectives and how does the Board contribute to strategy?
• Is the Board considering the big trends and weighing short-term performance and long-term consequences?
• Focus on the impact of people and technology on strategy
• Assessment of underlying financial health
• Clarity on picture of the big risks and uncertainties
• Thinking through pressure points and crisis management preparations
• Focus on compliance and ensuring organization is under control including IT security issues
• How the meeting arrangements and Board papers facilitate discussion
• Chairing of the meetings and agenda management
• Contributions from individual directors and working with management

Corporate governance report continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
79

Outcomes from the 2019 Board evaluation
The result of this evaluation demonstrated that the Board 
undertakes effective assessment of the Company’s financial 
health, focusses on compliance, effectively uses meeting 
arrangements to facilitate discusses and benefits from effective 
management of the agenda. The Board has identified several 
areas which it wishes to focus upon during 2020:

• People strategy and ensure that the Group has the skills 

and characteristics needed to underpin its strategy;

• Ensuring the leadership team stays effective and maintaining 

a clear management succession and development plan;

• Tackle the IT security challenge and ensuring the Board asks 

the right questions on cyber risks; and

• Crisis management and knowing that there is a response plan 

that will stand up to stress.

The Board is satisfied that its structure, balance of skills and 
operation continues to be satisfactory and appropriate for the 
Group. As recommended by the Code, the Board intends to 
conduct an externally facilitated review at least every three years. 
Consequently, we anticipate that first externally facilitated review 
following the Company’s listing in 2017 will be for the year ending 
31st December 2020.

Compliance statement
This corporate governance statement, together with the 
Nomination Committee report on pages 80 to 82, the Audit & 
Risk Committee report on pages 83 to 88, and the Directors’ 
Remuneration report on pages 89 to 105, provide a description of 
how the main principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018 (the Code) have been applied by the Company during 2019. 
The Code is published by the Financial Reporting Council and is 
available on its website at www.frc.org.uk. It is the Board’s view 
that, throughout the year ended 31st December 2019, the 
Company fully complied with the relevant provisions set out in the 
Code. This statement complies with sub-sections 2.1, 2.2(1), 2.3(1), 
2.5, 2.7, 2.8A and 2.10 of Rule 7 of the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority. The 
information required to be disclosed by sub-section 2.6 of Rule 7 
is shown on pages 106 and 107.

DETAILS ON OUR COMPLIANCE, 
GOVERNANCE AND EFFECTIVENESS 
INCLUDING OUR APPROACH TO S172 OF 
THE COMPANIES ACT 2006 ARE SHOWN 
ON PAGES 20 AND 21 IN THIS REPORT. 
AS A BOARD, WE ALWAYS WANT TO 
IMPROVE ENGAGEMENT WITH ALL OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS AND WILL DEEPEN 
OUR ENGAGEMENT OVER THE NEXT 
12 MONTHS TO COMPLEMENT 
EXISTING RELATIONSHIPS WITH OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements80

Report of the Nomination Committee

Dear shareholders, 

The Committee delivered on 
its responsibilities this year 
by overseeing a couple of 
appointments to the Board, 
continuing its search for an 
additional independent non-
executive director with the right 
skills to complement the existing 
Board and monitoring corporate 
governance developments as 
they affect ContourGlobal.

Roles and responsibilities
The role of the Nomination Committee is set out in its terms of 
reference which are available on the Company’s website. The 
Committee plays an important role in making recommendations of 
appropriate candidates for appointment to the Board. It also keeps 
under review the composition of the Board and its Committees; 
the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board; 
and the size, structure and composition of the Board. The 
Nomination Committee is also responsible for making 
recommendations to the Board concerning succession planning.

Main responsibilities of the Nomination Committee include:

• Regularly review the structure, size and composition (including 
the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) of the Board 
and making recommendations to the Board about any changes

• Lead the process for Board appointments and make 

recommendations for Board approval

• Implement plans for orderly succession for Board members 

and senior management

• Make recommendations to the Board on refreshing the 

membership of the Board’s principal committees

• Review Directors’ conflicts of interest authorization and the 

time required from Non-Executive Directors

• Consider requests from directors for appointment to the boards 
of other companies (delegated to the Chairman, except in his 
own regard).

Meetings
The Nomination Committee will normally meet at least twice per 
year and otherwise as required in order to discharge its duties. 
It met four times in 2019. Only members of the Nomination 
Committee have the right to attend meetings, but other Directors, 
executives or advisers may be invited to attend all or part of any 
meeting as appropriate.

Committee composition
During the year, the Committee considered the composition of the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees. It reviewed the 
balance of skills and experience on the Board and, following the 
resignation of Ruth Cairnie, determined that Mariana Gheorghe 
would be a valuable addition to the both the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees. The Committee’s recommendation to 
the Board was approved and Mariana became a member of both 
the Nomination and Remuneration Committees in October 2019. 

Nomination Committee Members

Craig Huff (Chair)

Daniel Camus

Mariana Gheorghe

Alan Gillespie 

Alejandro Santo Domingo

Meeting attendance shown on page 71

Quick facts
• Craig Huff has chaired the Committee since the 
IPO. He is a representative of ContourGlobal LP, 
the Company’s major shareholder. 

• All members of the Committee are non-executive 

directors and the majority are independent. 
• Other attendees at meetings at the invitation of 

the Committee include the CEO and the company 
secretary, neither of whom are members of 
the Committee. 

• Neither the Chairman nor the CEO would participate 

in the recruitment of their own successor.

• The Committee is authorised to seek outside legal 
or other independent professional advice and the 
Committee had the support of external search 
consults for the appointments during the year.

2019 Highlights
• Appointment of Stefan Schellinger as Executive 

Director and Chief Financial Officer.

• Appointment of Mariana Gheorghe as an 

independent Non-Executive Director.

• Review of the membership of Board committees 

following Ruth Cairnie’s resignation and 
recommending changes to the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201981

Board composition
During the year, the Committee appointed 
Spencer Stuart to begin the recruitment 
process for a Chief Financial Officer and a 
brief was provided on preferred attributes 
which led to the successful recruitment of 
Stefan Schellinger as Executive Director 
and Chief Financial Officer with effect from 
15th April 2019. 

Additionally, Mariana Gheorghe was 
appointed to the Board with effect from 
30th June 2019. In recommending Mariana 
for appointment to the Board, several 
factors were taken into account such as the 
relevance of her experience, including her 
strategic and operational experience as 
Chief Executive Officer and President of 
OMV Petrom, a Romanian oil and gas 
company, and her financial experience 
gained through a number of senior finance 
roles, and the benefits of diversity that she 
would bring to the Board in terms of skills, 
industry experience, gender and 
nationality. Egon Zehnder supported the 
Committee as search consultants. Neither 
Egon Zehnder nor Spencer Stuart has any 
other connection with ContourGlobal.

Following the announcement of Ruth 
Cairnie’s resignation, the Committee 
reviewed the balance and composition 
of the Board and determined that an 
additional independent Non-Executive 
Director would add value. A role 
specification was drawn up which included 
knowledge of, and experience in, one of 
the Group’s key growth regions; global 
power sector knowledge; and experience 
in mergers and acquisitions. A couple of 
external search consultants were 
considered, and we initially selected one 
the Committee had not previously used. 
Following an initial period, it was apparent 
that the required support was not being 
received. Egon Zehnder was subsequently 
appointed as external search consultant to 
assist with the selection and recruitment 
process which is ongoing.

Diversity and inclusion
Having a diverse, highly talented and 
skilled group of people at all levels at 
ContourGlobal is fundamental to our 
business success and a key part of the 
business model. Diversity and inclusion 
bring new ideas and fresh perspectives 
which fuel creativity and innovation. 
Therefore, the Group works to attract, 
retain and develop employees to improve 
the talent pipeline. Across the Group 
employees are geographically diverse 
and Group offices are populated with 
many nationalities.

Diversity at 
ContourGlobal

Board

8

men on the Board at 
31st December 2019 

1

woman on the Board at  
31st December 2019

Executive management

4

men in executive 
management at 
31st December 2019

6

women in executive 
management at 
31st December 2019

Executive Management and their direct reports

25

men in executive 
management and  
direct reports at 
31st December 2019

Total company

1,217

male employees 
in ContourGlobal at 
31st December 2019

15

women in executive 
management and 
direct reports at 
31st December 2019

273

female employees 
in ContourGlobal at 
31st December 2019

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements82

The Company’s position is that no individual should be 
discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, ethnicity, 
religious belief, political affiliation, gender orientation, sexual 
orientation, national origin, ancestry, age, medical condition, 
physical or mental disability, marital status, worker’s compensation 
status, veteran status, citizenship status, or any other legally 
protected status and this extends to Board appointments. 

The Nomination Committee and the Board ensure that, 
together, the Directors possess the appropriate diversity of skills, 
experience, knowledge and perspectives to support the long-term 
success of the Company. Whilst the Board believes, that all 
appointments should be made on merit, it fully understands 
and appreciates the role of diversity in promoting balanced and 
considered decision-making which aligns with ContourGlobal’s 
purpose, values and strategy. 

Conflicts of interest and time commitment
The Company’s Articles of Association contain provisions which 
permit unconflicted directors to authorize conflict situations. 
Each director is required to notify the Chairman of any 
potential conflict or potential new appointment or directorship. 
This year, the Committee reviewed the list of directors’ external 
appointments and decided that there were no apparent conflicts 
of interest that could not be adequately managed by recusal and, 
consequently, recommended the same for approval by the Board.

The Board does not specify the exact time commitment required 
from its Non-Executive Directors as they are expected to fulfil the 
role and manage their diaries accordingly. The Board is satisfied 
that none of its Directors are overcommitted and unable to fulfil 
their responsibilities as a Director of the Company. Should a 
director be unable to attend meetings on a regular basis, not be 
preparing or contributing appropriately to board discussions, the 
Chairman would be responsible for discussing the matter with 
them and agreeing a course of action.

Annual evaluation
The Committee undertook an internal self-evaluation facilitated 
by the Company Secretary as part of the 2019 Board evaluation. 

The results demonstrated that members were confident that the 
Committee ensured that core skills were covered, had good 
discussion and debate, and benefited from good committee 
support. Committee members felt that more consideration needed 
to be given to talent management and executive succession. 

Craig A. Huff
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

16th March 2020

Report of the Nomination Committee continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201983

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee

Dear shareholders,

My report seeks to provide you 
with an understanding of the 
Committee’s work during the 
year and with assurance on the 
integrity of the 2019 annual 
report and financial statements.

The directors’ responsibility statement in respect of the annual 
report and financial statements can be found on page 109. 

The role of the Committee is to ensure that the interests of 
shareholders are properly protected in relation to the Company’s 
financial reporting and internal control arrangements and to 
provide challenge to the decisions and approach taken by 
management in relation to the content, accounting judgements 
and disclosures within the Company’s financial reports. 
The Code requires the Board to “present a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects”. The Board has asked the Committee to advise 
whether the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is 
fair balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. The Committee’s role 
is to ensure that management’s disclosures reflect the supporting 
detail or challenge them to explain and justify their interpretation 
and, if necessary, re-present the information. The Committee 
reports its findings and makes recommendations to the Board 
accordingly. The Committee is supported in this role by the 
external auditor, who in the course of the statutory audit, reviews 
the accounting records kept by the Company to test whether 
information is being recorded in line with agreed accounting 
practices. The external auditor presents its findings to the 
shareholders, and their audit report is set out on pages 111 to 118. 

The Committee is responsible for ensuring that the three-way 
relationship between the Committee, the auditor and the 
Company’s management is appropriate. The external auditor must 
be independent of the Company. Independence is a key focus for 
both the external auditor, whose staff must comply with their firm’s 
own ethics and independence criteria which must be consistent 
with the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard 2016, in order to ensure 
the integrity of the auditing process and the annual report and 
financial statements. Information on how the Committee assesses 
the independence of the external auditor is set out on page 86.

Members of the Audit and Risk Committee

Ronald Trächsel (Chairman)

Daniel Camus 

Alan Gillespie

Meeting attendance shown on page 71

Quick facts
• Ronald Trächsel has chaired the Audit & Risk 
Committee since the IPO. He is currently the 
chief financial officer of a Swiss publicly listed 
power production and distribution company 
and is considered by the Board to have recent 
and relevant financial experience. 

• All members of the Committee are independent 

non-executive directors and the Board is 
satisfied that the Committee as a unit has 
competence relevant to the sector and its 
members have an appropriate level of 
experience of corporate financial matters. 

• Other regular attendees at Committee meetings 

by invitation include other non-executive 
directors, the CEO, the CFO, the Company 
Secretary, the Head of Internal Audit, the Chief 
Compliance Officer, the General Counsel, the 
Group Controller, and representatives from 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), the 
external auditor. None of these attendees are 
members of the Committee. 

• The representatives from PwC and the head of 
internal audit are each afforded time with the 
Committee and the company secretary to freely 
raise any concerns they may have without 
management being present. 

• The Committee is authorised to seek outside 

legal or other independent professional advice 
though this was not required during the year.

• The Committee’s terms of reference were 

updated during the year to better align it with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the 
Code) and can be found at: www.contourglobal.
com/investor-relations 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
84

All members contribute to the work of the Committee and have 
the skills and necessary financial experience. As non-executive 
directors, my colleagues and I are of an independent mindset and 
would have no hesitation in seeking clarification and a full 
explanation from management or the external auditor on any 
matter we feel necessary. We remain committed to providing 
meaningful disclosure of the Committee’s activities. As chair of the 
Committee, I am intent on ensuring that the Committee’s agenda 
is kept under review and it keeps abreast of relevant 
developments.

Further details on the activities of the Committee during the year 
and how it has discharged its responsibilities are provided in the 
report below.

Ronald Trächsel
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee

16th March 2020

THE COMMITTEE HAS CONTINUED ITS 
RIGOROUS OVERSIGHT OF THE GROUP’S 
RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT, 
INTERNAL CONTROL FRAMEWORK, 
EXTERNAL AUDIT, INTERNAL AUDIT 
ACTIVITIES, COMPLIANCE ACTIVITIES, AND 
REPORTING PROCESS AND FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT.

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201985

Principal duties of the Committee

The principal duties of the Committee are to:
• Oversee the integrity of the group’s financial statements and announcements relating to financial performance
• Assess significant judgements
• Review the Group’s strategic risk register, principal risks and the going concern and viability statements
• Monitor the effectiveness of internal controls and the risk management framework
• Oversee the internal audit function and process including the findings of internal audit reports
• Monitor the effectiveness of financial controls and the process for identifying and managing risk 
• Monitor the financial reporting process and make recommendations
• Monitor the statutory audit of the annual report and financial statements
• Manage the relationship with the external auditor and oversee the external audit process
• Review and monitor the external auditor’s independence and the provision of additional services

Structure and operations 
The Audit & Risk Committee’s structure and operations, including its delegated responsibilities and authority, are governed by terms of 
reference which are reviewed annually and approved by the Board. 

All members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors with a wide range of skills and experience that enables them 
to provide oversight of both financial and risk matters, and to advise the Board accordingly. In the Board’s view, the Committee has 
competence relevant to ContourGlobal’s sector; Ronald Trächsel and Daniel Camus have extensive experience of international energy 
companies and Alan Gillespie has a significant amount of experience in industrial development and development finance. Ronald 
Trächsel is determined by the Board as having recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of satisfying the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. Details of the experience of all members of the Committee can be found on pages 68 and 69.

To maintain effective communication between all relevant parties, and in support of its activities, the CEO, CFO, General Counsel, Chief 
Compliance Officer, Head of Internal Audit, senior members of the finance team and representatives of PwC, our external auditor, 
regularly attend Committee meetings. Other members of the Board also attend as guests on an ad hoc basis. Additionally, the 
Committee has private sessions with the internal and external audit teams.

The Committee works to a structured programme of activities and meetings to coincide with key events around our financial calendar. 
Following each meeting, the Committee chairman reports on the main discussion points and findings to the Board. The Committee will 
normally meet no fewer than three times a year. It met six times during 2019 and attendance at those meetings can be found on page 71.

Outside of the formal meeting programme, the Committee chairman will maintain a dialogue with key individuals involved in the 
Company’s governance, including the Chairman, CEO, CFO, Company Secretary, the external audit lead partner and the Head of 
Internal Audit together with Deloitte who provide additional support on internal audit matters.

Audit & Risk Committee activity
The main areas of Committee activities during 2019 were:

Financial reporting

• The quality, appropriateness and integrity of the half-yearly and full year financial statements 
• The information, underlying assumptions and stress test analysis presented in support of going concern and 

Financial accounting  
matters

the viability statements 

• The consistency and appropriateness of the financial control and reporting environment 
• The dividend policy and the move to quarterly dividends 
• Review of the strategic report and approval of this Audit & Risk Committee report
• The fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Annual Report (and any other financial statements 

such as the half-yearly statement)

• IFRS 16 (lease) implementation
• Change in classification of Bonaire power purchasing agreement from finance to operating lease
• Review of impairment tests and potential triggering events during 2019
• Update of the CSP, Italian and Slovakian earn-out calculations
• Spanish CSP – impact of the 49% sale to Credit Suisse and end of purchase price allocation period
• Update on Maritsa NOx Receivable recoverability assessment
• Maritsa EU Directorate General Competition matter discussions and termination threat
• KivuWatt arbitration with Energy Utility Corporation Limited and, separately, termination risk relative to PPA
• Togo customs tax audit assessment
• Mexico CHP purchase price allocation and fair market value

Risk management and 
internal control

• The scope of the internal control and risk management programme and the internal control roadmap for 

2019 which included a mid-year review, an internal self-assessment and the PwC external audit 

• The rollout of the risk governance policy and management framework and the online risk 

management portal

• The review of the results of the Internal Control Questionnaire campaign
• The results of internal audit reviews and the progress made against agreed management action 
• Quarterly reports on investigated internal control issues significant to the Group 
• Quarterly reports on the Group’s risk register, including significant and emerging risks 
• The implications and management of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), data governance and 

information security 

• The adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management processes. 
• The review of principal risks and uncertainties and the risk register of top risks

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements86

Internal audit

• The internal audit methodology, processes and report template, KPIs and targets and tracking tools
• The scope of the internal audit plan and resourcing requirements including the selection of Deloitte LLP as 

External audit

a co-sourcing partner

• The independence, appropriateness and effectiveness of internal audit including the co-sourcing partner 
• Risk-based internal audits of specific Group companies, business units and global processes. 2019 audits 
included cyber and operational security, contract management, Treasury, CSP compliance and finance, tax 
and payroll audits, anti-bribery and corruption compliance and financial controls, and two overall site reviews 
(Inka and KivuWatt)

• The external audit plan
• The independence and objectivity of PwC 
• The quality and effectiveness of PwC’s audit services 
• The level of fees paid to PwC in accordance with the policy for the provision of non-audit services 
• PwC’s reappointment to office as external auditor

Compliance and  
other matters

Significant accounting 
judgments

• Quarterly compliance reports from the Compliance Function including updates on investigations for the 

quarter as well as the status of the compliance objectives and KPIs.
• The Committee’s terms of reference and performance effectiveness 
• Compliance with the Code and the Group’s regulatory and legislative environment.

• The appropriateness of significant accounting judgments made in connection with the financial statements 

as set out on page 87

External auditor, tenure and Audit plan
PwC is engaged to conduct a statutory audit and express an 
opinion on the Company and the Group’s financial statements. 
Their audit includes an assessment of the systems of internal 
controls that produce the information contained in the financial 
statements to the extent necessary to express an audit opinion.

PwC presented their proposed audit plan (reviewed by senior 
management) to the Committee for discussion. The objective was 
to ensure that the focus of their work remained aligned to the 
Group’s structure and strategy as well as the risk profile. The audit 
plan was again risk and materiality focused, challenge-based and 
designed to provide valuable insights beyond the audit. 

Objectivity and independence 
The Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the 
objectivity and independence of the external auditor. In 
undertaking its annual assessment, the Committee has reviewed: 

• the confirmation from PwC that they maintain appropriate 

internal safeguards in line with applicable professional standards 

• the mitigation actions taken to safeguard PwC’s independent 

status, including the operation of policies designed to regulate 
the amount of non-audit services provided by PwC and the 
employment of former PwC employees 

• the tenure of the audit partner (not being greater than five 

years); and

• the internal performance and effectiveness review of PwC 

referred to above. 

Taking the above review into account, the Committee concluded 
that PwC remained objective and independent in their role as 
external auditor. 

Effectiveness of the external audit 
It is the responsibility of the Audit & Risk Committee to assess the 
effectiveness of the external audit process. Following the issue 
of our Annual Report, the Chairman of the Committee leads the 
conduct of a performance evaluation and effectiveness review of 
the external audit which covered aspects including: 

• The quality of reports provided to the Committee and the Board 

and the quality of advice given;

• The level of understanding demonstrated by the audit team 

of the Group’s businesses and the energy sector; and

• The objectivity of the external auditor’s views on the controls 

around the Group and the robustness of challenge and findings 
on areas which required management judgement.

The Committee believe that PwC have performed their audit 
services effectively and to a high standard. Areas identified for 
development will be shared with them for inclusion in their audit 
and service delivery plans going forward. 

Audit tendering 
The French firm of PwC was first appointed as the external 
auditors of the Group in 2013. The UK firm was first appointed at 
the time of the IPO and hence the UK firm was the first appointee 
to the audit of ContourGlobal plc. Matthew Hall is the current lead 
audit partner. Under current regulations, we will be required to 
retender the audit by no later than the 2027 financial year. 
Matthew Hall would need to be rotated off as audit partner by 
2022. The Board believes that, having regard to the quality, stability 
and continuity of the relationship with PwC as the current auditor, it 
is in the best interests of the Company and shareholders to tender 
the audit contract by a date no later than that stipulated by the 
current regulations. On the recommendation of the Audit & Risk 
Committee, the Board is proposing a resolution at this year’s 
Annual General Meeting that PwC will be reappointed to office 
for a further year. 

The Company confirms that it has complied with the provisions of 
the Competition and Markets Authority’s Statutory Audit Services 
for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of 
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit & Risk Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014 for the financial year under review.

Audit fee 
The fees payable to PwC for the audit 2019 are $2.7 million 
($2.6 million in 2018). 

Non-audit services 
During the year, PwC UK made a voluntary commitment to stop 
providing non-audit services (other than ones which are closely 
related to the audit) directly to the FTSE350 companies that it 
audits. This is expected to significantly reduce the volume of 
non-audit services performed by PwC in respect of the Company 
and all its subsidiaries, and related entities worldwide. It also 
includes non-audit services provided by all PwC member firms. 
PwC UK will continue to provide assurance services to the 
Company in accordance with the Revised Ethical Standard, which 
is the independence rules that will apply to UK audit clients with 
accounting periods beginning after 15th March 2020. 

Management and the Committee discussed the decision with PwC, 
and it was implemented in the Company with effect from May 2019. 
A completion timeline of 31st December 2019 was agreed for 
ongoing non-audit services that were not closely related to the 

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201987

audit. For all non-audit services provided during the year, PwC 
acted only in an advisory capacity to provide management with the 
necessary information to enable them to evaluate, and to make 
judgements and decisions over, the treatment of specific matters. 

The non-audit fees paid to PwC for 2019 were $1.5 million 
($1.5 million in 2018), including $0.2 million for half-year review 
($0.3 million in 2018). 

Significant accounting judgements
The Committee reviewed three significant financial matters in 
connection with the financial statements, namely management 
override of controls, risk of fraud in revenue recognition, accounting 
for business combinations and power purchase agreements in the 
year of acquisition. In addition, management considered 
impairments in PPE or financial assets which it deemed was an 
elevated risk. Further details are set out in the table below. 

These items were considered significant considering the level 
of materiality and the degree of judgement exercised by 
management. The Committee discussed these with management 
and PwC. The Committee was satisfied that all issues had been 
fully and adequately addressed and that the judgements made 
were reasonable and appropriate and had been reviewed and 
debated with the external auditor who concurred with the 
approach taken by management. 

In addition, the Committee considered, acted and made onward 
recommendations to the Board, as appropriate, in respect of other 
key matters including the viability statement, the going concern 
basis on which the financial statements are prepared and other 
specific areas of audit focus.

Risk management framework and internal control
The Board is responsible for determining both the nature and 
extent of the Group’s risk management framework and the risk 
appetite that is acceptable in seeking to achieve its strategic 
objectives. The Committee supports the Board in the management 

Significant accounting judgements

Significant financial matters considered

Accounting for business combinations and power purchase 
agreements in the year of acquisition (including renegotiation 
of existing agreements) 

In November 2019, the Group acquired two Combined Heat and power 
assets in Mexico. Consideration was given to the allocation of the 
purchase price for the Mexico CHP assets. 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment, and financial 
and contract assets

At 31st December 2019, the Group had $3,691.5 million of property, plant 
and equipment, the majority of which related to power plant assets, and 
$445.8 million of financial and contract assets, the majority of which related 
to concession arrangements. Impairment assessments of these assets 
requires significant judgment including assumptions of future cash flows, 
discount rates and inflation which are by essence judgmental.

Provisions for claims and contingent liabilities

31st December 2019, the Group had $17.1 million of legal provisions and 
other. Legal and other provisions include amounts arising from claims, 
litigation and regulatory risks which will be utilized as the obligations 
are settled and includes sales tax and interest or penalties associated 
with taxes. Legal and other provisions have some uncertainty over the 
timing of cash outflows.

Sell down and Adjusted EBITDA

In May 2019 the Group closed the sell-down of the Spanish CSP assets. 
Minority sell-downs occur at a significant premium and are part of the 
core strategy of the Group.

of risk and is responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of risk 
management and internal control processes during the year. 

An overview of the risk management process explaining the key 
elements of the approach to risk, any changes to the process 
over the course of the current year and the key risk management 
priorities for 2020 are described on pages 56 to 65. 

Primary responsibility for operation of the Company’s internal 
control and risk management systems, which extend to include 
financial, operational and compliance controls (and accord with 
the FRC’s 2014 ‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control 
and Related Financial and Business Reporting’), has been 
delegated to management. These systems have been designed 
to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the 
Group’s business goals and can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

Under the overall supervision of the Committee, the Group has a 
Head of Internal Audit as well as the co-sourcing partner (with direct 
access to the Committee chairman) who provide regular oversight of 
risk matters, evaluates emerging risks that may affect the business 
and monitor compliance to ensure that any mitigating actions are 
properly managed and completed. The Committee, in consultation 
with management, agrees the annual internal audit work plan 
(including any assistance that may be required from external 
specialists) of the internal audit function to ensure alignment with the 
needs of the business and compliance with its governance charter.

The Audit & Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, has 
reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control systems and 
risk management processes in place, taking account of any 
material developments since the year end. The Committee has 
not identified, nor been advised of, any failings or weaknesses 
that it has determined to be significant. As part of its review, the 
Committee noted that no significant internal control matters had 
been raised by PwC in the context of the annual audit.

How the Committee addressed the matters

In relation to the acquisition, the Committee considered the 
appropriateness of the items to which the purchase price has been 
allocated as well as main assumptions used in relation with discount 
rates and future cash flows.

The Committee has reviewed the indicators of impairment and main 
assumptions retained and described in the financial statements. The 
Audit & Risk Committee concurred with the testing performed with 
regards to wind farms in Brazil and agreed with management’s 
judgment that no impairment charge was necessary.

The Committee has reviewed the main legal or contractual claims. 
As part of its review, the Committee has considered the judgments 
from external or internal counsels made as to the potential likelihood 
of any claim succeeding when making a provision or disclosing a 
contingent liability.

The Committee understood the sell-down strategy and reviewed the 
integration within Adjusted EBITDA of the net gain of sell-down of 
assets, considering (i) it reflects the capacity of the Group to sell at a 
significant premium, (ii) it is part of the core strategy of the Group since 
2018 and, (iii) certain competitors include such gain in EBITDA 
calculation. On that basis the Committee concurred with the analysis 
and recommended to transparently disclose the reconciliation of 
Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP metrics and has added Proportionate 
Adjusted EBITDA as a key KPI considering the new sell-down strategy. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
88

Internal control

The key elements of the Group’s internal control are as 
follows: 
• The company has developed and implemented a detailed 
internal control management system and has a dedicated 
internal control function within the Group Finance function

• An established organisation structure with clear lines of 
responsibility, approval levels and delegated authorities 
• A disciplined management and Committee structure which 
facilitates regular performance review and decision-making 

• A comprehensive strategic review and annual planning 

process 

• A robust budgeting, forecasting and financial reporting 

process 

• Various policies, procedures and guidelines underpinning 
the development, asset management, financing and main 
operations of the business, together with professional 
services support including legal, human resources, 
information services, tax, company secretarial and health, 
safety and security 

• A compliance certification process from management 

conducted in relation to the half-yearly and full year results, 
and business activities generally 

• A quarterly self-certification by management confirming 

that key internal controls within their area of responsibility 
have been operating effectively 

• An internal audit function whose work spans the whole 
Group with assurance support from Deloitte LLP who 
provide the team with additional resource and skills

• A focused post-acquisition review and integration 
programme to ensure the Group’s governance, 
procedures, standards and control environment are 
implemented effectively and on time 

• A financial and property information management system. 

On a quarterly basis, the Committee receives and discusses the 
Group’s risk register, including significant and emerging risks, and 
how exposures have changed during the period, summary reports 
of findings and recommendations from completion of the internal 
audit plan, progress against completion of agreed actions from 
internal audit on their review of the effectiveness of various 
elements of the internal control system maintained by the 
Group. The Board is satisfied that the system of risk and internal 
control management accords with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code and satisfies the requirements for internal controls over 
financial reporting.

Effectiveness 
The Board has undertaken a robust assessment of the principal 
and emerging risks faced by the Group, including those that 
could threaten the business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity. Assisted by the Committee, the Board also reviewed 
the effectiveness of the systems of internal control and risk 
management in place throughout the year and up to the date 
of this report. This considered the valuable assurance work 
undertaken by the internal audit function (which is supplemented 
by external specialist resource as necessary) and the relevant 
process, controls and testing work undertaken by PwC as part 
of their half-yearly review and full year audit. No weaknesses 
or control failures significant to the Group were identified. 
Where areas for improvement were identified, new procedures 
have been introduced to strengthen the controls and will 
themselves be subject to regular review as part of the ongoing 
assurance process. 

Fair, balanced and understandable 
The Committee applied the same due diligence approach 
adopted in previous years in order to assess whether the Annual 
Report taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable. 
The Committee received assurance from the verification process 
carried out on the content of the Annual Report by the Executive 
Directors to ensure consistent reporting and the existence of 
appropriate links between key messages and relevant sections of 
the Annual Report and this was supported by a robust schedule of 
review and verification by senior management and external 
advisors to ensure disclosures are accurate. 

Taking the above into account, together with the views expressed 
by PwC, the Committee recommended, and in turn the Board 
confirmed, that the 2019 Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the necessary 
information for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.

Whistleblowing mechanism 
On behalf of the Board, the Committee reviews the Group’s 
whistleblowing mechanism which allows employees to report 
concerns about suspected impropriety or wrongdoing (whether 
financial or otherwise) on a confidential basis, and anonymously if 
preferred. This includes an independent third-party reporting 
facility comprising a telephone hotline and an online process. Any 
matters reported are investigated by the Chief Compliance Officer 
and escalated to the Committee, as appropriate. 

The Group also runs whistleblowing awareness campaigns, 
reminding employees that a dedicated hotline exists should they 
ever need to ‘blow the whistle’. The arrangements also form part 
of the induction programme for new employees 

Bribery and corruption policy 
The Board has a zero-tolerance policy for bribery and corruption 
of any sort. We give regular training to staff on the procedures, 
highlighting areas of vulnerability, and the policy is being 
reinforced in early 2020 through the relaunch of our updated 
Code of Conduct. Our third party providers are required to comply 
with our policies, or evidence that they have similar policies and 
practices in place within their own businesses.

Annual evaluation
The Committee undertook an internal self-evaluation facilitated by 
the Company Secretary using Thinking Board®, a web-based 
evaluation tool provided by Independent Audit Limited. 

The evaluation demonstrated that the Committee reports well on 
its activities and, it further agreed to assess the performance of 
the external auditors rigorously and to maintain focus on the 
Committee’s concerns which were the two issues with the most 
improvement opportunities.

Ronald Trächsel
Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee

16th March 2020

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201989

Report of the Remuneration Committee

Members of the Remuneration Committee

Daniel Camus (Chairman)

Mariana Gheorghe

Alan Gillespie

Meeting attendance shown on page 71

Key areas of focus in the year
Appointment of senior management
• Reviewed and approved remuneration 

arrangements for a number of new senior hires, 
including the CFO

Incentive arrangements 
• Reviewed and approved annual bonus pay-outs 

and targets

• Approved the grant of performance share, 

restricted share, and deferred bonus awards under 
the long term incentive plan

Reporting
• Considered our remuneration disclosures in light 
of the new regulations and the new UK Corporate 
Governance Code

Compliance and governance
• Reviewed practices and changes to corporate 

governance environment with regards to 
remuneration arrangements and the 
Committee’s remit

Dear shareholder,

I am pleased to present the 
Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for 2019.
Last year a thorough review of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
was undertaken with the aim of enhancing transparency of our 
remuneration arrangements. We significantly improved retrospective 
disclosure of annual bonus targets and outcomes as well as 
providing more detail on the legacy arrangements that our President 
& CEO participates in. The Committee was therefore pleased that 
our report received the support of 99.9% of our shareholders.

Performance in 2019
ContourGlobal delivered a strong set of results in 2019, with 
sustained improvements in our key financial and operational metrics. 
We delivered an adjusted EBITDA performance of $703m, an 
increase of 15% on prior year, whilst maintaining excellent levels of 
safety and reliability. In terms of our growth strategy, in November 
we successfully completed the acquisition of the Mexican assets, our 
largest acquisition to date, and our M&A and development pipeline 
remains robust.

Following a strong financial year, our annual bonus out-turns were 
59.5% of maximum for the President & CEO and 57.2% of maximum 
for the Chief Financial Officer, reflecting the stretch targets set at the 
beginning of the year. The Executive Directors have voluntarily 
agreed to defer 20% of their annual bonus for 2019 into shares for 
two years.

Executive remuneration framework
The Committee considers that overall our existing remuneration 
framework continues to incentivise appropriately the Executive 
Directors and wider executive team to deliver our strategy, thereby 
generating long-term sustainable returns for shareholders. We are 
therefore not proposing to make any substantive changes to the 
operation of our Policy.

For 2019, we refined how we measured operational performance 
under the Total Fleet Availability Factor and Total Fleet Equivalent 
Forced Outage Rate elements of the annual incentive. Individual 
targets were set for each sector, rather than simply an aggregate 
Group figure. The Committee considered this to be a more robust 
approach to measurement as maximum vesting requires strong 
performance against all sectors within the Group. It also better 
reflects how performance is measured and reported within 
the business.

For 2020, we have further evolved our annual incentive framework. 
While the overall structure of the corporate scorecard remains 
50% financial performance, 30% operational performance and 20% 
growth opportunities, the specific measures within the operational 
component will better reflect our sustainability principles of 
minimising environmental impacts and growing well. For 2020, 
the annual incentive will therefore include targets related to CO2 
capture from our new Mexican assets and operational cost across 
both our thermal and renewable sectors. Additionally, in order to 
simplify the framework, we have removed Total Fleet Equivalent 
Forced Outage Rate in favour of Total Fleet Availability Factor, a 
key measure of reliability. 

We are making no changes to executive director salaries for 2020, 
and our LTIP award opportunity and performance framework will be 
consistent with prior years.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsIndex to the Remuneration 
report

16th March 2020 

Part 1: Remuneration at a glance
Summary of remuneration policy  
and implementation for 2020 ..........91
Alignment of remuneration  
strategy with our core principles .... 93

Part 2: Annual Report on 
Remuneration 
Governance .......................................... 94
Single total figures  
of remuneration ................................... 95
2019 annual bonus ............................. 95
2019 long term incentive awards ... 98
2019 deferred bonus awards .......... 98
Implementation of Non-Executive 
Director remuneration policy........... 99
Director shareholdings  
and share interests ............................. 99
Director service contracts .............. 100
Payments for loss of office .............. 101
Policy on external appointments ... 101
Percentage change  
in remuneration ................................... 101
Broader executive team and 
workforce remuneration .................. 101
Comparison of overall  
performance and pay ....................... 101
Relative importance of  
spend on pay ...................................... 102
External advisors  
to the Committee .............................. 102
Statement of voting on the 
Remuneration Report ....................... 102
Legacy equity arrangements ......... 103
Statement of compliance  
and approval ....................................... 105

90

Report of the Remuneration Committee continued

Shortly after our IPO, our current 
Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at our AGM in 2018. We were 
pleased to receive 99.8% support. At that 
time, we set out our intention to amend the 
LTIP rules to reflect the policy maximum of 
200% for executive directors excluding the 
President & CEO. As an administrative 
matter, we are seeking shareholder 
approval for this amendment to the rules.

UK Corporate Governance Code
Fostering a culture of share ownership 
within the business is a key part of our 
remuneration approach. Ahead of our 
remuneration policy next year, we are 
therefore increasing the value of the 
shareholding in the Company that Executive 
Directors are required to build and retain 
from 200% to 250% of salary. This year, 
we will also be introducing a new post-
employment shareholding guideline for 
Executive Directors. This guideline will 
apply for one year following cessation of 
employment and will require Executive 
Directors to retain 100% of their shareholding 
guideline, or 100% of their actual 
shareholding of relevant shares if lower, for 
a period of 6 months post-cessation of 
employment, reducing to 50% for a further 
six months. The guideline will apply to shares 
delivered via deferred bonus and 
performance share awards following 
adoption of this new policy.

During the year, the Committee was 
provided with various updates on UK 
governance practice and market 
developments. The Committee is therefore 
aware that executive director pensions is a 
key area of focus for shareholders. Our 
President & CEO is not currently provided 
with a pension provision, and our new Chief 
Financial Officer has been appointed with a 
pension aligned to the workforce rate. We 
therefore consider that we are fully aligned 
with the Code and shareholder expectations 
in this area.

Remuneration reporting
Further to the enhancements we made 
to our remuneration reporting last year, 
we remain committed to providing 
transparent disclosures.

Last year, as part of establishing and 
strengthening transparency, we provided 
significantly more detail on the legacy equity 
arrangements in which our President & CEO 
participates, including illustrations of the 
possible value receivable. We continue to 
provide this legacy information in this report. 
ContourGlobal plc is not a party to these 
arrangements and has no financial obligation 
to pay cash or issue shares. Consequently, the 
Committee has no authority over these plans.

Workforce pay and culture
The Committee reviews the overall approach 
to remuneration and incentives across the 

organisation and considers in particular how 
these can drive culture. During the year, the 
Committee took time to review the incentive 
framework for those employees in key 
business development roles to ensure they 
were appropriately aligned to the strategic 
priorities of the Group, whilst also aligning 
to ContourGlobal’s culture and values.

In line with the scope of its responsibilities, 
the Committee approved remuneration 
arrangements for the wider executive team, 
with a number of new hires during 2019. On 
reviewing the organisation structure at year 
end, the Committee was also pleased to note 
that the gender balance of our executive 
management team was 60% female.

Appointment of Chief Financial Officer
We appointed our new Chief Financial 
Officer, Stefan Schellinger, in April 2019. 
His remuneration arrangements, as set 
out within this report, took account of the 
provisions within the new UK Corporate 
Governance Code. 

He was appointed on a salary of £375,000 
and will receive a pension contribution of 11% 
of salary in line with other employees based in 
the UK (excluding Northern Ireland). For 2019, 
Stefan participated in the annual bonus with a 
maximum opportunity of 115% of salary (with 
any pay-out calculated pro-rata for his salary 
and service in the year) and was granted an 
LTIP award with a maximum opportunity of 
200% of salary.

Looking ahead to 2020
Over the next year, the Committee will be 
reviewing our Remuneration Policy ahead 
of its renewal at our 2021 AGM in line with 
the normal three-year cycle. As part of this 
process, the Committee will consult with 
shareholders on any major changes. 

Following the decision by Ruth Cairnie to step 
down from the Board of ContourGlobal plc, 
Mariana Gheorghe was appointed to the 
Committee in October 2019. I would like to 
thank Ruth Cairnie for her contribution to the 
Committee during her tenure. I am delighted 
to welcome Mariana to the Committee. Her 
insight, informed by her extensive international 
experience, will be invaluable as we look to 
renew our Remuneration Policy in 2021. 

In line with the remuneration reporting 
regulations, this report will be subject to an 
advisory shareholder vote at our forthcoming 
AGM, and I hope you will continue to support 
our approach to executive remuneration. 

Yours sincerely

Daniel Camus
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
91

Remuneration at a glance

Our Remuneration Policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors was presented and approved by shareholders at our 2018 AGM 
receiving 99.8% support. It is intended that the Remuneration Policy will apply for three years following approval. The full Remuneration 
Policy can be found in the 2017 annual report available on our website at www.contourglobal.com.

Remuneration 
component

Summary of Remuneration Policy

Remuneration for Executive Directors for 2020

Salary

• Normally reviewed annually, with any changes taking effect 

from 1st January.

• Set taking into account a number of factors including 

individual and Company performance, an individual’s skills 
and experience, the responsibilities of the role.

• When considering any increase, the Committee is guided by 
the general increase for the broader employee population. 

Base salary 
effective  
1st January 
2020

President & CEO

$1,200,000

Chief Financial 
Officer

£375,000

Increase from  

2019

–

–

Pension and 
benefits

Annual 
performance 
bonus

• The Company may make contributions, or payment in lieu of 
contributions, to a pension scheme up to the value of 20% of 
base salary per annum.

• Benefits may include, but are not limited to, private medical 
insurance, dental insurance, Company car or allowance, life 
assurance and income protection. Benefits in relation to 
relocation or expatriation may be provided.

• The current President & CEO does not receive any 

pension contributions.

• The Chief Financial Officer receives a pension allowance 
of 11% of salary, which is in line with other UK employees 
(excluding Northern Ireland).

• Executive Directors receive benefits in line with the 

Remuneration Policy.

• Maximum opportunity of 100% of base salary for the 

• The overall framework of the annual bonus for 2020 is 

President & CEO. 

• For new Executive Director appointments, maximum 

opportunity of 150% of base salary. 

• Subject to stretching performance conditions, set by the 

Committee at the start of each financial year.

• At least 70% of the bonus will be subject to corporate 

objectives with the balance based on individual objectives.
• The Committee may adjust the bonus outcome taking into 

account any relevant factors, including the Company’s 
underlying performance.

• Any bonus earned in excess of 50% of maximum is deferred 

into shares for a period of two years. 
• Malus and clawback provisions apply.

consistent with 2019.

• The maximum opportunity will be 100% of salary for 
the President & CEO and 115% of salary for the Chief 
Financial Officer.

• Bonus will be based on achievement of corporate 
objectives (70%) and individual objectives (30%).

• Performance measures for 2020 are:

Performance Metrics

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted FFO

Operational metrics

Growth metrics

Sub-Total

Individual objectives

% of 
Opportunity

17.5%

17.5%

21%

14%

70%

30%

• Targets and performance against these will be disclosed 

retrospectively. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements92

Remuneration at a glance continued

Remuneration 
component

Long-Term 
Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

Summary of Remuneration Policy

Remuneration for Executive Directors for 2020

• Maximum opportunity of 100% of base salary for the 

• The overall framework of LTIP awards granted to 

President & CEO. 

• For new Executive Director appointments, maximum 

opportunity of 200% of base salary. 

Executive Directors in 2020 will be consistent with last 
year’s grant and the Remuneration Policy.

• The maximum opportunity will be 100% of salary for the 

• Performance measured over three years. 
• The Committee has the flexibility to vary the performance 

President & CEO and 200% of salary for the Chief 
Financial Officer. 

measures and weightings for each award taking into 
account the business priorities at the time of grant.
• The Committee may reduce the vesting outcome if it 
considers that it is not consistent with the Company’s 
overall performance.

• An additional two-year holding period applies post-vesting.
• Malus and clawback provisions apply.

Share 
ownership 
guidelines

• Under the current remuneration policy, Executive Directors 

are required to build and retain a shareholding in the 
Company equivalent to at least 200% of salary.

• This year, this guideline is being increased to 250% salary.

Legacy 
arrangements 

• The President & CEO has interests in a ‘Private Incentive 
Plan’ (PIP). These relate to legacy commitments prior to 
ContourGlobal’s listing, reflecting that the President & CEO 
co-founded the Company in 2005.

• The Company is not a party to the PIP and has no financial 

obligation in connection with it.

• The President & CEO also has a carried interest arrangement 

which was established in 2008 and which is funded by a 
minority co-owner of certain assets of the Company. 
The Company has no financial obligation in relation to 
these interests.

• Performance measures and targets for the 2020 LTIP 

award are as follows. 

Adjusted 
EBITDA 
per share 
growth % 
pa
(50%)

Health and 
Safety Lost 
Time 
Incident 
Rate
(25%)

100% 
vesting

25% and 
above

Zero

25% 
vesting

10%

0.09

0% 
vesting

Below 
10%

Above  
0.09

Growth 
Internal 
Rate of 
Return
(12.5%)

All IRR for 
qualifying 
projects 
met

IRR for 
qualifying 
projects at 
90%

IRR for 
qualifying 
projects 
below 90% 

Growth 
Milestones 
(12.5%)

All 
milestones 
for 
qualifying 
projects 
met

90% of 
milestones 
for 
qualifying 
projects 
met

Less than 
90% of 
milestones 
for 
qualifying 
projects 
met

• Awards vest on a straight-line basis between 25% and 

100% achievement.

• The President & CEO has met the guideline in full. 
• Given his recent appointment, the Chief Financial Officer 

has yet to meet the guideline. However, he will be required 
to retain at least half of any share awards vesting (net of 
tax) under the Company’s discretionary share-based 
employee incentive schemes until the guideline is met. 
• Any new Executive Director, including the Chief Financial 

Officer, is expected to meet their share ownership guideline 
within five years of appointment.

• For 2020, the Committee has introduced a post-

employment shareholding guideline for Executive Directors 
which will apply for one year following cessation of 
employment. They will be required to retain 100% of their 
shareholding guideline, or 100% of their actual 
shareholding of relevant shares if lower, for a period of 6 
months post-cessation of employment, reducing to 50% for 
a further six months.

• These arrangements do not form part of ContourGlobal 

plc’s ongoing policy.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201993

Remuneration strategy and alignment with our core principles 
ContourGlobal’s core business principles guide our day-to-day operations and our sustainable business strategy, driving positive, 
long-term and measurable business impacts. 

The Committee was cognisant of these principles when designing and implementing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and considers 
that the current executive remuneration framework appropriately addresses the following factors, as set out in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

Clarity

Simplicity

Risk

The Committee is committed to providing open and transparent disclosures with regards to executive remuneration 
arrangements, and last year we made significant enhancements to our disclosures throughout the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. 

The Committee provides additional information on legacy arrangements. The Company is not party to these arrangements 
and does not have any financial obligation in connection with them.

Our ongoing executive remuneration arrangements are in line with typical practice for a UK-listed company and are well 
understood by both participants and shareholders.

The Committee has discretion to adjust annual bonus and LTIP outcomes if it considers these to be inconsistent with 
overall Company performance, taking into account any relevant factors.

Malus and clawback provisions apply for both the annual bonus and LTIP.

Post-employment shareholding requirements support a focus on long-term stewardship of the Company.

Predictability

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy contains details of maximum opportunity levels for each component of pay, with actual 
incentive outcomes varying depending on the level of performance achieved against specific measures.

As part of our transparent approach, we provide details of legacy PIP and carried interest arrangements, including 
illustrative potential values.

Proportionality

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy has been designed to provide an appropriate balance between short- and long-term 
performance targets linked to the delivery of the Company’s strategic plan and aligned with the Company’s risk appetite.

ContourGlobal operates across 18 countries. When determining remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors the 
Committee considers broader workforce remuneration and related policies across the global business. The Group only 
has 15 permanent employees in the UK and therefore falls below the threshold required to disclose pay ratios. 

The Committee considers that remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors are appropriate taking into account the 
principles, policy and practice for workforce remuneration and the locality of the relevant Executive Director.

Alignment  
to culture

The metrics used within our incentive arrangements for Executive Directors are aligned to ContourGlobal’s core principles, 
with the aim of driving behaviours consistent with the Company’s purpose, values and strategy.

One of our key values relates to our employee’s health and safety, and this is reflected in our incentive framework.

Fostering a culture of share ownership within the business is a key part of our remuneration approach.

Alignment of performance measures with core principles 
Our core principles are aligned with the metrics used under our remuneration approach for Executive Directors, as illustrated below. 

ContourGlobal – our core business principles

Operate safely 
and efficiently and 
minimize 
environmental 
impact

Grow well

Manage  
our business 
responsibly

Enhance our  
operating 
environment

Measures used in incentive schemes

Adjusted EBITDA growth

Adjusted Funds From Operations (FFO)

Lost Time Incidents

Fleet Availability 

Refurbishment milestones

CO2 capture

Non-fuel operations and maintenance cost

M&A milestones 
(project completion; incremental EBITDA)

Project Internal Rate of Return and milestones

Strategic personal objectives

 Annual bonus metric   LTIP metric

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
94

Annual Report on Remuneration

Governance
Membership of the Remuneration Committee during the year is shown below. The Board considers each of the Committee members to 
be independent in accordance with the Code.

Members:

Daniel Camus (Chairman)

Company Secretary:

External advisers:

Internal advisers:

Meetings held:

Role:

Ruth Cairnie (stepped down from the Committee on 30th September 2019)

Dr Alan Gillespie

Mariana Gheorghe (appointed to the Committee on 10th October 2019)

Kerry Watson (until 26th June 2019) and Lola Emetulu (from 25th June 2019)

Deloitte has been advisers to the Committee from November 2018.

Joseph C. Brandt (President & CEO), Sarah Flanigan (Executive Vice President) and, following their 
appointments, Barbara Greutter (Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer) and Robert Head 
(Head of Total Rewards) were consulted and invited to attend meetings as necessary. Care was taken to 
ensure there were no conflicts of interest when consulting with senior management and no director or 
member of management was present when matters relating to their own remuneration were discussed.

The Committee held five meetings during 2019. See page 71 for attendance at Committee meetings.

The Board has delegated responsibility to the Committee for:
• setting, approving and implementing the remuneration policy, including pension arrangements and any 
compensation payments, for the Executive Directors, the Company Chairman, Senior Managers and 
Company Secretary

• within the terms of the agreed remuneration policy and in consultation with the Chairman of the Board and/

or President & CEO, as appropriate, determining the total individual remuneration package of each 
Executive Director and the Chairman of the Board and other senior management including bonuses, 
incentive payments and share option or other share awards

• approving the design of, and determining targets for, any performance-related pay schemes operated by 

the Company

• monitoring the operation of performance-approved pay schemes and approving the total annual payments 

made under such schemes

• ensuring that contractual terms on termination, and any payments made, are fair for the individual and the 

Company, that failure is not rewarded and that the duty to mitigate loss is fully recognized.

The Committee’s terms of reference are available on our website at www.contourglobal.com.

Introduction
This section sets out details of the remuneration of the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) 
earned between 1st January 2019 and 31st December 2019 and also describes the operation of the Remuneration Committee.

This Annual Report on Remuneration will, together with the Annual Statement of the Remuneration Committee Chairman on pages 89 
and 90, be proposed for an advisory vote by shareholders at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting (AGM). Where required, data has 
been audited by the external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, and this is indicated where appropriate.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201995

Single total figures of remuneration (audited information)
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors for 
the year 1st January to 31st December 2019. 

Base salary
and fees1
$000

Taxable 
Benefits2,3
$000

Annual bonus
$000

Long-term
incentives4
$000

Pension
$000

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

Total

2018

1,854

–

1,944

603

2,547

1,854

320

333

87

54

35

98

87

70

70

821

89

73

–

100

89

73

73

830

3,367

2,684

Executive Directors

Joseph C Brandt

1,200

1,200

Stefan Schellinger5

332

–

Total

1,532

1,200

Non-Executive Directors

Craig A. Huff

Daniel Camus

Ruth Cairnie6

Mariana Gheorghe7

Dr Alan Gillespie

Ronald Trächsel

Alejandro Santo 
Domingo

Gregg M. Zeitlin

Total

Grand Total

319

333

86

53

35

96

86

70

70

815

89

73

–

100

89

73

73

830

30

9

39

1

1

1

–

2

1

–

–

6

30

–

30

714

225

939

624

–

624

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

37

37

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

37

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,347

2,030

45

30

939

624

1  The Chief Financial Officer and Non-Executive Directors are paid in GBP. The numbers in the table have been converted to USD using the average exchange 

rate for 2019 of $1.2775:£1.

2  Benefits for Executive Directors include medical insurance, dental insurance, income protection, life assurance, and disability cover. 
3  Benefits for Non-Executive Directors comprise travel and other expenses incurred in the discharge of their duties including attendance at Board meetings which 

are deemed taxable by the relevant authority. The figures for taxable benefits comprise expenses paid during 2019 including expenses for 2018 which were 
deemed taxable during 2019. In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the Company will reimburse Non-Executive Directors for any tax thereon.

4  There were no long-term incentive awards vesting based on performance ending in 2019. The first LTIP award was granted in 2018 with performance period 

ending 31st December 2020.

5  Stefan Schellinger was appointed as Chief Financial Officer with effect from 15th April 2019. The numbers included in the table for base salary, taxable benefits, 
annual bonus and pension are therefore part-year figures relating to the period during which he served as a Director of the Company. His annualised salary for 
2019 was £375,000.

6  Resigned from the Board on 30th September 2019.
7  Appointed to the Board on 30th June 2019.

The Committee considers that the Remuneration Policy operated as intended and that remuneration outcomes were consistent with 
overall Company performance and the shareholder experience.

2019 Annual Bonus (audited information)
In 2019, the bonus opportunity depended on achievement of corporate objectives (70%) and individual objectives (30%). Maximum 
opportunity for the President & CEO was 100% of salary and for the Chief Financial Officer 115% of salary. Full disclosure of the specific 
Group performance metrics, targets and achievement against these is provided page 96. Targets for Total Fleet Availability Factor and 
Total Fleet Equivalent Forced Outage Rate were set individually for each of the sectors (Turbines, Engines, Solutions, Wind, Hydro, 
Solar PV and Solar CSP) rather than on an aggregate Group basis. The Committee considers this to be a more robust approach to 
measurement as maximum vesting requires strong performance against all sectors within the Group. It also better reflects how 
performance is measured and reported within the business. Although, under this more granular approach, we do not provide the 
specific target for each sector, we provide the indicative weighted average Group target.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements96

Group scorecard (70% of bonus opportunity)
Performance 
target

Weighting

0% of  

element

25% of  

element

50% of  

element

75% of 
element

100% of 
element

Performance
achieved1

Bonus
award

Financial metrics 
(50%)

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted Funds 
From Operations

Operations metrics (30%)

Health and safety 
– Lost Time 
Incident Rate

Total Fleet 
Availability Factor

Total Fleet 
Equivalent Forced 
Outage Rate

Vorotan 
refurbishment 
schedule

Vorotan 
refurbishment 
budget

Austria Wind 
Repowering (Velm) 
schedule

Austria Wind 
Repowering 
(Scharndorf) 
schedule

Austria Wind 
Repowering 
budget

Growth metrics (20%)

Growth metrics

Total

61.0% of  
element

0.0% of  
element

72.3% of  
element

85.7% of  
element

71.4% of  
element

25%

25%

Less than 
$700m

Less than 
$364m

$712.5m

$725m

$371.5m

$379m

–

–

$750m

$730.5m

$394m

$349.5m

15%

0.09

0.06

–

0.03

0.00

0.032

2.5%

2.5%

2.5%

2.5% Less than target 

Greater than 
target

Based on the weighted average achievement 
against individual EAF targets for each of the 
sectors. The weighted average target is 94.8.

Based on the weighted average achievement 
against individual EFOR targets for each of the 
sectors. The weighted average target is 1.5.

See below

See below

Milestone not 
met

100% awarded if Unit 1 and 2 of the Spandaryan HPP 
and Unit 2 of the Tatev HPP are completed to 
schedule

Milestone not 
met

100% awarded if Unit 1 and 2 of the Spandaryan HPP 
and Unit 2 of the Tatev HPP are completed to 
budget

Milestone  

met

100.0% of 
element

Milestone  

met

100.0% of 
element

1.25%

Milestone not 
met

1.25%

Milestone not 
met

100% awarded if Velm project is on schedule

Milestone  

met

100.0% of 
element

100% awarded if Scharndorf project is on schedule

Milestone not 
met

0.0%  

of element

2.5%

Milestone not 
met

100% awarded if Velm and Schharndorf projects are 
on budget

Milestone  
not met

0.0%  

of element

20%

Milestone not 
met

100% awarded if relevant milestones met:
Completion of Mexican CHP; Spanish CSP Sell 
Down; Additional EBITDA from M&A Transactions or 
Commercial Close of Greenfield Projects

Spanish CSP 
Sell Down 
completed; 
Mexican CHP 
closed; other 
milestones not 
met

66.7%  

of element

49.6% of  
Group 
element

1  Performance achieved against the financial metrics is stated at 2019 budget exchange rates to align with the performance targets set and to negate the impact 

of exchange rate movements in determining the outcome of the annual bonus for the year. 

Sector performance – Total Fleet Availability Factor and Total Fleet Equivalent Forced Outage Rate
Based on the achievement (100% of element) or not (0% of element) of individual EAF and EFOR targets for each of the sectors.

Turbines

Engines

Solutions

Wind

Hydro

Solar PV

Solar CSP

Total Fleet Availability Factor – 
achievement by sector

Total Fleet Equivalent Forced Outage 
Rate – achievement by sector

100% of element

100% of element

100% of element

0% of element

100% of element

100% of element

100% of element

100% of element

100% of element

100% of element

0% of element

100% of element

100% of element

0% of element

Overall outcome

85.7% of element

71.4% of element

Annual Report on Remuneration continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201997

Personal performance (30% of bonus opportunity)
The remaining 30% of the bonus is based on the delivery of key individual objectives. Achievement for the year was assessed by the 
Committee based on the following performance.

President & CEO

Performance areas

People

Strategic and operational 
excellence

Long-term value creation

Shareholder relations

Key achievements

• Implemented new organisational structure, following a number of senior appointments during the year 

including CCO, CFO, CHRO, Head of Investor Relations, and Company Secretary

• Integrated new senior leadership team. All roles now embedded within the organisation
• Progression of succession plan and recruitment activity for other key roles within the business
• Successful roll-out of “CEO Tuesday Talks” – CEO hosted webinars on strategy every second Tuesday for 

all employees

• Implemented strategic review of portfolio with potential opportunities for operational improvement identified 

and presented to the Board

• Successfully met an objective of providing the board with a programme of external speakers and external 

input, including sector specialists and financial experts 

• Better than plan EAF across the entire thermal fleet. Renewable EAF better than plan on a portfolio basis 

with the exception of Wind Farms

• Excellent fixed cost control in both the renewable and thermal fleet
• Strong performance against “5 Whys”, the continuous improvement tool to tackle problems and learn and 
improve. The CEO met his personal “5 Whys” target at 100%. Across the organization “5 Whys” analysis 
resulted in significant optimization and improvement at Palma CSP, Marista East 3 and Arrubal.

• Excellent health and safety record – 442 days with no Lost Time Incident (LTI) until last November 2019
• In 2019 Contour Global was admitted into the prestigious Campbell Institute, a leading Health and Safety 

organization dedicated to eliminate workplace injury and bringing together leading companies

• Successful completion of largest acquisition in ContourGlobal’s history – combined heat and power (CHP) 

assets in Mexico. More than 98% contracted on the overall heat, steam and electricity at the two plants, with 
an expectation that this will add approximately $110m to ContourGlobal’s Adjusted EBITDA in the first full 
year of operations

• Completed acquisition of add-on Solar Italy asset providing a strong Solar Europe pipeline for future growth
• Launched a broad Brazil sales process which is on track to realize its objectives in 2020
• For second year in a row included in the UK FTSE4Good Index, the responsible investment index of the 

FTSE companies

• Strong programme of communications with key shareholders during the year – roadshows, conferences 

and calls

Taking into account the above performance the Committee determined that 82.5% of this element of the annual bonus was achieved 
for the President & CEO.

Chief Financial Officer 
The Chief Financial Officer was appointed to the Board in April 2019, and his personal objectives for the year therefore primarily related 
to embedding the Finance function and developing his role within the organisation.

Performance areas

Key achievements (from appointment 15th April 2019)

Finance function

• Filled key open positions in the Finance function during the year
• Successful additional corporate bond issuance during 2019
• Contribution and leadership in key areas of Finance function and Audit Committee progress during the 

year, including:
– internal control and tax risk management program and internal control roadmap
– rollout of risk governance policy, the risk management portal, and tax risk review

Executive management

• Review of and engagement with ContourGlobal operations and key management members
• Rapid familiarization and learning of overall business and value drivers

Investor relations

• Development of Investor Relations function including key IR related hire

Taking into account the above performance the Committee determined that 75.0% of this element of the annual bonus was achieved 
for the Chief Financial Officer.

Overall bonus award

Executive Director

Joseph C. Brandt  
President & CEO

Stefan Schellinger  
Chief Financial Officer

Group  
scorecard element  
(70% of maximum)

Personal  
objectives element  
(30% of maximum)

Total bonus  
earned  

(% of maximum)

49.6%

49.6%

82.5%

75.0%

59.5%

57.2%

Total bonus  

earned

$713,724

£175,797

The Committee considered the Company’s underlying performance prior to finalization of the annual bonus and was satisfied that it 
reflected the overall performance of the Company.

In excess of the Remuneration Policy which requires any bonus in excess of 50% of maximum to be deferred into shares which vest 
after at least two years subject to continued employment, the Executive Directors have voluntarily agreed to defer 20% of their annual 
bonus for 2019. For 2019, this means that the $142,744 of the total bonus earned will be deferred for the President & CEO and £35,159 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements98

of the total bonus earned will be deferred for the Chief Financial Officer. Deferred Bonus Awards will be made under the Long Term 
Incentive plan and set out in the Annual Report on the Remuneration for 2020.

Appointment of Chief Financial Officer
Stefan Schellinger was appointed as Chief Financial Officer with effect from 15th April 2019. His remuneration arrangements, as set out 
within this Annual Report on Remuneration, were determined in line with our Remuneration Policy and took into account provisions 
within the new UK Corporate Governance Code.

His salary on appointment was £375,000. For 2019, the Chief Financial Officer had an annual bonus with a maximum opportunity of 115% 
of salary and an LTIP award with a maximum opportunity of 200% of salary. Incentives for the President & CEO are lower, as a 
percentage of salary, than those for the Chief Financial Officer given the President & CEO’s subsisting legacy arrangements. The Chief 
Financial Officer will not participate in the Private incentive Plan (PIP) nor any other legacy incentive arrangements. 

Long-term incentive awards with performance periods ending in the year (audited information)
There were no long-term incentive awards capable of vesting in relation to performance in the year.

Long term incentive awards granted in 2019 (audited information)
In line with our Remuneration Policy, the President & CEO and Chief Financial Officer were granted performance share awards under 
our LTIP of 100% and 200% of base salary respectively in 2019. 

Executive Director

Date of award

Form of award

Number of LTIP 
shares awarded 

Value of awards
at date of grant1

17th June 2019 Conditional award

482,183

£946,043

Joseph C. Brandt 
President & CEO

Stefan Schellinger  
Chief Financial Officer

17th June 2019

Nil-cost option

382,262

£749,998

200%

Value %
of salary1

100%

 Performance  

period

1st Jan 2019 –  
31st Dec 2021

1st Jan 2019 –  
31st Dec 2021

1  The award value and number of shares was calculated by reference to the closing price of ContourGlobal shares of 196.2p on 14th June 2019, the dealing day 

immediately prior to the date of grant, and base salary converted where appropriate to GBP using the exchange rate on that date of $1.2684:£1.

LTIP awards granted during 2019 were subject to the following performance conditions.

Adjusted EBITDA  
per share growth % p.a. 

Health and safety  

Lost time incident rate

Growth Internal
Rate of Return (IRR)1

Weighting

100% vesting

25% vesting

0% vesting

50%

25% and above

10%

25%

Zero 

0.09

Below 10%

 Above 0.09

Growth
 milestones1

12.5%

12.5%

All IRR for qualifying  

projects met

All milestones for 
qualifying projects met

IRR for qualifying  
projects at 90%

90% of milestones for 
qualifying projects met

IRR for qualifying  

projects below 90%

Less than 90%  
of milestones for 
 qualifying projects met

1  Qualifying projects are those projects approved by the Board as such during the performance period and in respect of which the Board has specified (a) a target 

IRR for the performance period and/or (b) milestones for the performance period.

Awards vest on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100% achievement.

In line with our Remuneration Policy, a two-year additional holding period will apply to any shares vesting for Executive Directors.

Deferred bonus awards granted in 2019 (audited information)
During the year, the Company also granted a deferred bonus award to the President & CEO in respect of a deferral of 20% of the bonus 
amount for the 2018 bonus year, as voluntarily agreed by the President & CEO.

Executive Director

Date of award

Form of award

Number of shares
awarded1

Value of awards at
 date of grant1

Vesting date

Joseph C. Brandt 
President & CEO

21st May 2019

Deferred Bonus Award

50,028

$124,800

27th March 2021

1  The award value and number of shares was calculated by reference to the mid-market price of ContourGlobal shares of 195.9p on 20th May 2019, the dealing 
day immediately prior to the date of grant, and the amount deferred converted where appropriate to GBP using the exchange rate on that date of $1.2734:£1.

Pension and benefits (audited information)
The President & CEO does not currently receive any pension contributions.

On appointment, it was determined that the Chief Financial Officer would receive a pension allowance of 11% of salary, which is in line 
with other UK employees (excluding Northern Ireland).

Other benefits received include medical insurance, dental insurance, income protection, life assurance, and disability cover. 

Annual Report on Remuneration continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 201999

Implementation of Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy in 2020
The annual fees for serving as the Chairman or a Non-Executive Director were last reviewed by the Board on 4th April 2019. 
They remain unchanged for 2020.

Chairman

Non-Executive Director

Additional fees

Senior Independent Director

Audit & Risk Committee Chairman

Remuneration Committee Chairman

Fees 
effective 
from 1st 
January 
2019

Fees 
effective 
from 1st 
January 
2020

£250,000

£250,000

£55,000

£55,000

£20,000

£12,000

£12,000

£20,000

£12,000

£12,000

Each Non-Executive Director will also be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable business-related expenses, including any tax thereon.

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited information)
The Remuneration Committee has approved share ownership guidelines which require Executive Directors to accumulate and maintain 
a holding in ordinary shares in the Company equivalent to no less than 250% of salary, an increase from the 200% of salary guideline 
in the remuneration policy. At least 50% of any vested share awards (net of tax) must be retained until the guideline is achieved. 

For 2020, the Committee has introduced a post-employment shareholding guideline for Executive Directors which will apply for one 
year following cessation of employment. They will be required to retain 100% of their shareholding guideline, or 100% of their actual 
shareholding of relevant shares if lower, for a period of 6 months post-cessation of employment, reducing to 50% for a further 
six months. The guidelines will apply to shares delivered via deferred bonus and performance share awards following adoption of 
this policy.

The share interests of the Executive Directors and their connected persons as at 31st December 2019 are as follows:

Total number of 
beneficially 
owned shares at 
31st December 
2019

Interest in shares 
arising from 
holdings of Class 
S units in 
ContourGlobal 
LP¹

Unvested 
interests in share 
schemes awarded 
without 
performance 
conditions at  
31st December 
2019

Unvested
interests in
share incentive
schemes
awarded
subject to
performance
conditions as at
31st December
 20192

1,736,927

6,943,864

105,269

873,829

–

–

0

382,262

Shareholding 
requirement  

(% of base salary)

Current 
shareholding
(% of base salary)3

250%

250%

397%

–4

Executive 
Director

Joseph C. Brandt 
President & CEO

Stefan Schellinger 
Chief Financial 
Officer

1  The Private Incentive Plan comprises an interest in Class S units, Class C units and Class B units. The interest in shares shown is for the Class S units only. 
The number of shares delivered through the Class B and Class C units is uncapped and could be substantial depending upon levels of return to Reservoir 
Capital Group.

2  Unvested interests in share incentive schemes awarded subject to performance conditions comprise Performance Share Awards under the ContourGlobal Long 

Term Incentive Plan and are structured as Conditional Awards (President and CEO) or Nil Cost Options (Chief Financial Officer). 

3  The value of the Executive Directors’ shareholdings was calculated by reference to the closing price of ContourGlobal shares of 207.0p on 31st December 2019 

and base salary converted where appropriate to GBP using the exchange rate on that date of $1.3262:£1. 

4  Stefan Schellinger has five years from the date of his appointment as an Executive Director to reach the shareholding guideline. In accordance with the policy for 

Executive Directors, he is required to retain at least half of any share awards vesting (net of tax) under the Company’s discretionary share-based employee 
incentive schemes until the guideline is met.

The President & CEO participates in the Private Incentive Plan (PIP), a legacy arrangement under which he holds an interest in shares. 
Further details on the PIP and the allocation of shares under award for the President & CEO are provided on page 103.

There were no changes to the Executive Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares during the period between 31st December 2019 
and 16th March 2020.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements100

Non-Executive Directors’ shareholdings (audited information) 
The share interests of the Non-Executive Directors and their connected persons as at 31st December 2019 are as follows:

Non-Executive Director

Craig A. Huff1

Daniel Camus
Ruth Cairnie2

Mariana Gheorghe

Dr Alan Gillespie

Alejandro Santo Domingo3

Ronald Trächsel

Gregg M. Zeitlin1

Shareholding as at 31st December 2019

–

 35,000

–

–

200,0004

–

 24,0004

–

1  Craig A. Huff and Gregg M. Zeitlin each has an indirect interest in ordinary shares as a result of their interests in entities controlled by Reservoir Capital that in 

turn have indirect interests in the Company.

2  Shareholding as at 30th September 2019 when Ruth Cairnie stepped down from the Board.
3  Alejandro Santo Domingo has an indirect interest in ordinary shares as a result of having a discretionary shared interest in certain entities which have indirect 

interests in the Company. Alejandro Santo Domingo disclaims all beneficial interests and control in respect to such ordinary shares.

4  As disclosed in the Prospectus, at Admission Dr. Alan Gillespie and Ronald Trächsel were issued ordinary shares in the Company at the offer price, by way of 

private subscription.

There are no share ownership guidelines for Non-Executive Directors. However, Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to purchase 
shares in the Company annually to the value of 25% of their gross fees. There were no changes to the Non-Executive Directors’ 
interests in the Company’s shares during the period between 31st December 2019 and 16th March 2020.

Service contracts
Executive Directors have a service contract as follows:

Executive Director

Joseph C. Brandt, President & CEO

Stefan Schellinger, Chief Financial Officer

Date of service contract

14th November 2017

15th April 2019

Notice period

6 months either party

12 months either party

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company for a three-year term. Each appointment is terminable by 
either party on one month’s written notice. All Non-Executive Directors are subject to annual re-election at each AGM.

The dates of appointment of each of the Non-Executive Directors serving at 31st December 2019 are summarized in the table below.

Non-Executive Director

Craig A. Huff (Chairman)

Daniel Camus

Mariana Gheorghe

Alan Gillespie

Ronald Trächsel

Alejandro Santo Domingo

Gregg M. Zeitlin

Date of service contract

Date of appointment

3 years

3 years

3 years 

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

23rd October 2017

23rd October 2017

30th June 2019

23rd October 2017

23rd October 2017

23rd October 2017

23rd October 2017

Executive Director service contracts and the Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours and will be available for inspection at the AGM.

Annual Report on Remuneration continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019101

Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office (audited information)
During the year, the Company has not made any payments to past Directors; neither has it made any payments to Directors for loss 
of office.

Policy on external appointments
The Board believes that it may be beneficial to the Group for executives to hold Non-Executive Directorships outside the Group. Any 
such appointments are subject to approval by the Board, and will be determined based on the impact on their role within the Company. 
The Board will determine on a case-by-case basis whether the Directors will be permitted to retain any fees arising from such 
appointments. Neither Executive Director currently holds any external directorships.

Percentage change in remuneration 
The following table shows the movement in the salary, benefits and annual bonus of the President & CEO from 2018 to 2019, compared 
with that of the UK employees. While the Committee reviews base salary for the CEO relative to the broader employee population and 
all employees are eligible for an annual performance bonus, benefits are driven by local practices and eligibility for annual bonus and 
benefits is determined by level and individual circumstances which do not lend themselves to comparison. 

President & CEO
UK employees1

Percentage change in remuneration from 2018 to 2019

Percentage change  

Percentage changes  

in salary

0%

0%

in benefits

0%

0%

Percentage change  

in annual bonus

14%

23%

1  The figures shown for UK employees are the average percentage increases/decreases for employees employed for the whole of 2018 and 2019 calculated by 

reference to base salary, benefits and annual bonus received in respect of those years. 

Broader executive team and workforce remuneration
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Committee has responsibility for determining remuneration arrangements for the 
broader executive team. In order to ensure all members of the global executive team are focused on the delivery of ContourGlobal’s 
strategic priorities, all participate in the annual bonus scheme and long-term incentive on a similar basis to the Executive Directors. 
During the year, the Committee also considered bonus deferral arrangements and share ownership guidelines for this employee 
population to strengthen the link between their interests and those of our shareholders.

The Committee also took steps to strengthen the information provided to the Committee regarding broader workforce remuneration 
and related policies to ensure that these are fully considered when determining the remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors 
and that the principles, policy and practice for executive and workforce remuneration are aligned. 

The Committee continues to develop its approach to engagement with the workforce in the area of executive remuneration, 
recognising the global reach of the Company and its employee population.

As ContourGlobal only has 15 permanent employees in the UK, the number of employees in the UK falls below the threshold for the 
requirement to disclose the CEO pay ratio. 

Comparison of overall performance and pay 
The chart below shows the Company’s total shareholder return performance compared with that of the FTSE 250 over the period from 
the date of the Company’s admission onto the London Stock Exchange to 31st December 2019. The FTSE 250 Index has been chosen 
as an appropriate comparator as it is the index of which the Company is a constituent. TSR is defined as the return on investment 
obtained from holding a company’s shares over a period. It includes dividends paid, the change in capital value of the shares and any 
other payments made to or by shareholders within the period.

The total remuneration of the President & CEO along with the value of bonuses paid and LTIP vesting, as a percentage of the maximum 
opportunity, is provided for the same period.

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

FTSE 250
ContourGlobal plc

This graph shows shows the value, by 31st December 2019, of £100 invested in ContourGlobal on 14th November, 
compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 on the same date.

14th Nov 2017

31st Dec 2019

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements102

Joseph C. Brandt, President & CEO

Total remuneration (000)

Actual bonus (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

20171

$443

75%2

N/A3

2018

$1,854

52%

N/A3

2019

$1,944

59.5%

N/A3

1  The figure for 2017 represents the remuneration earned in the period from 14th November 2017, being the date of listing, to 31st December 2017.
2  The President & CEO voluntarily agreed to a cap of 100% on his annual bonus for 2017.
3  There were no LTIP awards vesting based on a performance period ending in 2017, 2018 or 2019.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table shows the Company’s total spend on pay for all employees compared to Group performance and dividend 
distribution in 2018 and 2019.

Employee costs ($m)

Average number of employees

Adjusted EBITDA ($m)1 

Dividend distributions ($m)

1  Adjusted EBITDA is a key indicator of ContourGlobal performance.

2018

76.1

1,472

610.1

44.1

2019

% change

83.8

1,431

702.7

137.6

10.1%

(2.8%)

15.2%

212.0%

External advisors to the Committee
Deloitte LLP were appointed as advisors to the Remuneration Committee in November 2018 following a competitive tender process. 
Details of the advice and services provided by Deloitte LLP are set out in the table below.

Advisor

Deloitte LLP

Area of advice/services provided

Provided guidance and advice in respect of corporate governance developments, best practice in 
remuneration arrangements, external benchmarking data relating to senior hires, increased transparency 
relating to legacy arrangements, remuneration disclosures and shareholder communications. Deloitte 
received fees of £102,345 in respect of this advice. Deloitte also provided tax advisory services and internal 
audit co-sourcing support to ContourGlobal in 2019.

Deloitte LLP is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and is a signatory to its voluntary Code of Conduct, which requires 
their advice to be objective and independent. The Committee is satisfied that this is the case and that the provision of other services in 
no way compromised their independence.

Statement of voting on the Remuneration Report at the AGM
The table below provides details on the 2019 AGM voting result for our Annual Report on Remuneration. Our Remuneration Policy was 
approved at our 2018 AGM, our first as a public company. The voting result for this resolution is also provided below. 

Remuneration Policy (2018 AGM)

Annual Report on Remuneration (2019 AGM)

% of votes  
cast in favour 

99.82%

99.90%

% of votes  
cast against 

0.18%

0.10%

Number of votes  

withheld

3,884,676

0

Prior to the 2019 AGM, the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee wrote to shareholder bodies and proxy voting agencies 
to provide further context on the Directors’ Remuneration Report and remuneration arrangements for the newly appointed 
Chief Financial Officer. 

During 2020, the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee will engage with the Company’s major investors concerning the Company’s 
approach to remuneration and will report back to the other members of the Remuneration Committee on such dialogue as necessary. 

Annual Report on Remuneration continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019103

Legacy equity arrangements – the Private Incentive Plan (PIP)
The President & CEO, along with certain members of the ContourGlobal plc management team, have interests in a ‘Private Incentive 
Plan’ (PIP). As disclosed at the time of IPO and in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration report, the PIP is a legacy equity arrangement 
established by Reservoir Capital Group (the major shareholder in the Company) in connection with its original investment in the 
business.

The Company is not a party to the PIP and has no financial obligation to pay cash or issue shares to settle the PIP. All shares that 
might be delivered to the President & CEO under the award would be funded by Reservoir Capital Group. Consequently, the 
Remuneration Committee has no authority over the plan, or the allocation and release of awards.

The PIP is not an ongoing element of the executive remuneration policy at ContourGlobal plc, and no new allocations will be made 
under the plan.

History
Joseph C. Brandt, the current President & CEO, founded the Company together with Reservoir Capital Group in 2005. Around that 
time, incentive arrangements were established which enabled the President & CEO, along with other senior management, to 
participate in the return on invested capital above a required return hurdle. To date participants have not received any payments as 
a result of these arrangements.

The PIP therefore relates to legacy commitments connected with the founding of ContourGlobal and the growth of the Company in 
the years prior to its listing on the London Stock Exchange, and modified in anticipation of the listing.

As disclosed in the 2017 DRR, the allocation and terms of the award remained subject to finalization. The allocations and terms of the 
President & CEO’s award were substantially agreed prior to listing. Reservoir Capital finalized the implementation of his allocation on 
27th December 2018.

Overview of the PIP
The award is in the form of partnership units in Contour Management Holdings LLC which is a partner in ContourGlobal L.P. (the 
limited partnership through which Reservoir Capital Group owns shares in the Company). The award comprises Class S units, Class 
C units and Class B units.

Under the terms of the PIP, these units entitle the award-holder to receive from Contour Management Holdings LLC cash or shares in 
the Company if certain financial performance conditions are achieved.

Class S Units

Class C Units

Class B Units

Basis of awards

These units are similar in nature to a restricted stock award of 6,943,864 ContourGlobal plc shares, subject 
to an underpin share price.

These units represent a value share between management and Reservoir Capital Group. 

Illustration of value receivable under the PIP for Joseph C Brandt
The value of Class C and Class B Units will be dependent on the timing of the disposal of Reservoir Capital Group’s holding in 
ContourGlobal plc, the share price at that time as well as any dividends received in the interim. The table below illustrates the value 
to Joseph C Brandt under various sale price scenarios, assuming Reservoir Capital Group will have disposed of its shareholdings 
within three years following Admission.

Average sale price

Shares related to Class C units
 and Class B units (m)1

Shares related  

to Class S units (m)

Total value (£m)2

£3.00

£3.50

£4.00

£5.00

£5.50

Nil

0.4

3.2

6.0

12.77

6.9

6.9

6.9

6.9

6.9

20.8

25.8

40.4

64.8

108.4

1  Assumes USD/GBP rate of $1.275, no dividends on ContourGlobal plc shares and that ContourGlobal’s shares are sold or valued on 1st November 2020.
2  Total value has been calculated using the average sale price in each scenario.
3  The number of shares delivered under the Class C units and Class B units increases above 12.8m in higher sale price scenarios.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements104

PIP interests awarded (audited information)
While the allocations and terms of the President & CEO’s award were substantially agreed prior to listing, Reservoir Capital finalized 
the implementation of his allocation on 27th December 2018. Details of the award are as follows:

Date of award

Joseph C. Brandt 27th December 2018 Class S units

Form of award

Up to 6,943,864 
ContourGlobal plc 
shares

Value of award  
at date of grant

£12,228,145

Class C units

Value share between management and  
Reservoir Capital Group (see below)

Class B units

Vesting date

Units vest in equal  
tranches over the  
three-year period from IPO. 
The date of full vesting is  
27th December 2020

Units vest in equal  
tranches over the  
three-year period from IPO. 
The date of full vesting is  
27th December 2020

Fully vested

Additional information on PIP awards
Class S units deliver an award of shares in ContourGlobal plc subject to certain thresholds. These units are similar in nature to a 
restricted stock award of 6.9m ContourGlobal plc shares, subject to an underpin share price. At final implementation Reservoir 
Capital Group set the underpin share price for the Class S units at $2.23 (c.£1.75) (threshold) to $2.28 (c.£1.79) (maximum), assuming 
no dividends, to reflect the share price at the time of final allocation rather than the £2.57 threshold referred to in the Prospectus. 
This underpin may be tested at any time from December 2020.

Class C units and Class B units are structured as a value share between management and Reservoir Capital Group, and deliver an 
award of ContourGlobal plc shares subject to certain thresholds after deducting the value arising from the Class S units. Distributions 
from Class C units and Class B units are subject to Reservoir Capital Group realizing value from its investment in ContourGlobal plc, 
and the scheme stays in effect until Reservoir Capital Group has disposed of all its ordinary shares in ContourGlobal plc.

Class B units are fully vested and are not forfeitable. Class C units and Class S units vest in equal tranches over the three year period 
from IPO. Two-thirds of the units are therefore already vested, subject to the achievement of thresholds, and the full vesting date is 
27th December 2020. Unvested units will ordinarily be forfeited in the event of resignation or termination for cause.

Carried interest in Brazilian assets (unaudited)
On 30th June 2008, Joseph C. Brandt was awarded a carried interest, funded by Aguila Ltd, a minority shareholder in Kani LP, which 
is an entity formed to develop and acquire hydroelectric and associated cogeneration assets in Brazil. The Company is not party to 
the carried interest and has no financial obligation in relation to the interest.

Under the arrangement, funded by Aguila Ltd, management receive in aggregate 18% of the value created above an IRR hurdle of 
9%. Payments would be made on the occurrence of a final liquidity event in respect of the assets. 

The President & CEO’s carried interest amounts to 46% of the 18% total carried interest. No service conditions apply. 

These interests are not considered to relate to director ‘qualifying services’ in the period prior to IPO.

Payments from the carried interest are uncapped. The value to the President & CEO will depend on a number of factors, including 
the timing of any sale, the sale price achieved and the extent to which the IRR 9% hurdle has been met. The table below illustrates 
possible value to the President & CEO under this arrangement assuming various sale price scenarios of the Brazilian assets.

Illustrative sale price achieved in relation to the sale  
of the assets (shown as a multiple of 2019 EBITDA of the assets)

Illustrative value realised  

by Joseph C Brandt (US$m)

8.0x

9.0x

10.0x

11.0x

12.0x

13.0x

0.8

1.3

1.7

2.1

2.6

3.0

Annual Report on Remuneration continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019105

Statement of compliance
The report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and The Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended). It also meets the requirements of the UK Listing 
Authority’s Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and has been prepared considering the recommendations of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and the voting guidelines of major UK institutional investor bodies.

Approval
This report was approved by the Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee, on 16th March 2020, and 
signed on its behalf by:

Daniel Camus
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

16th March 2020 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements106

Directors’ report

In accordance with section 415 of the Companies Act 2006, 
the Directors of ContourGlobal plc present their report to 
shareholders on the audited consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 31st December 2019.

Strategic report
As permitted by section 414C of the Companies Act 2006, certain 
information required to be included in the Directors’ report has 
been included in the strategic report, or as set out below.

Dividend
The Company announced in April 2019 that it expected to 
increase its annual dividend by 10% per year, in line with the 
Company’s operational scale and, at the same time, move to a 
quarterly distribution of dividends from 2019. The total dividend 
paid for the year ended 2018 was $90 million ($13.4 cents 
per share). 

on 21st June 2019, 6th September 2019, 31st December 2019 and 
on 9th April 2020.

The declaration and payment by the Company of any future 
dividends and the amounts of any such dividends depend on the 
Company’s ability to maintain its credit rating, its investments, 
results, financial condition, future prospects, profits being available 
for distribution, consideration of certain covenants under the terms 
of outstanding indebtedness, and any other factors deemed by 
the Directors to be relevant at the time, subject always to the 
requirements of applicable laws.

Relations with other capital providers
The Board recognizes the contribution made by other providers of 
capital to the Group and welcomes the views of such providers in 
relation to the Group’s approach to corporate governance.

With the 10% annual increase, the total dividend for the year 
ended 31st December 2019 was $99 million equating to four 
quarterly payments of $3.6901 cents per share, equivalent to 
$24.75 million per quarter. Quarterly dividends for 2019 were paid 

Share capital and voting rights
Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in Note 4.22 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements, including details on the 
movements in the Company’s issued share capital during the year.

Additional information incorporated by reference into this Directors’ report, including information required in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006, can be found as follows:

Disclosure 

Financial risk management objectives and policies (including 
hedging policy and use of financial instruments)

Notes 4.13, 4.14 and 4.16 to the consolidated financial statements

Location

Future business developments 

Going concern 

Greenhouse gas emissions 

Directors’ responsibility 

Events since the reporting date 

Diversity policy 

Strategic report pages 31 to 39 

Strategic report page 65 

Strategic report page 27 

page 109 

No event disclosed in the consolidated financial statements 

Nomination Committee report

For the purposes of LR 9.8.4CR, the information required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4R can be found in the following locations:

Disclosure 

Interests capitalized

Detail of long-term incentive schemes  

Contracts of significance with a controlling shareholder 

Agreements with controlling shareholder

Stakeholder engagement

 Note 4.10 to the consolidated financial statements

Directors’ Remuneration report on page 92 and Note 4.26 to the 
consolidated financial statements

Location

Relationship Agreement on page 108

Relationship Agreement on page 108

Engaging with our Stakeholders pages 20 & 21

Directors 
The Directors of the Company who held office during the year and up to the date of this report, unless otherwise stated, are:

Craig A. Huff 

Joseph C. Brandt 

Ruth Cairnie 

Daniel Camus 

Mariana Gheorghe

Alan Gillespie 

Alejandro Santo Domingo

Stefan Schellinger

Ronald Trächsel 

Gregg M. Zeitlin 

Service in the year ended 31st December 2019

Served throughout the year

Served throughout the year

Served until 30th September 2019 

Served throughout the year

Appointed 30th June 2019

Served throughout the year

Served throughout the year

Appointed 15th April 2019

Served throughout the year

Served throughout the year

Biographies of the Directors are provided in the Governance section on pages 68 and 69.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019 
Directors’ interests
Information on share ownership by Directors can be found in the 
Remuneration report on page 99.

Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
Directors and Officers of the Company and its subsidiaries have 
been and continue to be covered by director and officer liability 
insurance.

Research and development
ContourGlobal plc is constantly engaged in process and product 
innovation. For examples of the Company’s R&D activities, please 
refer to the business review.

Sustainable development
The business review section of this report, on pages 27 to 51, 
focuses on the Company’s health and safety, environmental 
compliance and employment performance and outlines the 
Company’s core values and commitment to the principles of 
sustainable development and the development of community 
relations programmes.

Financial instruments
Details of the Group’s use of financial instruments can be found in 
Notes 4.14 and 4.16 to the financial statements.

Political donations
It is the Company’s policy not to make political donations. No 
political contributions were made in 2019 (2018: £nil).

Charitable donations
Please refer to page 51.

Overseas branches
ContourGlobal plc does not have any branches. A full list of the 
Group’s controlled subsidiaries is disclosed in Note 4.29 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Major shareholding
The table below shows the interests in ordinary shares notified 
to the Company in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules as at 31st December 2019 and 
16th March 2020.

31st December 2019

16th March 2020

Number 
of shares 

% 
of 
shares

Number 
of shares

% 
of 
shares

ContourGlobal LP1

478,932,408

71.41 478,932,408

71.41

1  The Reservoir Funds own approximately 99.6% of ContourGlobal LP and 
are themselves ultimately managed and controlled by Reservoir Capital. 
The managing member of Reservoir Capital is RCGM, LLC.

107

As at 31st December 2019, the Company’s issued share capital 
consisted of 670,712,920 ordinary shares of £0.01 each. No shares 
are held in treasury. Therefore, the total number of voting rights in 
the Company is 670,712,920.

The Company’s issued ordinary share capital ranks equally in all 
respects and carries the right to receive all dividends and distributions 
declared, made or paid on or in respect of the ordinary shares.

Ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive notice of, and to 
attend and speak at, any general meeting of the Company. 
On a show of hands every shareholder present in person or by 
proxy (or being a corporation represented by a duly authorized 
representative) shall have one vote, and on a poll every 
shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one 
vote for every share of which he is the holder. The Notice of 
Annual General Meeting specifies deadlines for exercising voting 
rights and appointing a proxy or proxies.

Other than the general provisions of the Articles of Association 
(and prevailing legislation), there are no specific restrictions on 
the size of a holding or on the transfer of the ordinary shares.

The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of 
the Company’s shares that may result in the restriction of the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights. No shareholder holds securities carrying 
any special rights or control over the Company’s share capital.

Authority to purchase own shares
Subject to authorization by shareholder resolution, the Company 
may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006. Any shares which have been bought back may be held 
as treasury shares or cancelled immediately upon completion of 
the purchase.

Prior to listing, the Company was generally and unconditionally 
authorized by its shareholders to make market purchases (within 
the meaning of section 693 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 
a maximum of 67,071,292 of its ordinary shares. The Company has 
not repurchased any of its ordinary shares under this authority, 
which is due to expire at the 2020 AGM, and accordingly has an 
unexpired authority to purchase up to 67,071,292 ordinary shares 
with a nominal value of £670,712.92.

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association were adopted pursuant to 
a resolution passed at a general meeting of the Company held 
on 8th November 2017. The Articles of Association may only be 
amended by special resolution at a general meeting of the 
shareholders. The Company’s current articles are available on 
our website at www.contourglobal.com.

Directors’ appointment and re‑election
The Board has the power at any time to elect any person to be 
a Director.

Under the Relationship Agreement, ContourGlobal LP is entitled to 
appoint two Non-Executive Directors to the Board while it continues 
to control 25% or more of the Company’s shares. Further details of the 
Relationship Agreement can be found on page 108. The appointees 
by Reservoir Capital are Craig A. Huff and Gregg M. Zeitlin.

In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, the 
Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders. 
As this is Mariana Gheorghe’s first general meeting, she will 
stand for election, and all other Directors will stand for re-election 
at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 27th May 2020.

Powers of Directors
Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies 
Act 2006 and to any authorities provided by special resolution, 
the business of the Company is managed by the Board, which 
may exercise all the powers of the Company.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements108

Directors report continued

Significant contractual arrangements 
Relationship Agreement
In November 2017, the Company, ContourGlobal LP, the Reservoir 
Funds, Reservoir Capital and the Company President and Chief 
Executive Officer, Joseph C. Brandt entered into a Relationship 
Agreement. The principal purpose of the Relationship Agreement 
is to ensure that the Company can carry on an independent 
business as its main activity. The Relationship Agreement contains, 
among others, undertakings from ContourGlobal LP (the ‘Major 
Shareholder’), the Reservoir Funds and Reservoir Capital that: (i) 
transactions and agreements with it (and/or any of its controlled 
affiliates) will be conducted at arm’s-length and on normal 
commercial terms; (ii) neither it nor any of its controlled affiliates 
will take any action that would have the effect of preventing the 
Company from complying with its obligations under the Listing 
Rules; and (iii) neither it nor any of its controlled affiliates will 
propose or procure the proposal of a shareholder resolution 
which is intended or appears to be intended to circumvent 
the proper application of the Listing Rules (the ‘Independence 
Provisions’). Furthermore, Reservoir Capital has agreed to 
procure the compliance of its associates with the Independence 
Provisions. The Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Joseph C. Brandt, has given similar undertakings.

The Relationship Agreement will continue for so long as: (i) the 
shares are listed on the premium listing segment of the Official List 
and traded on the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market for listed 
securities; and (ii) the Reservoir Funds and the Major Shareholder 
and their controlled affiliates hold an interest in 10% or more of the 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company (or which carries 
10% or more of the aggregate voting rights in the Company 
from time to time). The Directors believe that the terms of the 
Relationship Agreement will enable the Group to carry on its 
business independently of Reservoir Capital, the Reservoir 
Funds and the Major Shareholder. 

The Company has complied with the undertakings of the 
Relationship Agreement throughout the period under review 
and, so far as it is aware, the major shareholder and its 
associates have also complied with the provisions including 
any procurement obligation.

Revolving Credit Facility
CG Power Holdings, the Company (together with its permitted 
successors and assignees, the ‘Parent Guarantor’), ContourGlobal 
Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l., ContourGlobal Terra Holdings S.à.r.l. 
and certain other subsidiaries of the Company entered into a 
€75 million senior secured revolving credit facility (RCF) with BNP 
Paribas Securities Corp., Credit Suisse AG, London Branch and 
Goldman Sachs Bank USA as lenders, the effective date of which 
is 9th November 2018. The guarantees and all the obligations 
under the RCF are secured by a first-priority lien on the shares 
of CG Power Holdings and on the capital stock of each RCF 
guarantor (other than the Parent Guarantor), subject to certain 
exceptions and release under certain circumstances. The RCF 
is scheduled to mature three years after the effective date. 
Borrowings under the RCF bear interest at floating rates equal 
to either LIBOR plus 2.25% margin or Alternate Base Rate plus 
1.25% margin.

Euro Bonds
On 26th July 2018, CG Power Holdings issued the Euro Bonds 
in a private offering exempt from the registration requirements 
of the Securities Act 1933, as amended. The Euro Bonds had an 
aggregate principal amount of €750 million split between two 
tranches: €450 million of 3.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 
and €300 million of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2025. On 
30th July 2019, CG Power Holdings completed an add-on offering 
of €100 million of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2025. As a 
result of the add-on offering, the Euro Bonds have an aggregate 

principal amount of €850 million split between two tranches: 
€450 million of 3.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 and 
€400 million of 4.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2025.

The Euro Bonds were issued pursuant to the Euro Bond Indenture. 
The Euro Bond Indenture provides that ContourGlobal may:

(a)  prior to 1st August 2020 for the 2023 Notes and prior to 

1st August 2021 for the 2025 Notes, redeem all or part of the 
Euro Bonds by paying 100% of the principal amount of the 
Euro Bonds redeemed plus a make-whole premium and 
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the 
redemption date;

(b)  prior to 1st August 2020 for the 2023 Notes and prior to 1st 

August 2021 for the 2025 Notes, on one or more occasions, 
redeem through the use of net proceeds of specified equity 
offerings up to 40% of the principal amount of the Euro Bonds, 
upon giving prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 
103.375% for the 2023 Notes and 104.125% for the 2025 Notes 
of the aggregate principal amount of the Euro Bonds being 
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional 
amounts, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, 
provided that at least 60% of the original aggregate principal 
amount of the Euro Bonds remains outstanding after the 
redemption and the redemption occurs within 180 days of the 
date of the closing of such equity offering; and

(c)  redeem all or part of the Euro Bonds on or after 1st August 
2020 for the 2023 Notes and 1st August 2021 for the 2025 
Notes at the redemption prices set forth in the Offering 
Memorandum.

If ContourGlobal sells certain of its assets or experiences specific 
kinds of changes in control (as defined in the Euro Bond 
Indenture), ContourGlobal must offer to purchase the Euro Bonds 
at a purchase price equal to 100% and 101% respectively of the 
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest 
thereon to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The 2020 AGM will be held on 27th May 2020 in London. At the 
AGM, shareholders will have the opportunity to ask questions of 
the Board, including the Chairmen of the Board Committees.

Full details of the AGM, including explanatory notes, are contained 
in the Notice of the AGM. The Notice sets out the resolutions to be 
proposed at the AGM and an explanation of each resolution. All 
documents relating to the AGM are available on the Company’s 
website at www.contourglobal.com.

The strategic report, comprising the inside front cover and pages 
1 to 67, and the Directors’ report, comprising pages 68 to 106, 
which together form the management report as required under 
the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 4.1.8R, have 
been approved 2019 and are signed on its behalf by

Joseph C. Brandt
President, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director 
ContourGlobal plc 

16th March 2020

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019109

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
Annual Report and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by 
the European Union and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 
102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland’, and applicable law). Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and parent company and of the profit or loss 
of the Group and parent company for that period. In preparing the 
financial statements, the Directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

• state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union have been followed for the Group financial statements 
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102, 
have been followed for the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

• make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 

unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and parent 
company will continue in business.

Directors’ declaration in relation to relevant audit information
The directors consider that the annual report and accounts, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the group and 
parent company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.

Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed in 
Directors’ Report confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

• the parent company financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”, and 
applicable law), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the company;

• the group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit of the group; and

• the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the group 
and parent company, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

This responsibility statement has been approved and is signed by 
order of the Board by:

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the Group and parent company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

Joseph C. Brandt
President, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director 
ContourGlobal plc

16th March 2020

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and 
parent company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and parent 
company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
and the Directors’ Remuneration report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the parent company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements110

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019

Financial 
statements

111 

Independent auditors’ 
report to the members 
of ContourGlobal plc
119  Consolidated statement 
of income and other 
comprehensive income
120  Consolidated statement 
of financial position
121  Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity
122  Consolidated statement 

of cash flows

123  Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements
172  Company balance sheet
172  Company statement of 
changes in equity
174  Notes to the Company 
financial statements
178  Shareholder information

$702.7m 

Adjusted EBITDA

$292.1m 

Income from operations

4.4X 

Net leverage ratio

Strategic priority

Financial 
strength

We focus on maximizing cash flow 
distributions from each of our projects 
to ensure that we can fund new 
greenfield developments, M&A 
opportunities, corporate costs and 
dividends organically without having 
to rely on capital markets funding. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019111

Independent auditors’ report to the members of ContourGlobal plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

• ContourGlobal plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view 
of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31st December 2019 and of the Group’s profit and cash flows for the year 
then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 

adopted by the European Union;

• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and 
Republic of Ireland”, and applicable law); and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated statement of financial 
position and the Company balance sheet as at 31st December 2019; the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive 
income, the consolidated statement of cash flows, and the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the Company statement of 
changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of 
our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the Group or the Company.

Other than those disclosed in note 4.33 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group or the 
Company in the period from 1st January 2019 to 31st December 2019.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

• Overall Group materiality: $16.25 million (2018: $15 million), based on 2.5% of Adjusted EBITDA less cash gain 

on sale of minority interest in assets.

• Overall Company materiality: $16.6 million (2018: $16.5 million), based on 1% of total assets.

• We conducted our audit work over 9 components located in 8 countries.
• We visited component auditors in 5 locations, covering all the financially significant components and 2 

further components.

Audit scope

• 7 components were subject to an audit of their complete financial information due to their size.
• Specific audit procedures were performed on certain material balances within Cash and cash equivalents, 

Borrowings, and Property, plant and equipment in out of scope components.

Key audit
matters

The key audit matters are:
• Accounting for business combinations and power purchase agreements (PPA) in the year of acquisition 

including valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (Group).

• Impairment of property, plant and equipment and financial and contract assets (Group).
• Assessment of significant judgements relating to litigation and claims (Group).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements112

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations related to breaches of health and safety regulations, environmental regulations and unethical and prohibited business 
practices, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the financial statements such as the Companies 
Act 2006 and the Listing Rules and UK and international tax legislation. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for 
fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks 
were related to inappropriate journal entries and/or management exercising bias in accounting estimates that would result in the 
overstatement of Adjusted EBITDA. The Group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they 
could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed included:

• Assessment of compliance with local laws and regulations by each component audit team;
• Review of board minutes and attendance at Audit Committee meetings where Compliance and Internal Audit present findings from 

their reviews, which would include any known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud;

• Meeting with internal legal counsel to confirm any known instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations;
• Identifying and testing journal entries that increased Adjusted EBITDA, in particular journal entries posted with unusual account 

combinations, or posted by members of senior management with a financial reporting oversight role;
• Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in significant accounting estimates;
• Incorporating elements of unpredictability into the audit procedures performed;
• Reviewing the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in the Annual Report, including the disclosure of the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA 

to statutory profit, and ensuring that sufficient prominence was given to statutory profit measures in the Annual Report; and
• Reviewing the disclosures in the Annual Report and financial statements against the specific legal requirements and involving 

technical experts to help us assess the compliance of disclosures against relevant legislation, for example, within the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and the Corporate Governance Report.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, 
the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud 
may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accounting for business combinations and power purchase 
agreements (PPA) in the year of acquisition including 
valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (notes 
2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 4.5, 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11)
The Group acquired new power plant assets in Mexico and Italy 
during the year. Accounting for acquisitions can be complex, 
with judgement required in both the identification of assets 
acquired (including any intangible assets), and the valuation of 
those assets and liabilities assumed, in accordance with IFRS 3 
‘Business Combinations’.

The calculation of fair value is subjective due to the inherent 
uncertainty involved in the valuation of assets and liabilities, and 
this requires the application of judgement by management and 
technical expertise. In particular the method of valuation, future 
forecasts (including cash-flow forecasts) and underlying 
assumptions may all have a material impact on the valuation of 
assets and liabilities, notably on the valuation of intangible 
assets and property, plant and equipment, which typically 
represents the most significant assets acquired.

Under IFRS 3, an intangible asset must be recognised on an 
acquisition where it arises from contractual or legal rights 
acquired and is separable from the business. Due to the 
complex nature of the acquisition agreements and related 
power purchase agreements there is often judgement in 
determining the legal and contractual rights associated with the 
PPA and therefore there is a risk that intangible assets acquired 
may not be recognised.

During the year, the Group acquired the shares and assets of 2 
plants in Mexico together with development rights and permits for a 
third plant for consideration of $815.9 million, and a portfolio of 
assets in Italy for consideration of $32.0 million.

We read the sale and purchase agreements (“SPAs”) associated 
with the acquisitions in both Mexico and Italy and performed audit 
procedures over both the identification of assets acquired 
(including any potential intangible assets) and the valuation of 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We considered the completeness of the intangible assets identified 
by management with reference to the specific legal and contractual 
rights associated with the SPAs. From our review and assessment 
of the SPAs, and audit procedures performed over the valuation of 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed, we found that the 
judgments made surrounding the identification of assets and 
liabilities acquired were appropriate.

We involved our specialists in our audit of the valuation of assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed. Our work included assessment of 
the appropriateness of the valuation models used, assessment of 
the discount rate used in the models by reference to comparable 
assets, and the evaluation of future cash flow forecasts for each of 
the power plants acquired. We found that the valuation models 
used, and the judgments and estimates made surrounding the 
valuation of assets and liabilities acquired to be reasonable.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Independent auditors’ report to the members of ContourGlobal plc continued113

Key audit matter
Following acquisition, the Group’s power plants typically sell 
their output under Power Purchase Agreements (‘PPAs’) and/or 
other long-term arrangements. Accounting for PPAs can be 
complex, with a number of judgements required to assess the 
accounting standards applicable to each agreement. These 
include whether the arrangement contains a lease under IFRS 16 
‘Leases’ or constitutes a service concession to be accounted for 
under IFRIC 12 ‘Service concession arrangements’. These 
judgements impact the measurement and classification of 
assets, the basis for revenue recognition under the PPA, and the 
related disclosures in the financial statements. Once the basis of 
accounting has been initially determined, this does not change 
over time.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and financial 
and contract assets (notes 2.3, 2.4, 4.10 and 4.11) 
The Group has $3.7 billion of property, plant and equipment, the 
majority of which relates to power plant assets, and $0.4 billion 
of financial and contract assets, the majority of which relate to 
concession arrangements.

Impairment assessments of these assets requires significant 
judgement and there is the risk that potential impairment triggers 
are not identified by management and, in the event that there is 
an impairment trigger, there is a risk that the calculation of the 
recoverable amount of the asset is incorrect and therefore the 
value of the assets may be misstated.

In the event that an impairment trigger is identified, the 
recoverable value of property, plant and equipment is assessed 
by a value in use calculation (which is based on future 
discounted cash flow forecasts) and for financial and contract 
assets, by assessing expected credit losses. Forecasts and 
assumptions used in value in use calculations are inherently 
judgemental and therefore may give rise to increased risk of 
misstatement. 

Impairment indicators were identified in the current year for the 
Brazilian wind power plant, following lower than expected wind 
conditions and technical performance issues. In addition, 
management performed an assessment of the future discounted 
cash flows for the Spain Arrubal and Bulgaria Maritsa plants 
given that the relevant PPAs are due to expire in 2021 and 2023 
respectively. This assessment took account of different possible 
scenarios at the end of the existing PPA arrangements. 

Management performed sensitivity analyses on certain key 
variables in the value in use calculations to understand the 
impact of changes in certain assumptions.

No material impairments were identified in the assets subject to 
impairment reviews.

How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We assessed the completeness of disclosures for each acquisition 
against the requirements of the relevant accounting standards and 
found that there were no omissions of disclosures.

We have evaluated management’s assessment of the PPAs in 
Mexico and Italy, including agreeing key terms to the contractual 
arrangements. Management have reached the conclusion that 
there are no terms or conditions within the PPAs that would result in 
the PPAs being treated as lease arrangements or service 
concession arrangements. From our audit procedures over these 
PPAs we found that the judgments made in determining the 
appropriate accounting framework for the PPAs were reasonable, 
and the associated measurement and classification of related 
balances and disclosures in the financial statements were 
consistent with the requirements of the relevant accounting 
standards.

We evaluated impairment triggers identified by management in 
their assessment by reviewing performance data by power plant, 
considering significant variances in performance against forecasts, 
and from meetings we held with divisional finance directors to 
discuss individual plant performance. We have also considered 
other information gathered during the course of our audits of 
components and assessed whether there are any other indicators 
of impairment. No impairment triggers other than the Brazilian Wind 
power plants already noted by management were identified from 
our assessment.

We performed audit procedures over the value in use calculations 
prepared by management. We used PwC valuation specialists to 
assess the methodology applied in the valuation and the discount 
rate used in the valuation. We benchmarked the discount rate to 
comparable assets and considered the underlying assumptions 
based on our knowledge of the Group and its industry. We tested 
the accuracy of management’s forecasting by reference to the 
accuracy of historical forecasts compared to actual cash flows.

In relation to Brazilian Wind power plants, an update to the previous 
wind study which reflects more recent wind performance in the 
data was undertaken by an external expert engaged by 
management. This forecasts the future wind which in turn drives the 
cash flows from those operations, a key input in the value in use 
calculation. We evaluated the objectivity, independence and 
competency of the expert engaged by management. We validated 
key assumptions related to future capacity by reference to resource 
forecasts, board approved forecasts specific to wind assets and 
comparability of expected wind conditions per forecasts to actual 
wind conditions during the year.

In respect of the Spain Arrubal plant and Bulgaria Maritsa plant, we 
used industry specialists to evaluate market studies prepared by 
management’s experts which were used to determine likely future 
scenarios beyond the expiry of these PPAs and therefore the 
associated future cash inflows of these plants.

We tested management’s sensitivity analyses to ensure appropriate 
judgement had been applied.

Based on our audit procedures performed we found the 
methodology and assumptions used in the calculation of value in 
use for the Brazilian wind, Spain Arrubal and Bulgaria Maritsa power 
plants and the conclusion that no impairment charges were 
required, were reasonable.

We also assessed the disclosures around the impairment 
assessments completed and the associated sensitivity analyses 
and have found these to be appropriate.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements114

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Assessment of significant judgements relating to litigation 
and claims (notes 2.3, 2.4, 4.25 and 4.31)
In the ordinary course of business, the Group is subject to actual 
or potential liabilities arising from litigation and claims, including 
contractual disputes, brought by governmental bodies (including 
regulators and tax authorities), off-takers and suppliers. Power 
Purchase Agreements (PPAs) are held with state owned, 
regulated bodies or other off-takers. Where disputes arise in 
connection with such agreements, there is usually a process of 
dialogue between the counter parties which takes place over an 
extended period of time. 

Management review such litigation and claims on a case-by-
case basis to determine the likely outcome and to estimate the 
possible magnitude and timing of any resultant payments from 
adverse outcomes. Matters of this nature are inherently 
uncertain and as such management apply significant judgement 
in determining the likely outcome of such matters as well as the 
potential effect on future operations and the financial 
statements.

We met with Executive Vice President – General Counsel and other 
members of senior management to discuss on-going and potential 
litigation and claims. We evaluated the significant judgements 
associated with each of these matters on a case by case basis 
including the likelihood of any such litigation or claims succeeding, 
the likelihood of economic outflow to settle the obligation and 
whether a reliable estimate can be determined based on the facts 
of the case. Audit procedures performed to support our conclusions 
have included review and assessment of contracts, review of 
correspondence with counter parties and legal counsel, 
assessment of the local political climate (where relevant to the 
specific matter), and obtaining representation from management’s 
external legal counsel on matters of significant judgement to 
evaluate management’s views against those of external legal 
counsel.

We have considered the completeness of litigation and claims 
identified to us by management by reference to other audit 
information obtained during the course of work, and specific 
procedures performed to identify matters, including review of board 
minutes. We did not identify any further litigation of claims that had 
not already been disclosed to us.

Based on the evidence obtained we have considered the 
appropriateness of accounting for such litigation and claims, in 
particular the determination of whether a provision should be 
recorded, or a contingent liability should be disclosed. We found 
that all items had been accounted for appropriately.

We also assessed the disclosures for litigation and claims against 
the requirements of the relevant accounting standards and found 
that the disclosures were appropriate.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the Company to communicate in our report.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Independent auditors’ report to the members of ContourGlobal plc continued115

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in 
which they operate.

The Group financial statements are a consolidation of multiple reporting components, comprising the Group’s operating locations 
(including operating and related financing entities) and other centralised functions.

The Group’s reporting components vary significantly in size and we identified seven components that, in our view, required an audit of 
their complete financial information due to specific risk criteria and/or their size and contribution to the Group. Specific risk-based audit 
procedures were performed two further reporting components, based on the contribution of each to specific financial statement line 
items.

Where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work 
at those entities to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group 
financial statements as a whole. The Group engagement team visited the four largest components (in three countries) and two further 
full scope components. These visits involved discussing the audit approach and any issues arising from our work, as well as meeting 
local management. For all components, we received detailed reports on the findings of their audit work and held a number of calls with 
the component teams before, during, and after the completion of their work. We also remotely reviewed the working papers of all full 
scope component teams at the year end.

The Group consolidation, including the consolidated financial statement disclosures and certain centrally managed functions and 
balances were audited at the head office by the Group audit engagement team.

The Company is principally a holding company and there are no branches or other locations to be considered when scoping the audit. 
As a single entity, there are no financial statement line items in scope for the Group audit. The Company is audited on a stand-alone 
basis, and hence, testing has been performed on all material financial statement line items.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both 
individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Group financial statements

$16.25 million (2018: $15 million).

Company financial statements

$16.6 million (2018: $16.5 million).

2.5% of Adjusted EBITDA less cash gain on sale of 
minority interest in assets.

1% of total assets.

We believe that total assets is an appropriate 
benchmark for the Company as this entity is 
principally a holding company.

Rationale for benchmark applied We applied Adjusted EBITDA as the benchmark for 

materiality and we consider that this is the key 
profit-based measure used by management in both 
assessing the performance of the business and 
reporting performance of the business to 
stakeholders. Management use this measure as it 
allows the underlying profitability of the Group’s 
core business activities, including the contribution 
from associates, to be assessed year on year. It 
eliminates balances related to the initial acquisition 
of assets (which are not directly related to ongoing 
performance of the assets) and certain other items 
which give rise to fluctuations in results which are 
not directly linked to the performance of the asset. 
Additionally, we have removed the cash gain on 
minority sale from our benchmark which we believe 
is appropriate as it eliminates volatility and 
maintains the link between the materiality and 
underlying business performance.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
116

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range 
of materiality allocated across components was between $3 million and $14 million. Certain components were audited to a local 
statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above $1 million (Group 
audit) (2018: $750,000) and $1 million (Company audit) (2018: $750,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or 
draw attention to in respect of the directors’ statement in the 
financial statements about whether the directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements and the directors’ 
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern over a period 
of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements.

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to 
Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. For example, the 
terms of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union 
are not clear, and it is difficult to evaluate all of the potential 
implications on the Group’s trade, customers, suppliers and the 
wider economy. 

We have nothing to report.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any 
form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies 
Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), 
ISAs (UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report for the year ended 31st December 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we 
did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Independent auditors’ report to the members of ContourGlobal plc continued117

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of 
the Group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

• The directors’ confirmation on page 88 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 

facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.
• The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.
• The directors’ explanation on page 65 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what 
period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of 
their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in 
scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; 
checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and 
considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the Group and company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

• The statement given by the directors, on page 109, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 

understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Company obtained in the 
course of performing our audit.

• The section of the Annual Report on pages 85 and 86 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

• The directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 109, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 
3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility 
for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly 
agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements118

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the directors on 13th December 2017 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ended 31st December 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is 3 years, covering the years ended 31st December 2017 to 31st December 2019.

Matthew Hall (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

16th March 2020

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Independent auditors’ report to the members of ContourGlobal plc continued119

Consolidated financial statements

Consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income

Year ended 31st December 2019

In $ millions

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Other operating income

Other operating expenses

Acquisition related items

Income from Operations

Other expenses

Share of profit in associates

Finance income

Finance costs

Realized and unrealized foreign exchange (losses) and gains and change in fair value of derivatives

Profit before income tax

Income tax expenses

Net profit

Profit/(Loss) attributable to 

• Equity shareholders of the Company

• Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (in $)

• Basic

• Diluted

In $ millions

Net profit for the year

Changes in actuarial gains and losses on retirement benefit, before tax

Deferred taxes on changes in actuarial gains and losses on retirement benefit

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to income statement

Loss on hedging transactions

Deferred taxes on loss on hedging transactions

Share of other comprehensive income of investments accounted for using the equity method

Currency translation differences

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income statement

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Attributable to

• Equity shareholders of the Company

• Non-controlling interests

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Note

4.2

4.3

4.3

4.3

4.3

4.5

4.12

4.6

4.6

4.6

4.7

Years ended  

31st December

2019

1,330.2

(973.4)

356.8

(34.6)

7.3

(14.2)

(23.2)

292.1

–

11.1

11.2

2018

1,253.0

(933.5)

319.5

(28.3)

6.9

(16.6)

(19.6)

261.9

(0.4)

2.9

10.6

(244.9)

(255.7)

(10.1)

59.4

(36.3)

23.1

27.7

(4.6)

0.04

0.04

8.5

27.8

(17.4)

10.4

15.0

(4.6)

0.02

0.02

Years ended  

31st December

2019

23.1

(0.5)

–

(0.5)

(45.6)

(2.7)

–

(9.3)

(57.6)

(58.1)

(35.0)

(29.2)

(5.8)

2018

10.4

(0.2)

–

(0.2)

(2.7)

(1.7)

–

(54.2)

(58.6)

(58.8)

(48.4)

(25.6)

(22.8)

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements120

Consolidated statement of financial position

Year ended 31st December 2019

In $ millions

Non-current assets

Intangible assets and goodwill

Property, plant and equipment

Financial and contract assets

Investments in associates

Other non-current assets

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Other current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

In $ millions

Total equity and non-controlling interests

Issued capital

Share premium

Retained earnings and other reserves

Non-controlling interests

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Other non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Current income tax liabilities

Provisions

Other current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and non-controlling interests and liabilities

Note

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.17

4.7

4.18

4.19

4.14

4.20

4.21

4.22

4.22

4.23

4.14

4.7

4.25

4.24

4.27

4.23

4.14

4.7

4.25

4.28

31st 
December 
2019

31st 
December 
2018

4,701.8

352.6

3,809.8

445.8

26.6

22.1

44.9

1,175.1

229.6

362.8

0.3

23.9

558.5

5,876.9

3,969.8

117.4

3,253.1

498.2

26.6

22.9

51.6

1,178.1

112.8

337.3

1.1

30.0

696.9

5,147.9

31st 
December 
2019

31st 
December 
2018

550.1

8.9

380.8

(4.9)

165.3

4,450.0

3,787.6

84.7

299.4

48.4

229.9

876.8

336.1

302.9

25.2

20.5

12.6

179.5

5,326.8

5,876.9

680.5

8.9

380.8

105.6

185.2

3,701.2

3,286.8

53.0

163.8

41.2

156.4

766.2

292.9

273.2

16.8

17.4

17.4

148.5

4,467.4

5,147.9

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on 16th March 2020 and signed on its behalf by

Joseph C. Brandt
Chief Executive Officer

16th March 2020

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continued121

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Year ended 31st December 2019

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Currency 
Translation 
Reserve

Hedging 
reserve 

Actuarial 
reserve 

Retained 
earnings

8.9

8.9

–

380.8

380.8

–

(55.9)

(55.9)

–

(30.0)

(30.0)

–

(1.6)

(1.6)

–

274.8

274.8

Non-
controlling 
interests

196.5

196.5

Total

577.0

577.0

Total 
equity

773.5

773.5

(38.1)

(38.1)

(9.1)

(47.2)

8.9

380.8

(55.9)

(30.0)

(1.6)

236.7

538.9

187.4

726.3

In $ millions

Balance as of 31st December 2017

Balance as of 1st January 2018

Effect of changes in accounting standards 
(IFRS 15)

Balance as of 1st January 2018 
(restated)

Profit / (loss) for the period

Other comprehensive (loss)

Total comprehensive income / (loss) 
for the period

Transaction with non-controlling 
interests

Sale of non-controlling interest not 
resulting in a change of control 

Employee share schemes

Dividends

Other

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Balance as of 31st December 2018

Balance as of 1st January 2019

8.9

8.9

380.8

380.8

Profit / (loss) for the period

Other comprehensive (loss)

Total comprehensive income / (loss) 
for the period

Transaction with non-controlling 
interests

Sale of non-controlling interest not 
resulting in a change of control 

Employee share schemes

Dividends

Acquisition of and contribution received 
from non-controlling interest

Other

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(36.4)

–

(4.0)

–

(0.2)

15.0

–

15.0

(40.6)

(4.6)

(18.2)

10.4

(58.8)

(36.4)

(4.0)

(0.2)

15.0

(25.6)

(22.8)

(48.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(92.3)

(92.3)

–

(8.9)

(8.9)

(34.0)

(34.0)

–

(47.5)

(47.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1.8)

(1.8)

–

(0.5)

(0.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5.9)

(5.9)

20.9

20.9

28.0

48.9

4.1

(44.1)

1.1

233.7

233.7

27.7

–

27.7

–

46.1

10.4

4.1

(44.1)

1.1

495.3

495.3

27.7

(56.9)

(29.2)

–

46.1

10.4

–

(1.1)

(0.4)

185.2

185.2

(4.6)

(1.2)

4.1

(45.2)

0.7

680.5

680.5

23.1

(58.1)

(5.8)

(35.0)

(7.8)

(7.8)

5.2

–

51.3

10.4

(137.6)

(137.6)

(24.5)

(162.1)

–

–

12.9

12.9

(0.2)

(0.2)

0.1

(0.1)

Balance as of 31st December 2019

8.9

380.8

(101.2)

(81.5)

(2.3)

180.1

384.8

165.3

550.1

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements122

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Year ended 31st December 2019

In $ millions

Cash flow from operating activities

Net profit 

Adjustment for:

Amortization, depreciation and impairment expense

Change in provisions

Share of profit in associates

Realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses and change in fair value of 
derivatives

Interest expenses – net

Other financial items

Income tax expense

Change in finance lease and financial concession assets

Acquisition related items

Other items

Change in working capital

Income tax paid

Contribution received from associates

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangibles

Acquisition of financial assets under concession agreements

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash received

Sale of subsidiaries, net of divested cash

Other investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Dividends paid

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Debt issuance costs – net

Interest paid

Cash distribution to non-controlling interests

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest holders

Transactions with non-controlling interest holders, cash received

Transactions with non-controlling interest holders, cash paid

Other financing activities

Net cash generated from financing activities

Exchange gains / (losses) on cash and cash equivalents

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash & cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash & cash equivalents at end of the year

Years ended  

31st December

Note

2019

23.1

2018

10.4

282.3

239.3

4.3

4.12

4.6

4.6

4.6

4.7

4.5

0.2

(11.1)

10.1

177.6

56.2

36.3

26.4

23.2

10.5

5.0

(34.8)

11.3

616.3

(102.1)

(1.4)

–

(2.2)

(2.9)

(8.5)

181.8

63.3

17.4

35.9

19.6

4.9

50.9

(35.1)

3.4

578.2

(81.1)

(1.2)

–

(910.4)

3.0

(6.5)

3.1

(820.5)

–

(0.9)

4.22

4.23

4.23

(924.9)

(996.2)

(137.6)

947.5

(428.2)

(29.3)

(189.2)

(15.0)

(23.4)

174.4

(91.5)

(52.2)

155.5

14.7

(138.4)

696.9

558.5

(44.1)

1,792.0

(1,151.1)

(16.1)

(180.9)

(19.5)

(0.7)

71.9

(4.0)

(72.1)

375.4

(41.6)

(84.2)

781.1

696.9

The prior year comparative transactions with non-controlling interests have been restated to present separately the dividends paid to non-
controlling interests, transaction with non-controlling interest holders, cash received and transactions with non-controlling interest holders, cash 
paid. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continued123

Consolidated financial statements continued

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements
1.  General information
ContourGlobal plc (the ‘Company’) is a public listed company, 
limited by shares, domiciled in the United Kingdom and 
incorporated in England and Wales. It is the holding company for 
the group whose principal activities during the period were the 
operation of wholesale power generation businesses with thermal 
and renewables assets in Europe, Latin America and Africa, and its 
registered office is

policies

2.   Summary of significant accounting 

2.1.   Application of new and revised International Financial 

Reporting Standards (IFRS)

IFRS 16 Leases 
The Group adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” by applying the modified 
retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially 
applying the Standard recognized at the date of initial application 
of 1st January 2019. 

IFRS 16 primarily changes lease accounting for lessees; lease 
agreements give rise to the recognition of an asset representing 
the right to use the leased item, and a loan liability for future lease 
payables. Lease costs are recognized in the form of depreciation 
of the right of use asset and interest on the lease liability. Lessee 
accounting under IFRS 16 is similar in many respects to existing 
IAS 17 accounting for finance leases, but is substantively different 
to existing accounting for operating leases where rental charges 
are currently recognized on a straight-line basis and no lease 
asset or related lease creditor is recognized.

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised lease liabilities 
in relation to leases which had previously been classified as 
‘operating leases’ under the principles of IAS 17, ‘Leases’. These 
liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining 
lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate as of 1st January 2019. 

For leases previously classified as finance leases the entity 
recognised the carrying amount of the lease asset and lease 
liability immediately before transition as the carrying amount 
of  the right of use asset and the lease liability at the date of 
initial application.

The Group also reviewed its power purchase agreements and 
whether such arrangements contain a lease (with the Group acting 
as a lessor), considering IFRS 16 introduced new criteria. Under 
such analysis, the Vorotan (Armenia) contract is deemed to no 
longer contain a lease (previously it contained an operating lease 
as of 1st January 2019). This has not resulted in a change in the 
asset value or revenue recognition methodology, however 
revenues are now presented as Revenue from power sales line 
rather than Revenue from operating leases as described in note 
4.2 Revenue.

(i)  Practical expedients applied
In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the group has used the 
following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

• applying a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with 

reasonably similar characteristics

• relying on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous 

as an alternative to performing an impairment review – there 
were no onerous contracts as at 1st January 2019 

• accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of 
less than 12 months as at 1st January 2019 as short-term leases

• excluding initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-

use asset at the date of initial application, and

• using hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract 

contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

7th Floor 
Park House 
116 Park Street 
London 
W1K 6SS 
United Kingdom

Registered number: 10982736

ContourGlobal plc is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 
as endorsed by and adopted for use by the European Union (EU), 
IFRS Interpretation Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations and with 
those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS. The consolidated financial statements have 
been prepared on the going concern basis under the historical 
cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets 
and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair 
value through profit or loss.

The financial information is presented in millions of U.S. dollars, 
with one decimal. Thus numbers may not sum precisely due 
to rounding.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of 
the consolidated financial statements are set out in note 2.3. 
These policies have been consistently applied to the periods 
presented, unless otherwise stated. In particular, as the Group 
adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” retrospectively with the cumulative 
effect of initially applying the Standard recognized at the date 
of initial application of 1st January 2019, related amounts in the 
consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income 
and the consolidated statement of financial position for 2019 are 
not comparable with the corresponding amounts in 2018. (See 
note 2.1 for further details). 

The financial information presented is at and for the financial years 
ended 31st December 2019 and 31st December 2018. Financial 
year ends have been referred to as 31st December throughout 
the consolidated financial statements as this is the accounting 
reference date of ContourGlobal plc. Financial years are referred 
to as 2019 and 2018 in these consolidated financial statements.

The preparation of the IFRS financial statements requires the use 
of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the year. Although these estimates are based on 
management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, 
actual results may differ from those estimates, as noted in the 
critical accounting estimates and judgements in note 2.4. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements124

(ii)  Measurement of lease liabilities

2.2.  New standards and interpretations not yet mandatorily 

In $ millions

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at  
31st December 2018 

(Less): long-term leases not recognised as a liability (1)

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 
December 2018 – restated 

Discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing 
rate at the date of initial application (2)

Add: finance lease liabilities recognised as at  
31st December 2018 

(Less): Pre-paid lease contracts

(Less): short-term leases not recognised as a liability 

Add/(less): adjustments as a result of a different 
treatment of extension and termination options 

Add/(less) other

Lease liability recognised as at 1st January 2019 

Of which are:

Current lease liabilities 

Non-current lease liabilities 

239.2

(198.3)

40.9

(12.1)

5.0

(3.5)

(0.2)

(0.7)

(1.9)

27.5

6.6

20.9

1  Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31st December 2018 under 
IAS 17 ‘Leases’ included estimated commitments for variable future lease 
payments over the life of the lease. These arise mainly on long-term land 
leases in our Renewables division. Prior to transition to new IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ 
standard, lease commitments was restated by -$198.3 million to exclude 
estimated commitments. Operating lease commitments as restated amounts 
to $40.9 million. Under IFRS 16, no lease liability is recognised relating to 
variable lease payments.

2 The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the 

lease liabilities at 1st January 2019 was 5.2%.

(iii)  Adjustments recognized in the balance sheet on  

1st January 2019

The impacts of IFRS 16 implementation are described below.

(1)  As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16, $31.0 million of right of 
use assets and $27.5 million of lease liabilities have been 
included in the Group statement of financial position as of 1st 
January 2019. $35.4 million of right-of-use assets and $33.3 
million of lease liabilities have been included in the Group 
statement of financial position as of 31st December 2019.

(2)  An increase in depreciation of $8.3 million from recognizing 
right of use assets and interest of $1.0 million on the lease 
liabilities.

(3)   In prior years, operating lease payments were presented as 
operating cash flows in the consolidated statement of cash 
flows. Lease payments are now recorded as cash flows from 
financing activities reflecting the repayment of lease liabilities 
(borrowings) and related interest and amount to $7.8 million.

(iv) Measurements of right of use of assets
The associated right of use assets for property leases were 
measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted 
by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments 
relating to that lease recognised in the balance sheet as at 
31st December 2018. There were no onerous lease contracts 
that would have required an adjustment to the right of use 
assets at the date of initial application.

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatments
IFRIC 23 uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment has no material 
impact on the Group accounts.

applicable

A number of additional new standards and amendments and 
revisions to existing standards have been published which will 
apply to the Group’s future accounting periods. None of these 
are expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated 
results, financial position or cash flows of the Group when they 
are adopted.

The Group has early adopted the amendments to IFRS 9 
‘Financial Instruments’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments’: Disclosures’. 
These relate to IBOR reform and were endorsed by the EU on 
6th January 2020. The replacement of benchmark interest rates 
such as LIBOR and other interbank offered rates (‘IBOR’) is a 
priority for global regulators. The amendments provide relief 
from applying specific hedge accounting requirements to hedge 
relationships directly affected by IBOR reform and have the effect 
that IBOR reform should generally not cause hedge accounting to 
terminate. There is no financial impact from early adoption of 
these amendments.

The Group has IFRS 9 designated hedge relationships that are 
potentially impacted by IBOR reform. These include interest rate 
swap contracts and cross currency swap qualified as cash-flow 
hedge with a nominal value amounted to $1,231.1 million as of 
31st December 2019, used to hedge a proportion of our external 
borrowings. These swaps reference six-month EURIBOR, three-
month USD LIBOR and six-month USD LIBOR and uncertainty 
arising from the Group’s exposure to IBOR reform will cease 
when these swaps matures by 2030, 2031 and 2034 respectively. 
The implications on the wider business of IBOR reform will be 
assessed during 2020. 

2.3. Summary of significant accounting policies
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include both the assets 
and liabilities, and the results and cash flows, of the Group and its 
subsidiaries and the Group’s share of the results and the Group’s 
investments in associates.

Inter-company transactions and balances between Group 
companies are eliminated.

(a)  Subsidiaries 
Entities over which the Group has the power to direct the relevant 
activities so as to affect the returns to the Group, generally 
through control over the financial and operating policies, are 
accounted for as subsidiaries. Interests acquired in subsidiaries 
are consolidated from the date the Group acquires control.

(b)  Associates 
Where the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence 
over entities, generally from a shareholding of between 20% and 
50% of the voting rights, they are accounted for as associates. 
The results and assets and liabilities of associates are 
incorporated into the consolidated financial statements using 
the equity method of accounting. The Group’s investment in 
associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. 

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there 
is objective evidence that the investment in the associate is 
impaired. If there is evidence, the Group calculates the amount of 
impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount 
of the investment in the associate and its carrying value and 
recognizes this amount as a reduction to the amount of ‘Share 
of profit of associates’ in the consolidated statement of income.

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continued125

Business combinations
The acquisition consideration is measured at fair value which is the aggregate of the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities 
incurred or assumed and the equity interests in exchange for control. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any 
asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is 
recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in 
the consolidated statement of income. Where the consideration transferred, together with the non-controlling interest, exceeds the fair 
value of the net assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, the excess is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition related costs are 
expensed as incurred and classified as “Acquisition related items” in the consolidated statement of income.

Goodwill is capitalized as a separate item in the case of subsidiaries and as part of the cost of investment in the case of associates. 
Goodwill is denominated in the currency of the operation acquired.

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control 
In line with IFRS 10 “Consolidated financial statements”, transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a gain or loss of 
control are accounted for as equity transactions – that is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. 

In the case of an acquisition of non-controlling interest that do not result in a gain of control, the difference between fair value of any 
consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.

In the case of a sale of non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control (“sell-down”), the net cash gain on sale of these 
assets are recorded as an increase in the equity attributable to owners of the parent and corresponds to the difference between the 
consideration received for the sale of shares and of the carrying amount of non-controlling interest sold. Consistent with this approach, 
subsequent true-ups to earn-outs in the context of sell-down transactions are also recorded in equity. The net cash gain or loss on 
sell-down is presented in Adjusted EBITDA, as disclosed in the note 4.1, since such sell-down transactions are part of the core strategy 
of the Group going forward.

Functional and presentation currency and currency translation 
The assets and liabilities of foreign undertakings are translated into US dollars, the Group’s presentation currency, at the year-end 
exchange rates. The results of foreign undertakings are translated into US dollars at the relevant average rates of exchange for the year. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation of opening net assets, and the difference between average exchange rates and 
year end exchange rates on the result for the year are recognised directly in the currency translation reserve.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of transactions and from the translation of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized at period end exchange rates in the consolidated statement 
of income line which most appropriately reflects the nature of the item or transaction. 

The following table summarizes the main exchange rates used for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements 
of ContourGlobal:

Currency

EUR / USD

BRL / USD

BGN / USD

Closing rates

Year ended  
31st December 

2019

1.1213

0.2481

0.5733

2018

1.1467

0.2581

0.5863

Average rates

Year ended  
31st December 

2019

1.1195

0.2540

0.5725

2018

1.1811

0.2756

0.6040

Operating and reportable segments
The Group’s reporting segments reflect the operating segments which are based on the organizational structure and financial 
information provided to the Chief Executive Officer, who represents the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The Group’s 
organizational structure reflects the different electricity generation methods, being Thermal and Renewables. A third category, 
Corporate & Other, primarily reflects costs for certain centralized functions including executive oversight, corporate treasury and 
accounting, legal, compliance, human resources, IT, political risk insurance and facilities management and certain technical support 
costs that are not allocated to the segments for internal management reporting purposes. 

The principal profit measure used by the CODM is “Adjusted EBITDA” as defined in note 4.1. A segmented analysis of “Adjusted EBITDA” 
is accordingly provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (see note 4.1).

Revenue recognition
IFRS 15, Revenues from contracts with customers, revenue recognition is based on the transfer of control, i.e. notion of control is used 
to determine when a good or service is transferred to the customer. In accordance with this, the Group has adopted a single 
comprehensive model for the accounting for revenues from contracts with customers, using a five-step approach for revenue 
recognition: (1) identifying the contract; (2) identifying the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determining the transaction price; 
(4) allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognizing revenue when the Group satisfies 
a performance obligation.

Based on this recognition model, sales are recognised when goods are delivered to the customer and have been accepted by 
the customer, even if they have not been invoiced, or when services are rendered, and it is probable that the economic benefits 
associated with the transaction will flow to the entity. Revenue for the year includes the estimate of the energy supplied that has not 
yet been invoiced.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements126

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued
When determining the transaction price, the Group consider the effects of the variable consideration, the constraining estimates of 
variable consideration, the existence of a significant financing component in the contract, the non-cash consideration and consideration 
payable to a customer.

If the consideration promised in a contract includes a variable amount, the Group estimates the amount of consideration to which it will 
be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to a customer. An amount of consideration can vary because of 
discounts, rebates, refunds, credits, price concessions, incentives, performance bonuses, penalties or other similar items.

The Group revenue is mainly generated from the following:

revenue from power sales; 
(i) 
(ii)  revenue from operating leases; 
(iii)  revenue from financial assets (concession and finance lease assets); and 
(iv)  other revenue such as environmental, operational and maintenance services rendered to offtakers. 

Certain of the Group power plants sell their output under Power Purchase Agreements (“PPAs”) and other long-term arrangements. 
Under such arrangements it is usual for the Group to receive payment for the provision of electrical capacity or availability whether or 
not the offtaker requests the electrical output (capacity payments) and for the variable costs of production (energy payments). In such 
situations, revenue is recognized in respect of capacity payments as:

a) 

 Service income in accordance with the contractual terms, to the extent that the capacity has been made available to the contracted 
offtaker during the period. This income is recognized as part of revenue from power sales; 

b) 

 Financial return on the operating financial asset where the PPA is considered to be or to contain a finance lease or where the 
contract is considered to be a financial asset under interpretation IFRIC 12: “Service Concession Arrangements”. 

c) 

 Service income related to environmental, operational and maintenance services rendered to offtakers are presented as part of 
Other revenue.

Under finance lease arrangements, those payments which are not included within minimum lease payments are accounted for as 
service income (outlined in (a) above). 

Energy payments under PPAs are recognized in revenue in all cases as the contracted output is delivered.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, which 
is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset’s net 
carrying amount on initial recognition.

Concession arrangements
The interpretation IFRIC 12 governs accounting for concession arrangements. An arrangement within the scope of IFRIC 12 is one which 
involves a private sector entity (known as “an operator”) constructing infrastructure used to provide a public service, or upgrading it (for 
example, by increasing its capacity) and operating and maintaining that infrastructure for a specified period of time. 

IFRIC 12 applies to public-to-private service concession arrangements if:

(a)   The “grantor” (i.e. the public sector entity – the offtaker) controls or regulates what services the operator must provide with the 

infrastructure, to whom it must provide them, and at what price, and

b) 

 The grantor controls through ownership, beneficial entitlement or otherwise any significant residual interest in the infrastructure at 
the end of the term of the arrangement. Infrastructure used in a public-to-private service concession arrangement for its entire 
useful life (a whole of life asset) is within the scope of IFRIC 12 if the conditions in a) are met.

Under concession arrangements within the scope of IFRIC 12, which comply with the “financial asset” model requirements, the operator 
recognizes a contract asset, attracting revenue in consideration for the services it provides (design, construction, etc.), to the extent 
that it has an unconditional contractual right to receive cash or another financial asset from or at the direction of the grantor for the 
construction services; the grantor has little, if any, discretion to avoid payment, usually because the agreement is enforceable by 
law. The Group has an unconditional right to receive cash if the grantor contractually guarantees to pay the Group (a) specified or 
determinable amounts or (b) the shortfall, if any, between amounts received from users of the public service and specified or 
determinable amounts, even if payment is contingent on the Group ensuring that the infrastructure meets specified quality or efficiency 
requirements. This model is based on input assumptions such as budgets and cash flow forecasts. Any change in these assumptions 
may have a material impact on the measurement of the recoverable amount and could result in reducing the value of the asset. Such 
contract assets are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position in an amount corresponding to the fair value of the 
infrastructure on first recognition and subsequently at amortized cost. The receivable is settled by means of the grantor’s payments 
being received. The financial income calculated on the basis of the effective interest rate, equivalent to the project’s internal rate of 
return, is reflected within the “Revenue from concession and finance lease assets” line in the note 4.2 “Revenue” to the consolidated 
financial statements. Cash outflows relating to the acquisition of contract assets under concession agreements are presented as part 
of cash flow from investing activities. Net cash inflows generated by the contract assets’ operations are presented as part of cash flow 
from operating activities.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued127

Under arrangements within the scope of IFRIC 12 which complies with the “intangible asset” model requirements, the operator 
recognizes an intangible asset in accordance with IAS 38 to the extent that it has a right to charge users of the public service. Such 
intangible asset is recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost on first recognition and subsequently measured 
over its useful economic life at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Net cash inflows generated by the intangible 
asset’s operations are presented as part of Cash Flow from operating activities.

Government grants
Grants from the government are recognized where there is reasonable assurance that the conditions associated with the grants have 
been complied with and the grants will be received.

Acquisition related items
Acquisition related items include pre-acquisition costs such as various professional fees and due diligence costs, earn-outs and other 
related incremental costs incurred as part of completed or contemplated acquisitions.

Finance income and finance costs
Finance income primarily consists of interest income on funds invested. Finance costs primarily comprise interest expense on 
borrowings, unwinding of the discount/step up on financial and contract assets and provisions, interests and penalties that arise from 
late payments of suppliers or taxes, swap margin calls, bank charges, changes in fair value of the debt payable to non-controlling 
interests in our Bulgarian power plant, changes in the fair value of derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting and unrealized & 
realized foreign exchange gains and losses.

Intangible assets and goodwill
Goodwill
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the cash generating units 
(“CGUs”), or groups of CGUs that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit or group of units represents 
the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 

The reporting units (which generally correspond to power plants) or group of reporting units have been identified as its cash-generating 
units.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken at least annually.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets include licenses and permits when specific rights and contracts are acquired. Intangible assets separately acquired in 
the normal course of business are recorded at historical cost, and intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized 
at fair value at the acquisition date. When the power plant achieves its commercial operations date, the related intangible assets are 
amortized using the straight-line method over the life of the PPA, generally over 15 to 20 years (excluding software). Software is 
amortized over 3 years. A different amortization method may be used if it better reflects the pattern of economic benefits derived from 
the asset over time. 

Property, plant and equipment
Initial recognition and subsequent measurement
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, less depreciation and impairment, or at fair value if acquired in the context of 
a business combination. Historical cost includes an initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the 
site on which it is located, when the entity has a present legal or constructive obligation to do so.

Property, plant and equipment recognised as right-of-use assets under IFRS 16 are measured at cost less depreciation, impairment and 
adjustments to certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

Costs relating to major inspections and overhauls are capitalized. Minor replacements, repairs and maintenance, including planned 
outages to our power plants that do not improve the efficiency or extend the life of the respective asset, are expensed as incurred. 

The Group capitalizes certain direct pre-construction costs associated with its power plant project development activities when it has 
been determined that it is more likely than not that the opportunity will result in an operating asset. Factors considered in this 
determination include (i) the availability of adequate funding, (ii) the likelihood that the Group will be awarded with the project or the 
barriers are not likely to prohibit closing the project, and (iii) there is an available market and the regulatory, environmental and 
infrastructure requirements are likely to be met. Capitalized pre-construction costs include initial engineering, environmental and 
technical feasibility studies, legal costs, permitting and licensing and direct internal staff salary and travel costs, among others. Pre-
construction costs are charged to expense if a project is abandoned or if the conditions stated above are not met. Construction work in 
progress (“CWIP”) assets are transferred out of CWIP when construction is substantially completed and the power plant achieves its 
commercial operations date (“COD”), at which point depreciation commences. 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to construction of a qualifying assets are capitalized during the period of time that is required to 
complete and prepare the asset for its intended use.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements128

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Depreciation
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Generating plants and equipment

Lignite, coal, gas, oil, biomass power plants

Hydro plants and equipment

Wind farms

Tri and quad-generation combined heat power plants

Solar plants

Other property, plant and equipment

See below for depreciation policy on right-of-use assets.

Useful lives as of 
31st December 
2018 and 2019

12 to 40 years

25 to 75 years

16 to 25 years

15 years

14 to 22 years

3 to 10 years

The range of useful lives is due to the diversity of the assets in each category, which is partly due to acquired assets and from 
assets groupings. 

The residual values and useful lives are reviewed at least annually and if expectations differ from previous estimates, the remaining 
useful lives are reassessed and adjustments are made. The remaining useful lives are assessed when acquisitions are made by 
performing technical due diligence procedures.

Leases
Until 1st January 2019, leases of property, plant and equipment were classified as either finance leases or operating leases, see 
note 4.31 of the 2018 financial statements for details. From 1st January 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” and leases are 
recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group.

Accounting for a lease as a lessee 
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value 
of the following lease payments:

• fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable 
• variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date 
• amounts expected to be payable by the group under residual value guarantees 
• the exercise price of a purchase option if the group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and 
• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the group exercising that option

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease 
payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the 
case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to 
pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with 
similar terms, security and conditions.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the group applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar 
characteristics. 

The Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments which are linked to gross revenues or based on an index 
or rate. No right of use assets or corresponding lease liability is recognized in respect of variable consideration leases which are linked 
to gross revenues. Variable lease payments that depend on gross revenues are recognized in the statement of income in the period in 
which the related revenue is generated.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so 
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: 

• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability 
• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received 
• any initial direct costs, and 
• restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the 
group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued129

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-
line basis as an expense in the statement of income. 

Accounting for arrangements that contain a lease as lessor 
Power purchase arrangements (“PPA”) and other long-term contracts may contain, or may be considered to contain, leases where the 
fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset such as a power plant and the arrangement conveys to the 
customer the right to use that asset. Such contracts may be identified as either operating leases or finance leases.

(i)  Accounting for finance leases as lessor 
Where the Group determines that the contractual provisions of a long-term PPA contain, or are a lease and result in the offtaker 
assuming the principal risks and rewards of ownership of the power plant, the arrangement is a finance lease. Accordingly the assets 
are not reflected as PP&E and the net investment in the lease, represented by the present value of the amounts due from the lessee is 
recorded within financial assets as a finance lease receivable. 

The capacity payments as part of the leasing arrangement are apportioned between minimum lease payments (comprising capital 
repayments relating to the plant and finance income) and service income. The finance income element is recognized as revenue, using 
a rate of return specific to the plant to give a constant rate of return on the net investment in each period. Finance income and service 
income are recognized in each accounting period at the fair value of the Group’s performance under the contract.

(ii)  Accounting for operating leases as lessor 
Where the Group determines that the contractual provisions of the long-term PPA contain, or are, a lease, and result in the Group 
retaining the principal risks and rewards of ownership of the power plant, the arrangement is an operating lease. For operating leases, 
the power plant is, or continues to be, capitalized as property, plant and equipment and depreciated over its useful economic life. 
Rental income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement.

The Group did not need to make any adjustments to the accounting for assets held as lessor as a result of adopting the new 
leasing standard. 

Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that are subject to depreciation or amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that carrying values may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal (market 
value) and value in use determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows of the asset or group of assets to which it 
belongs. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are largely independent 
cash inflows (cash-generating units). 

Financial assets
Classification of financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through statement of income and loans and receivables.

a)  Financial assets at fair value through statement of income 
Financial assets have been acquired principally for the purpose of selling, or being settled, in the short term. Financial assets at fair 
value through statement of income are “Cash and cash equivalents” which includes restricted cash and derivatives held for trading 
unless they are designated as hedges. 

b)  Financial assets at amortized costs 
Financial assets at amortized costs are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They are included in current assets, except those that mature greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting 
period, which are classified in non-current assets. The Group’s Financial assets at amortized costs comprise “Trade and other 
receivables” and “Financial and contract assets” in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. 

Recognition and measurement
Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date (that is, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell 
the asset). 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
income, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried at fair value through income are expensed in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. Financial 
assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

a)  Financial assets at fair value through statement of income 
Gains or losses on financial assets at fair value through statement of income are recognised in the consolidated statement income and 
other comprehensive income. These are presented within finance income and finance costs respectively.

b)  Loans and receivable 
These financial assets are held for collection of contractual cash flows, where those cash flows represent solely payments of 
principal and interest, and are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income 
using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented 
in finance income.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements130

2.   Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Impairment
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its financial assets carried at amortised 
cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

Allowances for expected credit losses are made based on the risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience, 
economic conditions, existing insurance policies and forward looking data. Political risk insurance (PRI) policies are factored into this 
assessment due to being closely related insurance policies for which cash flows have been factored into the expected credit loss 
calculations (including risk of default on insurance provider) and presented on a net basis. Such allowances are measured as either 
12-months expected credit losses or lifetime expected credit losses depending on changes in the credit quality of-the counterparty.

While the financial assets of the Company are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was 
immaterial.

The group has three types of financial assets that are subject to the expected credit loss model:

(1) Trade and other receivables 

(2) Financial and contract assets

(3) Loans

While cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, no impairment loss has been identified.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
Derivative instruments are measured at fair value upon initial recognition in the consolidated statement of financial position and 
subsequently are re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair 
value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

Derivative instruments are presented according to their maturity date, regardless of whether they qualify for hedge accounting under 
IFRS 9 (hedging instruments versus trading instruments). Derivatives are classified as a separate line item in the consolidated statement 
of financial position.

As part of its overall foreign exchange and interest rate risk management policy, the Group enters into various hedging transactions 
involving derivative instruments. 

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item 
is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 
months.

In connection with the Group’s hedging policy, the Group uses forward exchange contracts for currency risk management as well as 
foreign exchange options.

The Group as well hedges particular risks associated with the cash flows of recognized assets and liabilities and highly probable 
forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). Notably, the Group uses interest rate swap contracts for interest rate risk management in order 
to hedge certain forecasted transactions and to manage its anticipated cash payments under its variable rate financing by converting a 
portion of its variable rate financing to a fixed rate basis through the use of interest rate swap agreements, and a cross currency swap 
contract for both currency and interest rate risk management.

Items qualifying as hedges
The Group formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management 
objectives and strategies for undertaking hedge transactions and the method used to assess hedge effectiveness. Hedging 
transactions are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in cash flows and are regularly assessed to determine 
that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they are implemented.

When derivative instruments qualify as hedges for accounting purposes, as defined in IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”, they are 
accounted for as follows:

a)  Cash flow hedges that qualify for hedge accounting

• The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in 
the cash flow hedge reserve within equity and through the consolidated statement of other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The gain 
or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately within the consolidated statement of income. Amounts recognized 
directly in OCI are reclassified to the consolidated statement of income when the hedged transaction affects the consolidated 
statement of income.

• If a forecast transaction or firm commitment is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognized in OCI are reclassified to 

the consolidated statement of income as finance income or finance costs.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued131

If a hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is 
revoked, amounts previously recognized in OCI remain in accumulated OCI until the forecast transaction or firm commitment occurs, at 
which point they are reclassified to the consolidated statement of income.

b)  Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not 
qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss and are included in finance income / finance costs.

In connection with the Group’s hedging policy, the Group uses forward exchange contracts for currency risk management as well as 
foreign exchange options, interest rate swap contracts for interest rate risk management in order to hedge certain forecasted 
transactions and to manage its anticipated cash payments under its variable rate financing by converting a portion of its variable rate 
financing to a fixed rate basis through the use of interest rate swap agreements, and a cross currency swap contract for both currency 
and interest rate risk management.

Inventories 
Inventories consist primarily of power generating plant fuel, non-critical spare parts that are held by the Group for its own use and 
Emission quotas (see below). Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using a first-in, first-out method, and net realizable value, which 
is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable selling expenses.

Emission quotas
Some companies of the Group emit CO2 and have as a result obligations to buy emission quotas on the basis of local legislation. The 
emissions made by the Company emitting CO2 which are in excess of any allocated quotas are purchased at free market price and 
shown as inventories before their effective use. If emissions are higher than allocated quotas, the Company recognises an expense and 
respective liability for those emissions. At the end of each reporting period, CO2 quotas that remain available to the Company are 
revalued at the lower of costs or prevailing market value.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount, and subsequently carried at amortized cost 
using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Details about the Group’s impairment policies on financial assets and 
the calculation of the provision for impairment are provided on note 4.13.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and current balances with banks and similar institutions and short-term investments, 
all of which are readily convertible to cash and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three 
months or less. Bank overdrafts are included within current borrowings. Cash and cash equivalents also includes cash deposited on 
accounts to cover for short-term debt service of certain project financings and which can be drawn for short term related needs.

Maintenance reserves held for the purpose of covering long-term major maintenance and long-term deposits kept as collateral to cover 
decommissioning obligations are excluded from cash and cash equivalents and included in non-current assets.

Share capital and share premium
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction from the proceeds.

The premium received on the issue of shares in excess of the nominal value of shares is credited to the share premium account and 
included within shareholders’ equity.

Financial liabilities
a)  Borrowings 
Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value of amounts received, net of transaction costs. Borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortized cost using the effective interest method; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
value is recognized in the consolidated statement of income over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
12 months after the reporting period.

b)  Trade and other payables  
Financial liabilities within trade and other payables are initially recognized at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount, and 
subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period.

Unless otherwise stated, carrying value approximates to fair value for all financial liabilities.

Provisions
Provisions principally relate to decommissioning, maintenance, environmental, tax and legal obligations and which are recognised when 
there is a present obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; 
and the amount can be reliably estimated.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements132

2.  Summary of significant accounting policies continued

Provisions are re-measured at each statement of financial position date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. Any change 
in present value of the estimated expenditure attributable to changes in the estimates of the cash flow or the current estimate of 
the≈discount rate used are reflected as an adjustment to the provision. The increase in the provisions due to passage of time are 
recognised as finance costs in the consolidated statement of income.

Current and deferred income tax
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the consolidated statement of income, 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other 
comprehensive income.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date in the countries where the Group and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically 
evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. 
It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognized on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial 
recognition of goodwill; deferred income tax is not recognized if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred 
income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial 
position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability 
is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on 
either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis. 

Restatements
The prior year comparatives have been restated in the following notes to further disaggregate certain line items within the note:

• Other expenses within the expenses by nature note have been further disaggregated into transmission charges and other 

consumables and supplies

• Other within the finance costs – net note have been further split out into Amortisation of deferred financing costs and 

unwinding effects

• Other within inventories have been further split out into emission allowance
• Other receivables within the trade and other receivables note have been further split into income tax receivables and other taxes 

receivables

• Within the provision note, an amount of $9.6m in the current liabilities balance as at 31st December 2018 has been reclassified from 

the legal and other category to the decommissioning, environmental and maintenance provision.

• The totals of the above notes remain unchanged.

2.4. Critical accounting estimates and judgments
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in line with the Group’s accounting policies set out in note 2.3 involves the use 
of judgment and/or estimation. These judgments and estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the relevant facts and 
circumstances, giving consideration to previous experience, and are regularly reviewed and revised as necessary. Actual results may 
differ from the amounts included in the consolidated financial statements. The estimates and judgments that have the most significant 
effect on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are presented below. 

Critical accounting judgements 
Accounting for long-term power purchase agreements and related revenue recognition 
When power plants sell their output under long-term power purchase agreements (“PPA”), it is usual for the operator of the power plant 
to receive payment (known as a capacity payment) for the provision of electrical capacity whether or not the offtaker requests electrical 
output. There is a degree of judgement as to whether a long-term contract to sell electrical capacity constitutes a service concession 
arrangement, a form of lease, or a service contract. This determination is made at the inception of the PPA, and is not required to be 
revisited in subsequent periods under IFRS, unless the agreement is renegotiated. 

Given that the fulfilment of the PPAs is dependent on the use of a specified asset, the key judgement in determining if the PPA contains 
a lease is the assessment of whether the PPA conveys a right for the offtaker to obtain substantially all the power output from the asset 
and whether the offtaker has the right to direct the use of the asset throughout the period of use.

In assessing whether the PPA contains a service concession, the Group considers whether the arrangement (i) bears a public service 
obligation; (ii) has prices that are regulated by the offtaker; and (iii) the residual interest is transferred to the offtaker at an agreed value. 

All other PPAs are determined to be service contracts. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued133

Concession arrangements – For those agreements which are determined to be a concession arrangement, there are judgements as to 
whether the infrastructure should be accounted for as an intangible asset or a financial asset depending on the nature of the payment 
entitlements established in the agreement. 

Concession arrangements determined to be a financial asset – The Group recognises a financial asset when demand risk is assumed 
by the grantor, to the extent that the contracted concession holder has an unconditional right to receive payments for the asset. The 
asset is recognised at the fair value of the construction services provided. The fair value is based on input assumptions such as budgets 
and cash flow forecasts, future costs include maintenance costs which impact the overall calculation of the estimated margin of the 
project. The inputs include in particular the budget for fixed and variable costs. Any change in these assumptions may have a material 
impact on the measurement of the recoverable amount and could result in reducing the value of the asset. The financial asset is 
subsequently recorded at amortized cost calculated according to the effective interest rate method. Revenue for operating and 
managing the asset is recorded as revenue in each period. 

Leases – For those arrangements determined to be or to contain leases, further judgement is required to determine whether the 
arrangement is finance or operating lease. This assessment requires an evaluation of where the substantial risks and rewards of 
ownership reside, for example due to the existence of a bargain purchase option that would allow the offtaker to buy the asset at the 
end of the arrangement for a minimal price. 

Assessing property, plant and equipment for impairment triggers
The Group’s property, plant and equipment are reviewed for indications of impairment (an impairment “trigger”). Judgement is applied in 
determining whether an impairment trigger has occurred, based on both internal and external sources. External sources may include: 
market value declines, negative changes in technology, markets, economy, or laws. Internal sources may include: obsolescence or 
physical damage, or worse economic performance than expected, including from adverse weather conditions for renewable plants. 

The Group considers the end date of the power purchase agreements as part of the analysis and assesses if the market conditions are 
significantly adverse that it would be considered as an impairment trigger. In the current year, impairment triggers were noted for 
Brazilian wind power plants (see note 4.10).

Provisions for claims
The Group receives legal or contractual claims against it from time to time, in the normal course of business. The Group considers 
external and internal legal counsel opinions in order to assess the likelihood of loss and to define the defense strategy. Judgments are 
made as to the potential likelihood of any claim succeeding when making a provision or disclosing a contingent liability. The timeframe 
for resolving legal or contractual claims may be judgmental, as is the amount of possible outflow of economic benefits.

Functional currency of the assets 
The Group operates in different countries and performs an analysis of the functional currency of each operating asset considering the 
IAS21 standard requirements. In some countries, the functional currency of the operating asset may differ from the local currency when 
the primary indicators (such as sales and cash inflows and expenses and cash outflows) are influenced by a currency which is not the 
local currency. This is for example the case of the CHP Mexico assets acquired in November 2019 that have an USD functional currency 
despite being located in Mexico. 

Cash generating units (“CGUs”) 
A cash generating unit (“CGU”) is defined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. Judgments are made as to allocate each reporting units (which 
generally correspond to power plants) or group of reporting units to the CGUs and group of CGUs. Are notably considered the 
independence of cash flows that will be indicated by various factors, including but not limited to individual locations, energy categories, 
level at which prices are determined, the business transactions or financing relationship between the reporting units, or how 
management makes decisions about continuing or disposing of the entity’s assets and operations. 

Critical accounting estimates
Estimation of useful lives of property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment represents a significant proportion of the asset base of the Group, primarily due to power plants owned, 
being 63.9% (2018: 63.2%) of the Group’s total assets. Estimates and assumptions made to determine their carrying value and related 
depreciation are significant to the Group’s financial position and performance. The annual depreciation charge is determined after 
estimating an asset’s expected useful life and its residual value at the end of its life. The useful lives and residual values of the Group’s 
assets are determined by management at the time the asset is acquired and reviewed annually for appropriateness. The Group derives 
useful economic lives based on experience of similar assets, which may exceed the period covered by contracted power purchase 
agreements. A decrease in the average useful life by one year in power plant assets would result in a decrease in the net book value 
by $10.8 million (2018: $10.7 million).

Recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment 
Where an impairment trigger has been identified (see critical accounting judgements section), the Group makes significant estimates in 
its impairment evaluations of long-lived assets. The determination of the recoverable amount is typically the most judgmental part of an 
impairment evaluation. The recoverable amount is the higher of (i) an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal (market value), and (ii) value 
in use determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows (“DCF”) of the asset or group of assets to which it belongs. 

The Group generally uses value in use to derive the recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment. Management applies 
considerable judgment in selecting several input assumptions in its DCF models, including discount rates and capacity / availability 
factors. These assumptions are consistent with the Group’s internal budgets and forecasts for such valuations. Examples of the input 
assumptions that budgets and cash-flow forecasts are sensitive to include macroeconomic factors such as growth rates, inflation, 
exchange rates, and, in the case of renewables plants, environmental factors such as wind, solar and water resource forecast. Any 
changes in these assumptions may have a material impact on the measurement of the recoverable amount and could result in impairing 
the tested assets. See note 4.10 for further information on the impairment tests performed, and relevant sensitivity analysis. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements134

2.   Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Provisions
The Group makes provisions when an obligation exists, resulting from a past event and it is probable that cash will be paid to settle it, 
but the exact amount of cash required can only be estimated on a reliable basis. Major provisions are detailed in note 4.25. The main 
estimates relate to site decommissioning and maintenance costs, and environmental remediation for various sites owned. 

Site decommissioning, maintenance and environmental provisions are recognized based on management’s assessment of future costs 
which would need to be incurred in accordance with existing legislation or contractual obligations to restore the sites or make good any 
environmental damage. These costs are measured at the present value of the future expenditures expected to be required to settle the 
obligation using a pre-tax discount rate which reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to 
the obligation. Management apply judgement in the estimation of future cash flows to settle these obligations and in the estimation of 
an appropriate pre-tax discount factor. The pre-tax discount rate used varies from 2.0% to 11.0%. If this was to decrease by 1% it would 
increase decommissioning, environmental and maintenance provisions by $2.8 million and $3.5 million for the years ended 31st 
December 2019 and 31st December 2018.

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination
Business combinations are recorded in accordance with IFRS 3 using the acquisition method. The Group estimates the excess 
purchase price in accordance with IFRS3 as the difference of the consideration paid for the acquisition (including potential contingent 
consideration) and the net asset of the target company at the acquisition date.

Under this method, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date.

Therefore, through a number of different approaches and with the assistance of external independent valuation experts for acquisitions 
as considered appropriate by management, the Group identifies what it believes is the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed at the acquisition date. These valuations involve the use of judgement and include a number of estimates. Judgement is 
exercised in identifying the most appropriate valuation approach which is then used to determine the allocation of fair value. The group 
typically uses one of the cost approach, the income approach and the market approach.

Each of these valuation approaches involve the use of estimates in a number of areas, including the determination of cash flow 
projections and related discount rates, industry indices, market prices regarding replacement cost and comparable market transactions. 
While the Group believes that the estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation methodologies are reasonable, different 
assumptions could result in different fair values.

As an example, as of 31st December 2019, an income approach based method has been used to estimate the Fair Value of the main 
intangible asset (Legado rights) allocated as per the purchase price allocation of the CHP Mexico. 

A 1% increase in the discount rate used in the valuation of the Legado right would result in a $22.6 million decrease in the fair value of 
the intangible asset and a corresponding increase in the PPE step up.

3.  Significant changes in the reporting period
3.1.  2019 transactions
Sale of non-controlling interest which did not result in a change of control
Spanish CSP portfolio
In December 2018, the Group signed an agreement to sell 49% minority interest of the Spanish CSP portfolio with Credit Suisse Energy 
Infrastructure Partners for an amount of €134.2 million ($150.5 million). The sale closed on 20th May 2019 and the cash received 
amounted to €128.4 million or $144.0 million (net of €5.8 million or $6.5 million pre-closing distribution), €51.0 million ($57.1 million) was 
for the sale of shares and €77.4 million ($86.9 million) was for the sale of existing shareholder loans.

In line with IFRS 10 “Consolidated financial statements”, this transaction is considered as an equity transaction as it does not result in a 
loss of control. Therefore, the net cash gain on sale of these assets, which represented an amount of €46.3 million or $51.9 million, was 
recorded as an increase in the equity attributable to owners of the parent. It corresponds to the difference between the consideration 
received for the sale of shares (€51.0 million or $57.1 million) and of the carrying amount of non-controlling interest sold (€4.7 million or 
$5.2 million). 

Solar portfolio acquisition – Italy
In February 2019, the Group entered into an agreement for the acquisition of Interporto, a 12.4 MW Solar Photovoltaic portfolio in 
northern Italy. 

This transaction closed on 11th June 2019. The total consideration amounted to €28.3 million ($32.0 million) including €21.1 million 
($23.9 million) for the acquisition of 100% of the shares and €7.2 million (or $8.1 million) for the repayment of shareholders loans. 

The Group and Credit Suisse Energy Infrastructure Partners have a 51% and a 49% interest in the shares of the acquired entity 
respectively, and have paid their share of the consideration. 

On a consolidated basis, had these acquisitions taken place as of 1st January 2019, the Group would have recognized 2019 
consolidated revenue of $1,331.1 million and consolidated net profit of $25.5 million.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued135

Determination of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date are:

In $ millions

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Borrowings

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total net identifiable assets

Net purchase consideration

Goodwill

Solar 
portfolio

–

53.7

4.6

4.9

63.2

22.1

17.3

39.4

23.9

23.9

–

From the acquisition date to 31st December 2019, this acquisition contributed to consolidated revenue and net result of $3.5 million and 
$0.2 million respectively.

Acquisition of two CHP plants in Mexico
On 6th January 2019, the Group signed the acquisition of two natural gas-fired combined heat and power (‘CHP’) plants, together with 
development rights and permits for a third plant, in Mexico from Alpek. The CHP plants have a gross installed capacity of 518 MW. The 
transaction closed on 25th November 2019.

The total consideration amounted to $815.9 million, including $233.4 million for the shares and $582.5 million for the plants assets. 

The acquisition generated a $77 million value added tax credit that is expected to be refunded in full within 12 months of closing.

On a consolidated basis, had these acquisitions taken place as of 1st January 2019, the Group would have recognized 2019 
consolidated revenue of $1,568.9 million and consolidated net profit of $52.4 million.

The preliminary determination of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date are:

In $ millions

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Accounts payables

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total net identifiable assets

Net purchase consideration

Goodwill

Mexican 
CHP

247.2

661.4

134.7

16.5

1,059.8

136.4

582.5

107.5

826.4

233.4

233.4

- 

The Group has performed a preliminary determination of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date with the 
support of an external independent valuation expert leading to the following recognition: 

•  An intangible asset of $232.5 million representing the fair Value of the Legado rights based on an income approach based method. 
•  A financial asset of $12.9 million representing the tax savings asset (the “TSA”) arising from the time value of the tax shield related to 

the accelerated depreciation of the plant assets allowed under Mexican tax regulations.

•  A step-up to the book value of the PP&E of $194.7 million, as part of the allocation of the excess purchase price.

In 2020, as the Group finalises its assessment of the acquisition accounting and determines the final fair value of assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed, it intends to perform more work around the cash flows related to property, plant and equipment and how these 
interact with cash flows from other regulatory rights, before concluding on the purchase price allocation. 

From the acquisition date to 31st December 2019, this acquisition contributed to consolidated revenue and net loss of $23.4 million and 
$11.3 million respectively. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements136

3.  Significant changes in the reporting period continued
3.2. 2018 transactions
Sale of Ukrainian assets
On 26th February 2018, the Group sold 100% of its stake in Ukrainian power plant Kramatorsk representing a total of 120 MW for a cash 
amount of $3.0 million. This asset was presented as an asset held for sale as of 31st December 2017. The sale has no material impact on 
the 2018 financial statements.

Solar portfolio acquisition – Italy and Romania
On 23rd December 2017, the Group signed the acquisition of a 23 MW renewable portfolio consisting of 10 photovoltaic plants in Italy 
(15 MW), one photovoltaic plant in Romania (7 MW) and two biogas plants in Italy (2 MW).

The transaction closed on 22nd March 2018 for the Italian plants. The total consideration amounts to €22.6 million (or $27.7 million) 
including €17.0 million ($20.8 million) for the acquisition of 100% of the shares and €5.6 million ($6.9 million) for the repayment of 
shareholders’ loans.

The transaction closed on 26th June 2018 for the Romania plant. The total consideration amounts to €7.7 million (or $9.0 million) 
including €0.3 million ($0.4 million) for the acquisition of 100% of the shares and €7.4 million (or $8.6 million) for the repayment of 
shareholders loans.

On a consolidated basis, had these acquisitions taken place as of 1st January 2018, the Group would have recognized 2018 
consolidated revenue of $1,256.1 million and consolidated net profit of $14.5 million.

Determination of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date:

In $ millions

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Borrowings

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total net identifiable assets

Net purchase consideration

Goodwill

Solar 
portfolio

2.6

53.9

13.8

6.0

76.2

27.4

27.6

55.0

21.2

21.2

–

From the acquisition date to 31st December 2018, these acquisitions contributed to consolidated revenue and net result respectively of 
$8.4 million and $0.3 million.

Acquisition of Spanish CSP portfolio
On 27th February 2018, the Group signed the acquisition of Acciona Energia’s 250 MW portfolio of five 50 MW Concentrating Solar 
Power plants (“CSP”) in South-West Spain. The total enterprise value amounts to €962.8 million, including an amount payable to 
Acciona Energía of approximately €806.8 million ($956.6 million) and existing net debt (including adjustment for working capital) of 
€156.0 million ($184.4 million). The acquisition agreement also includes earn-out payments to Acciona Energía of up to €27 million 
($32 million). As of 31st December 2018 a €9.4 million ($10.8 million) earn-out liability was recognized. Following the announcement in 
2019 of the regulatory rate of return in Spain, this earn-out liability was trued up to €12.0 million ($13.5 million).

The acquisition combines the Group’s solar and Spanish thermal operating expertise into a sizable portfolio of assets enabling 
synergies with existing European operations.

The acquisition closed on 10th May 2018.

On a consolidated basis, had this acquisition taken place as of 1st January 2018, the Group would have recognized 2018 consolidated 
revenue of $1,316.8 million and consolidated net profit of $16.0 million.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued137

Determination of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at acquisition date of:

In $ millions

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Other assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Borrowings

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total net identifiable assets

Net purchase consideration

Goodwill

Spanish 
CSP 
portfolio

–

1,202.8

89.2

76.1

1,368.1

186.4

225.2

411.5

956.6

956.6

–

From the acquisition date to 31st December 2018, this acquisition contributed to consolidated revenue and net loss respectively of 
$112.8 million and $6.6 million.

Sale of non-controlling interests which did not result in a change of control
Solar Italy and Slovakia portfolio
In October 2018, the Group completed the sale of 49% minority interest of the Italian and Slovakian portfolio with Credit Suisse Energy 
Infrastructure Partners for an amount of €63.4 million ($73.1 million), of which €3.3 million ($3.8 million) consists of working capital 
adjustments. Cash amount received at closing amounted to €60.1 million ($69.3 million), of which €42.4 million ($48.9 million) was for 
the sale of shares and €17.7 million ($20.4 million) was for the repayment of existing shareholder loans. The acquisition agreement also 
included earn-out payments paid in advance by Credit Suisse and recognized as of 31st December 2018.

In line with IFRS 10 “Consolidated financial statements”, this transaction is considered as an equity transaction as it does not result in a 
loss of control. Therefore, the net cash gain on sale of these assets, which represented an amount of €18.2 million or $20.9 million, was 
recorded as an increase in the equity attributable to owners of the parent. It corresponds to the difference between the consideration 
received for the sale of shares (€42.4 million or $48.9 million) and of the carrying amount of non-controlling interest sold (€24.2 million 
or $28.0 million). During the period ended 31st December 2019, the earn-out calculation has been updated down by $5.8 million, 
recorded as a decrease in the equity attributable to owners of the parent.

3.3. Other accounting matters
Change in the classification of the Bonaire power purchase agreement
The Bonaire power purchase agreement is considered to be an arrangement containing a lease (with the group acting as lessor). 
Historically, this lease has been classified as a finance lease. During the first quarter of 2019, modifications were agreed to the power 
purchase price agreement which included the Group investing to enhance the asset. Under IFRS 16, the terms of this modification are 
not considered to be a separate lease and so the entire agreement has been treated as a new lease from the date of modification. 
This new lease is classified as an operating lease from 1st January 2019 due to the significant remaining life of the asset and significant 
remaining net book value at the end of the agreement. As a result, during the year ended 31st December 2019, the group has 
recognised property, plant and equipment with a value of $42.1 million and derecognised a finance lease asset of the same amount. 
There was no impact on profit for the period.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements138

4.  Notes to the consolidated financial statements
4.1.  Segment reporting
The Group’s reportable segments are the operating segments overseen by distinct segment managers responsible for their 
performance with no aggregation of operating segments. 

Thermal Energy for power generating plants operating from coal, lignite, natural gas, fuel oil and diesel. Thermal plants include Maritsa, 
Arrubal, Togo, Kramatorsk (sold in February 2018), Cap des Biches, KivuWatt, Energies Antilles, Energies Saint-Martin, Bonaire, Mexican 
CHP and our equity investees (primarily Termoemcali and Sochagota). Our thermal segment also includes plants which provide 
electricity and certain other services to beverage bottling companies and other industries.

Renewable Energy for power generating plants operating from renewable resources such as wind, solar and hydro in Europe and 
South America. Renewables plants include Asa Branca, Chapada I, II, III, Inka, Vorotan, Austria Portfolio 1 & 2, Spanish Concentrated 
Solar Power and our other European and Brazilian plants.

The Corporate & Other category primarily reflects costs for certain centralized functions including executive oversight, corporate 
treasury and accounting, legal, compliance, human resources, IT and facilities management and certain technical support costs that are 
not allocated to the segments for internal management reporting purposes.

The Chief Operating Decision-Maker assesses the performance of the operating segments based on Adjusted EBITDA which is defined 
as profit for the period from continuing operations before income taxes, net finance costs, depreciation and amortization, acquisition 
related expenses and specific items which have been identified and adjusted by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, less the 
Group’s share of profit from non consolidated entities accounted for on the equity method, plus the Group’s prorata portion of Adjusted 
EBITDA for such entities. In determining whether an event or transaction is specific, management considers quantitative as well as 
qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence.

The Group also believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors because it is frequently used by security analysts, investors, ratings 
agencies and other interested parties to evaluate other companies in our industry and to measure the ability of companies to service 
their debt. Finally, the Group consider that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA enhances the understanding of ContourGlobal’s 
financial performance, in regards to understanding its ability to generate stable and predictable cash flows from operations. 

The Chief Operating Decision-Maker does not review nor is presented a segment measure of total assets and total liabilities.

All revenue is derived from external customers. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued139

Geographical information
The Group also presents revenue in each of the geographical areas in which it operates as follows: 

• Europe (including our operations in Austria, Armenia, Northern Ireland, Italy, Romania, Poland, Bulgaria, Slovakia, Spain and Ukraine)
• South America (including Brazil, Peru, Colombia and Mexico) and Caribbean Islands (including Dutch Antilles and French Territory)
• Africa (including Nigeria, Togo, Senegal and Rwanda)

In $ millions

Revenue

Thermal Energy

Renewable Energy

Total revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Thermal Energy

Renewable Energy

Corporate & Other1

Total adjusted EBITDA

Reconciliation to profit before income tax

Depreciation, amortization and impairment (note 4.3)

Finance costs net (note 4.6)

Share of adjusted EBITDA in associates2

Share of profit in associates 

Acquisition related items (note 4.5)

Costs related to CG Plc IPO3

Cash gain on sale of minority interest in assets4

Restructuring costs5

Private incentive plan6

Other7

Profit before income tax

Years ended  

31st December

2019

2018

859.7

470.6

1,330.2

850.1

402.9

1,253.0

335.9

397.0

(30.2)

702.7

(282.3)

(243.8)

(21.7)

11.1

(23.2)

–

(46.1)

–

(9.1)

(28.1)

59.4

327.1

309.4

(26.4)

610.1

(239.3)

(236.6)

(21.2)

2.9

(19.6)

(0.4)

(20.9)

(6.7)

(4.1)

(36.3)

27.8

1 

Includes corporate costs of $30.0 million (31st December 2018: $26.9 million) and other costs for $0.2 million (31st December 2018: other income of $0.5 million). 
Corporate costs correspond to selling, general and administrative expenses before depreciation and amortization of $4.6 million (31st December 2018: $1.4 million). 

2  Corresponds to our share of Adjusted EBITDA of plants accounted for under the equity method (Sochagota, Termoemcali and Productora de Energia de Boyaca) 

which are reviewed by our CODM as part of our Thermal Energy segment.

3  The Group successfully completed the Initial Public Offering in the United Kingdom of ContourGlobal Plc in the year ended 31st December 2017. Costs associated 

with this project were separately analyzed by our CODM.

4  Represents in 2019 the cash gain on the divestment of 49% stake of our CSP Portfolio in Spain and the adjustment to the earn-out calculation on the divestment of 
49% stake of our Italian and Slovakian solar portfolio. Represents in 2018 the cash gain on the divestment of 49% stake of our Italian and Slovakian solar portfolio.

5  Represents redundancy and staff-related restructuring costs.
6  Represents the private incentive plan as described in note 4.26 share-based compensation plan.
7  Mainly reflects an adjustment to recognized profits earned under finance lease and financial concession arrangements in line with the cash flows generated by 

these assets. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements140

4.  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Cash outflows on capital expenditure

In $ millions

Thermal Energy

Renewable Energy

Corporate & Other

Total capital expenditure

Years ended  

31st December

2019

48.9

49.6

3.6

102.1

2018

31.2

49.9

–

81.1

Geographical information
The geographical analysis of revenue, based on the country of origin in which the Group’s operations are located, and Adjusted EBITDA 
is as follows:

In $ millions

Europe1

South America and Caribbean2

Africa

Total revenue

Years ended  

31st December

2019

899.6

290.1

140.5

2018

864.3

250.0

138.7

1,330.2

1,253.0

1  Revenue generated in 2019 in Bulgaria and Spain amounted to $403.0 million and $351.5 million respectively (31st December 2018: $383.0 million and 

$333.8 million respectively).

2  Revenue generated in 2019 in Brazil amounted to $164.3 million (31st December 2018: $163.4 million).

In $ millions

Europe1

South America and Caribbean2

Africa

Corporate & Other

Total adjusted EBITDA

Years ended  

31st December

2019

454.6

199.4

78.9

(30.2)

702.7

2018

374.3

180.8

81.4

(26.4)

610.1

1  Adjusted EBITDA generated in 2019 in Bulgaria and Spain amounted to $120.4 million and $193.9 million respectively (31st December 2018: $120.5 million and 

$152.2 million respectively). This line as well includes the $46.1 million of cash gain on the divestment of 49% stake of our CSP Portfolio in Spain and adjustment to 
the earn-out calculation on the divestment of 49% stake of our Italian and Slovakian solar portfolio that occurred in 2018.

2  Adjusted EBITDA generated in 2019 in Brazil amounted to $118.4 million (31st December 2018: $112.9 million).

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued141

4.2. Revenue

In $ millions

Revenue from power sales1

Revenue from operating leases1

Revenue from concession and finance lease assets2

Other revenue3

Total revenue

Years ended  

31st December

2019

1,078.8

108.5

38.0

104.9

2018

965.2

104.0

60.5

123.3

1,330.2

1,253.0

Revenue from power sales and Other revenue are recognised under IFRS 15 and total $1,183.7 million (2018: $1,088.5 million). Revenue 
from operating leases and revenue from concession and finance lease assets are recognised under IFRS 16 and IFRIC 12 respectively. 

1  Revenue from power sales includes $29.5 million relating to Vorotan for the year ended 31st December 2019 following IFRS 16 “Leases” adoption, for which $28.5 

million was recognised within Revenue from operating leases in the year ended 31st December 2018. See Note 2 Basis of preparation for further details.

  Revenue from operating leases includes $26.1 million relating to Bonaire for the year ended 31st December 2019, for which $19.7 million was recognised within 

Revenue from concession and finance lease assets in the year ended 31st December 2018. See Note 2 Basis of preparation for further details.

2  Some of our main plants are operating under specific arrangements for which certain other accounting principles are applied as follows:
  • Our Togo, Rwanda (Kivuwatt) and Senegal (Cap des Biches) plants are operating pursuant to concession agreements that are under the scope of IFRIC 12.
  • Our Energies Saint Martin plant is operating pursuant to power purchase agreements that are considered to contain a finance lease
3  Other revenue primarily relates to environmental, operational and maintenance services rendered to offtakers in our Bulgaria, Togo, Rwanda and Senegal 

power plants. 

The Group has two customers contributing more than 10% of Group’s revenue.

Customer A

Customer B

4.3. Expenses by nature

In $ millions

Fuel costs

Depreciation, amortization and impairment

Operation and maintenance costs

Employee costs

Emission allowance utilized1

Professional fees

Purchased power

Transmission charges

Operating consumables and supplies

Insurance costs

Other expenses2

Total cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses

Years ended  

31st December

2019

30.3%

10.7%

2018

30.6%

7.5%

Years ended  

31st December

2019

227.0

282.3

74.7

83.8

151.2

19.7

52.5

27.5

22.4

20.3

46.6

1,008.0

2018

244.9

239.3

77.8

76.1

138.9

19.6

64.9

19.7

15.8

20.9

43.9

961.8

1  Emission allowances utilized corresponds mainly to the costs of CO2 quotas in Maritsa which are passed through to its offtaker, as well as changes in fair value of 

CO2 quotas in the period.

2  Other expenses include facility costs of $13.2 million in 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $16.5 million). Facility costs include certain operating leases 
expenses of $0.3 million in 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $4.1 million) which have decreased following the implementation of IFRS 16 in the period.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements142

4.  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

In $ millions

Private Incentive Plan1

Restructuring costs2

Other

Total other operating expenses

Years ended  

31st December

2019

9.1

–

5.1

14.2

2018

4.1

6.7

5.8

16.6

1  Represents the private incentive plan as described in note 4.26 share-based compensation plan.
2  Represents redundancy and staff-related restructuring costs.

The other operating income totals $7.3 million in 31 December 2019 (31st December 2018: $6.9 million). 

In the current year, the other operating income and the other operating expenses have been presented gross on the consolidated 
statement of income and other comprehensive income. The comparatives have been restated accordingly.

4.4. Employee costs and numbers

In $ millions

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments1

Pension and other post-retirement benefit costs

Other

Total employee costs before private incentive plan

Private incentive plan1

Total employee costs

Monthly average number of full-time equivalent employees 

• Thermal

• Renewable

• Corporate

1  See note 4.26 Share-based compensation plans for a description of the private incentive plan and long term incentive plan.

4.5. Acquisition related items

In $ millions

Acquisition costs1

Earn-out2

Acquisition related items

Years ended  

31st December

2019

(63.0)

(13.5)

(1.3)

(0.7)

(5.2)

(83.8)

(9.1)

(92.9)

1,431

824

411

196

2018

(57.8)

(12.0)

(0.7)

(0.8)

(4.9)

(76.1)

(4.1)

(80.2)

1,472

930

341

201

Years ended  

31st December

2019

(20.9)

(2.3)

(23.2)

2018

(19.6)

–

(19.6)

1  Acquisition costs include notably pre-acquisition costs such as due diligence costs and professional fees and other related incremental costs incurred as part of 

completed acquisitions or contemplated acquisitions. In 2019, costs incurred primarily related to completed acquisition in Mexico. In 2018, costs incurred primarily 
related to completed acquisitions in Spain and Italy and contemplated acquisition in Mexico. 

2  Earn-out related to adjustments to previously estimated earn-outs.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued143

4.6. Finance costs – net

In $ millions

Finance income

Net change in fair value of derivatives1

Net realized foreign exchange differences

Net unrealized foreign exchange differences2

Realized and unrealized foreign exchange gains and (losses) and change in fair value of derivatives

Interest expenses on borrowings

Finance charges related to corporate bond refinancing3

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Unwinding effects4

Other5

Finance costs

Finance costs – net 

Years ended  

31st December

2019

11.2

(13.4)

7.0

(3.6)

(10.1)

(188.8)

–

(12.5)

(15.9)

(27.8)

(244.9)

(243.8)

2018

10.6

11.4

1.4

(4.3)

8.5

(192.4)

(21.9)

(9.6)

(9.8)

(22.0)

(255.7)

(236.6)

1  The Group recognized a loss of $0.4 million in the year ended 31st December 2019 in relation to its interest rate, cross currency swaps, foreign exchange options 

and forward contracts (31st December 2018: profit of $23.9 million) and a loss of $13.0 million in the year ended 31st December 2019 in relation with settled 
positions (31st December 2018: loss of $12.5 million). The $0.4 million loss includes a $5.4 million loss related to hedged cash flows no longer expected to occur 
on an interest swap on the CHP Mexico acquisition financing. Change in fair value of derivatives relates primarily to interest rate swaps and interest rate options.

2  Unrealized foreign exchange differences primarily relate to loans in subsidiaries that have a functional currency different to the currency in which the loans 

are denominated. 

3  Fees in conjunction with the refinancing of our initial €750 million bond in July 2018.
4  Unwinding effects mainly related to Maritsa debt to non-controlling interests and other long-term liabilities.
5  Other mainly includes costs associated with other financing, fair valuation of debt to non-controlling interests, finance costs of leases, as well as income and 

expenses related to interests and penalties for late payments. 

4.7.  Income tax expense and deferred income tax
Income tax expense

In $ millions

Current tax expense

Deferred tax (expense) benefit

Income tax expense

Years ended  

31st December

2019

(33.9)

(2.4)

(36.3)

2018

(34.6)

17.1

(17.4)

The main jurisdictions contributing to the income tax expense for the year ending 31st December 2019 are i) Spain, ii) Bulgaria and iii) 
Brazil. The tax on the Group’s profit before income tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise from applying the statutory 
tax rate of the parent company applicable to the results of the consolidated entities as follows:

Effective tax rate reconciliation 

In $ millions

Profit before income tax

Profit before income tax at statutory tax rate 

Statutory tax rate (UK)

Tax effects of:

Differences between statutory tax rate and foreign statutory tax rates1

Changes in unrecognized deferred tax assets2

Reduced rate and specific taxation regime3

Foreign exchange movements4

Permanent differences and other items5

Income tax expense

Effective rate of income tax

Years ended  

31st December

2019

59.4

(11.3)

19.0%

9.6

(23.2)

6.9

1.6

(19.9)

(36.3)

61.1%

2018

27.8

(5.3)

19.0%

9.8

(17.4)

6.1

(0.3)

(10.3)

(17.4)

62.6%

1 

Includes the effect of recognizing net income of investments in associates in the profit before income tax.

2  Mainly relates to tax losses in Luxembourg and Brazil where deferred tax assets are not recognized.
3  Relates to specific tax regimes and some of the Brazilian entities being taxed by reference to revenue rather than accounting profits.
4  Mainly driven by difference between functional currency of statutory entities and currency used for local tax reporting.
5  This category included a number of individually immaterial items such as non-deductible group costs, withholding taxes and prior year adjustments.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements144

4.  Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Net deferred tax movement
The gross movements of net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

Years ended  

31st December

In $ millions

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of 1st January

Effects of change in accounting standards (IFRS 15)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of 1st January (restated)

Statement of income

Deferred tax recognized directly in other comprehensive income

Acquisitions

Currency translation differences and other

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of 31st December

Including net deferred tax assets balance of:

Deferred tax liabilities balance of:

2019

(112.2)

–

(112.2)

(2.4)

(2.7)

(139.7)

2.5

(254.5)

44.9

(299.4)

Analysis of the net deferred tax position recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position
The net deferred tax positions and their movement can be broken down as follows:

In $ millions

As of 1st January 2018

Effect of changes in accounting standards (IFRS 15)

As of 1st January 2018 (restated)

Statement of income

Other comprehensive income

Acquisitions

Currency translations and other

As of 31st December 2018

Statement of income

Other comprehensive income

Acquisitions

Currency translations and other

As of 31st December 2019

Tax losses

Non-current
 assets1

Derivative 
financial 
instruments

Other2

19.7

–

19.7

(11.3)

–

8.7

(0.5)

16.6

(2.3)

–

14.0

(0.2)

28.1

(58.9)

18.9

(40.0)

14.4

–

(143.8)

5.8

(163.6)

(8.8)

–

(160.2)

3.4

(329.2)

8.3

–

8.3

(1.1)

(1.7)

7.8

(1.0)

12.3

(2.1)

(2.7)

0.5

(0.3)

7.7

7.2

(5.3)

1.9

15.1

–

6.4

(0.9)

22.5

10.8

–

6.0

(0.4)

39.0

2018

(23.7)

13.6

(10.1)

17.1

(1.7)

(120.9)

3.4

(112.2)

51.6

(163.8)

Total

(23.7)

13.6

(10.1)

17.2

(1.7)

(120.9)

3.4

(112.2)

(2.4)

(2.7)

(139.7)

2.5

(254.5)

1  Mainly relates to property, plant and equipment and acquired intangible assets.
2  This category mainly includes deferred financing costs, investment tax credits and foreign currency differences. 

Analysis of the deferred tax position unrecognized in the consolidated statement of financial position
Unrecognized deferred tax assets amount to $242.3 million as of 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $190.9 million) and can be 
broken down as follows: 

In $ millions

Unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses1

Unrecognized deferred tax assets on deductible temporary differences

Total unrecognized deferred tax assets

Years ended  

31st December

2019

231.8

10.5

242.3

2018

168.8

22.1

190.9

1  The increase mainly relates to current year losses in Luxembourg and Brazil, prior year adjustments reflecting updates to tax estimates, and Luxembourg tax impact 

of a group internal restructuring.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued145

4.8. Earnings per share

Profit attributable to CG plc shareholders (in $ millions)

Number of shares (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

Potential dilutive effects related to share-based compensation

Adjusted weighted average number of shares

Profit attributable to CG plc shareholders per share (in $)

Years ended 31st December 

Basic

27.7

670.7

0.04

2019

Diluted

27.7

670.7

1.7

672.4

0.04

Basic

15.0

670.7

0.02

2018

Diluted

15.0

670.7

0.8

671.5

0.02

There is no dilutive impact from the Private Incentive Plan (PIP) on the earnings per share as the shares are settled in full by existing 
shares held by Reservoir Capital Group. 

4.9. Intangible assets and goodwill

In $ millions

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 31st December 2017

Additions

Disposals

Acquired through business combination

Currency translation differences

Reclassification

Amortisation charge

Closing net book amount

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 31st December 2018

Additions

Disposals

Acquired through business combination

Currency translation differences

Reclassification

Amortisation charge

Closing net book amount

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 31st December 2019

Project 
development 
rights

Software 
and Other

Goodwill

0.6

–

0.6

–

–

–

(0.1)

–

–

0.5

0.5

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

0.5

–

0.5

166.2

(34.6)

131.6

0.5

(0.1)

2.6

(15.8)

0.4

(8.0)

111.2

149.0

(37.8)

111.2

2.0

–

233.3

(3.3)

(0.2)

(8.2)

334.8

379.1

(44.3)

334.8

16.7

(11.7)

4.9

0.8

–

–

(0.2)

1.8

(1.6)

5.7

18.7

(13.0)

5.7

0.5

(0.2)

13.9

–

0.1

(2.7)

17.3

34.6

(17.3)

17.3

Total

183.5

(46.3)

137.1

1.3

(0.1)

2.6

(16.1)

2.1

(9.6)

117.4

168.2

(50.8)

117.4

2.5

(0.2)

247.2

(3.3)

(0.1)

(10.9)

352.6

414.2

(61.6)

352.6

The project development rights mainly relate to the fair value of licenses acquired from the initial developers for our wind parks in Peru 
and Brazil. 

Assets acquired through business combination relate to the Mexican CHP acquisition, detailed in note 3.1. Assets acquired through 
business combinations in 2018 mainly related to green certificates in Romania. 

For the years ended 31st December 2018, and 2019, certain impairment triggering events were identified, and the related intangible 
assets were tested for impairment. These impairment tests did not result in any impairment (refer to note 4.10). 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements146

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
4.10.  Property, plant and equipment
The power plant assets predominantly relate to wind farms, natural gas plants, fuel oil or diesel plants, coal plants, hydro plants, solar 
plants and other buildings.

Other assets mainly include IT equipment, furniture and fixtures, facility equipment, asset retirement obligations and vehicles, and 
project development costs.

Assets acquired through business combinations are explained in Note 3 Major events and changes in the scope of consolidation.

In $ millions

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 1st January 2019

Effect of change in accounting standard1

Carrying amount as of 1st January 2019 (restated)

Additions 

Disposals

Reclassification

Acquired through business combination2

Effect of change in classification of contract3

Currency translation differences

Depreciation charge

Impairment charge4

Closing net book amount

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 31st December 2019

Power plant 
assets

Land

Construction 
work in 
progress

Right of use 
of assets

68.2

(0.5)

67.7

–

67.7

0.1

–

–

2.0

–

(1.7)

–

–

68.1

68.6

(0.5)

68.1

4,440.8

(1,532.5)

2,908.3

–

2,908.3

58.5

(7.9)

38.5

711.2

42.1

(69.7)

(230.4)

–

3,450.5

5,187.1

(1,736.7)

3,450.5

60.6

–

60.6

–

60.6

45.0

(4.3)

(40.9)

1.9

–

(0.9)

–

–

61.5

61.5

–

61.5

–

–

–

31.0

32.9

13.2

–

–

–

(0.5)

(8.3)

–

35.4

43.7

(8.3)

35.4

Other

333.5

(116.9)

216.6

–

Total

4,903.1

(1,649.9)

3,253.1

31.0

216.6

3,286.0

14.6

(2.0)

2.4

0.1

–

(4.9)

(20.0)

(12.4)

194.4

325.8

(131.4)

194.4

131.4

(14.2)

–

715.2

42.1

(77.7)

(258.7)

(12.4)

3,809.8

5,686.7

(1,876.9)

3,809.8

1  With the implementation of IFRS 16 on 1st January 2019, right of use assets amounting to $31.0 million were recognized (see note 2 Basis of preparation). The right 

of use assets mainly relates to office space and land.

2  Assets acquired through business combination relate to an additional solar portfolio and the Mexican CHP acquisitions, detailed in note 3.1.
3  The effect of change in classification of contract corresponds to the change in the Bonaire power purchase agreement (see note 2 Basis of preparation), which 

resulted in the recognition of property, plant and equipment and the derecognition of a financial asset of the same value under IFRS 16.

4  The Group decided to partially impair the project development costs related to our Kosovo project resulting in a charge of $12.1 million due to the uncertainties 

related to the continuation of the project; other property plant and equipment were also impaired resulting in a charge of $0.3 million.

Construction work in progress as of 31st December 2019 predominantly related to our Vorotan refurbishment project, our Austria Wind 
project repowering, Bonaire and Maritsa plants. 

Other as of 31st December 2019 mainly relate to $61.4 of facility equipment, $60.9 million of instruments and tools, $33.6 million of 
project development costs, $18.0 million of assets retirement obligations. Project development costs mainly relate to the Kosovo project 
and are not depreciated.

Depreciation included in ‘cost of sales’ in the consolidated statement of income amounted to $255.1 million in the period ended 31st 
December 2019 (31st December 2018: $229.4 million) and depreciation included in ‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ 
amount to $3.6 million in the period ended 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $0.2 million)

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued147

In period ended 31st December 2019, the Group capitalised $0.5 million borrowing costs in relation to project financing.

In $ millions

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 1st January 2018

Additions 

Disposals

Reclassification

Acquired through business combination1

Currency translation differences

Depreciation charge

Closing net book amount

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Carrying amount as of 31st December 2018

Power  
plant 
 assets

Construction 
work in 
progress

3,194.9

(1,028.2)

2,166.7

10.7

(0.3)

10.1

1,141.6

(204.4)

(216.0)

2,908.3

4,440.8

(1,532.5)

2,908.3

26.5

-

26.5

66.8

(0.6)

(12.7)

-

(19.4)

-

60.6

60.6

-

60.6

Land

27.7

(0.5)

27.2

–

(0.2)

–

44.4

(3.7)

–

67.7

68.2

(0.5)

67.7

Other

216.6

(86.6)

130.1

26.3

(0.1)

2.6

70.7

0.6

(13.6)

216.6

333.5

(116.9)

216.6

Total

3,465.6

(1,115.3)

2,350.3

103.8

(1.2)

–

1,256.7

(226.9)

(229.6)

3,253.1

4,903.1

(1,649.9)

3,253.1

1  Assets acquired through business combination mainly relate to the acquisition of a Spanish CSP portfolio and are detailed in note 3.2.

Construction work in progress in 2018 predominantly related to our Austria Wind project repowering, our Vorotan refurbishment project 
and our Bonaire and Maritsa plants, and project development costs related to our Kosovo project.

Depreciation included in ‘cost of sales’ in the consolidated statement of income amounted to $229.4 million in the period ended 31st 
December 2018 and depreciation included in ‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ amount to $0.2 million in the year ended 
31st December 2018.

In 2018, the Group did not capitalise any significant borrowing costs in relation to project financing.

Impairment tests on tangible and intangible assets
For the years ended 31st December 2019 and 2018 certain triggering events were identified primarily driven by lower performance 
of the assets and environmental factors impacting resource level, requiring an impairment test of the relevant assets.

The recoverable amount is determined as the higher of the value in use determined by the discounted value of future cash flows 
(discounted cash flow method or “DCF”, determined by using cash flows projections consistent with the following year budget and 
the most recent forecasts prepared by management and approved by the Board) and the fair value (less costs to sell), determined 
on the basis of market data (comparison with the value attributed to similar assets or companies in recent transactions).

Impairment tests were performed for the year ended 31st December 2019 using the following assumptions and related 
sensitivity analysis:

In $ millions

Net book value

Valuation approach

Discount rate

Generation

Sensitivity analysis

Brazilian wind power 
plants

607.2

DCF

10%

2,186 Gwh average

Discount rate increased 
by 1%  
5% decrease in 
generation

The sensitivity calculations show that an increase by 1% of the discount rate and a 5% decrease in generation for Brazilian wind power 
plants assets would not have a material impact on the results of impairment tests or, therefore, on the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements as of 31st December 2019.

Changes to be made to the key impairment test assumptions to reduce the value in use to net book value would not correspond to the 
definition of a reasonable change as defined by IAS 36.

Impairment tests were performed for the year ended 31st December 2018 using the following assumptions and related sensitivity 
analysis:

In $ millions

Net book value

Valuation approach

Discount rate

Generation

Sensitivity analysis

Brazilian wind power 
plants

655.9

DCF

10%

2,281 Gwh average

Discount rate increased 
by 1%  
4% decrease in 
generation

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements148

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
The sensitivity calculations show that an increase by 1% of the discount rate and a 4% decrease in generation for Brazilian wind power 
plants assets would not have a material impact on the results of impairment tests or, therefore, on the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements as of 31st December 2018.

Changes to be made to the key impairment test assumptions to reduce the value in use to net book value would not correspond to the 
definition of a reasonable change as defined by IAS 36.

4.11. Financial and contract assets

In $ millions

Contract assets – Concession arrangements1

Finance lease receivables2

Other

Total financial and contract assets

31st December

2019

425.6

13.8

6.4

445.8

2018

437.6

54.3

6.3

498.2

1  The Group operates plants in Togo, Rwanda and Senegal which are in the scope of the financial model of IFRIC 12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’.
  Our Togo power plant was commissioned in 2010 and is operated under a power purchase agreement with a unique offtaker, Compagnie Energie Electrique du 
Togo (“CEET”) which has an average remaining contract life of approximately 15.8 years as of 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: 16.8 years). At expiration, 
the Togo plant, along with all equipment necessary for the operation of the plant, will be transferred to the Republic of Togo. This arrangement is accounted for as 
a concession arrangement and the value of the asset is recorded as a financial asset. The all-in base capacity tariff under the Togo power purchase agreement is 
adjusted annually for a combination of U.S., Euro and local consumer price index related to the cost structure.

  Our Rwanda power plant consists of the development, construction and operation of Gas Extraction Facilities (“GEF”) and an associated power plant. The GEF is 
used to extract methane and biogas from the depths of Lake Kivu in Rwanda and deliver the gas via submerged gas transport pipelines to shore-based power 
production facilities totalling 26 MW of gross capacity. The PPA runs for 25 years starting on the commercial operation date and ending in 2040, date when the 
GEF along with all equipment necessary for the operation of the plant, will be transferred to the Republic of Rwanda.

  Our Cap des Biches power plant in Senegal consists of the development, construction and operation of five engines with a flexi-cycle system technology based on 
waste heat recovery totalling about 86 MW. A PPA integrating all the Cap des Biches requirements and agreements on price was signed for 20 years starting on 
the commercial operation date of the project and ending in 2036, date when the power plant along with all equipment necessary for the operation of the plant, will 
be transferred to the Republic of Senegal.

2  Relates to finance leases where the Group acts as a lessor, and includes our Bonaire plant in the Dutch Caribbean (in 2018) and our Saint Martin plant in the French 
Territory. Saint Martin has an average remaining contract life of approximately 3.3 years as of 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: 4.3 years). As describe in 
section 2.1 “Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)” our Bonaire plant is now classified in property, plant and equipment. 
No losses from impairment of contracted concessional assets and finance lease receivables in the above projects were recorded during the years ended 31st 
December 2019 and 2018.

  Net cash inflows generated by the financial assets under concession agreements amounted to $74.7 million as of 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: 

$83.1 million). 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued149

4.12.  Investments in associates
Set out below are the associates of the Group as of 31st December 2019: 

Operational plant

Sochagota

Termoemcali

Productora de Energía de Boyacá

Evacuacion Villanueva del Rey, S.L.

Country of incorporation Ownership interests

Date of acquisition

Associate

Associate

Associate

Associate

Colombia

Colombia

Colombia

Spain

49.0%

37.4%

50.0%

20.4%

2006 and 2010

2010

2016

2018

Evacuacion Villanueva del Rey, S.L. is a facility designated to evacuate solar energy from the Spain CSP plants acquired in 2018.

Set out below is the summarized financial information for the investments which are accounted for using the equity method (presented 
at 100%):

In $ millions

Year ended 31st December 2018

Sochagota

Termoemcali

Productora de Energia de Boyaca

Evacuacion Villanueva del Rey, S.L.

Year ended 31st December 2019

Sochagota

Termoemcali

Productora de Energia de Boyaca

Evacuacion Villanueva del Rey, S.L.

Current 
assets

Non-current 
assets

Current 
liabilities

Non-current 
liabilities

Revenue Net income

38.0

23.2

0.3

0.3

51.8

20.5

0.2

0.1

13.4

47.3

–

3.2

13.5

49.1

–

2.9

12.7

12.2

0.7

0.4

9.1

12.6

0.1

0.2

1.0

24.2

–

3.1

0.8

46.6

–

2.8

29.8

33.5

–

–

99.4

28.2

–

–

(0.7)

9.3

(0.5)

–

18.7

6.5

(1.1)

–

The reconciliation of the investments in associates for each year is as follows: 

In $ millions

Balance as of 1st January

Share of profit

Dividends

Other

Balance as of 31st December

Years ended  

31st December

2019

26.6

11.1

(11.3)

0.2

26.6

2018

27.1

2.9

(3.4)

–

26.6

4.13.  Management of financial risk
The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk arises primarily from our long-term borrowings. Interest cash flow risk arises from borrowings issued at variable rates, 
partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Typically for any new investments, the Group hedges variable interest risk on newly issued 
debt in a range of 75% to 100% of the nominal debt value. Interest rate risk is managed on an asset by asset basis through entering into 
interest rate swap agreements, entered into with commercial banks and other institutions. The interest rate swaps qualify as cash flow 
hedges. Their duration matches the duration of the debt instruments. Approximately 19.8% the Group’s existing external debt obligations 
carry variable interest rates in 2019 (2018: 22.9%) (taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps).

Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness 
assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. The group enters into 
interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps that have similar critical terms to the hedged items, such as the notional amounts, 
reference rate and maturities. The group does not hedge 100% of its loans, therefore the hedged item is identified as a proportion of 
outstanding loans up to the notional amount of the swaps. Therefore, there is an economic relationship and the hedge ratio is 
established as 1:1. 

The main sources of hedge ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships is the effect of the counterparty and the Group’s own credit 
risk on the fair value of the interest rate swap and cross currency swap contracts, which are not reflected in the fair value of the hedged 
item attributable to changes in underlying rates, and the risk of over-hedging where the hedge relationship requires re-balancing. No 
other material sources of ineffectiveness emerged from these hedging relationships. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recognised 
immediately in the income statement in the period that it occurs.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements150

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
The following table presents a reconciliation by risk category of the cash-flow hedge reserve and analysis of other comprehensive 
income in relation to hedge accounting:

In $ millions

Brought forward cash-flow hedge reserve

Interest rate and cross currency swap contracts:

Net fair value gain/(loss) on effective hedges

Amounts reclassified to Net finance cost

Carried forward cash-flow hedge reserve1

Years ended  

31st December

2019

(41.3)

(52.9)

8.2

(86.0)

2018

(38.5)

20.0

(22.8)

(41.3)

1  Above table show pre-tax cash flow hedge positions, including non-controlling interest. The amounts on balance sheet include $3.5 million deferred tax (2018: 

$13.3 million).

The debit value adjustment on the interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps in the interest rate hedge amounts to $4.7m (2018: 
$2.0 million). These amounts are recognised on the financial statements against the fair value of derivative (note 4.16). Aside from the 
IFRS 13 credit/debit risk adjustment, cash-flow hedges generated immaterial ineffectiveness in FY2019 which was recognised in the 
income statement through finance costs.

The following tables set out information regarding the change in value of the hedged item used in calculating hedge ineffectiveness as 
well as the impacts on the cash-flow hedge reserve:

In $ millions

Hedged item

As of 31st December 2019

Hedged  
exposure

Hedging 
instrument

Change in value of 
hedged item for 
calculating 
ineffectiveness

Change in value of 
hedging instrument 
for calculating 
ineffectiveness

Cash flows payable on a proportion of borrowings

Interest rate risk

Interest rate swaps

Cash flows payable on a proportion of borrowings

Interest rate risk and 
foreign currency risk

Cross currency 
swaps

(182.4)

(7.5)

182.6

7.5

These agreements involve the receipt of variable payments in exchange for fixed payments over the term of the agreements without 
the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. The main interest rate exposure for the Group relates to the floating rates with the 
TJLP, EURIBOR and LIBOR (refer to note 4.23). A change of 0.5% of those floating rates would result in an increase in interest expenses 
by $3.7 million in the year ended 31st December 2019 (2018: $4.1 million).

Foreign Currency Risk
Foreign exchange risk arises from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Euro, Brazilian Real and Bulgarian Lev. 
Currency risk comprises (i) transaction risk arising in the ordinary course of business, including certain financial debt denominated in a 
currency other than the currency of the operations; (ii) transaction risk linked to investments or mergers and acquisition; and (iii) 
translation risk arising on the consolidation in US dollars of the consolidated financial statements of subsidiaries with a functional 
currency other than the US dollar. 

To mitigate foreign exchange risk, (i) most revenues and operating costs incurred in the countries where the Group operates are 
denominated in the functional currency of the project company, (ii) the external financial debt is mostly denominated in the currency that 
matches the currency of the revenue expected to be generated from the benefiting project, thereby reducing currency risk, and (iii) the 
Group enters into various foreign currency sale / forward and / or option transactions at a corporate level to hedge against the risk of 
lower distribution. Typically, the Group hedges its future distributions in Brazil through a combination of forwards and options for any 
new investment in the country. The analysis of financial debt by currency is presented in note 4.22. 

Potential sensitivity on the post-tax profit result for the year linked to financial instruments is as follows:

• if the US dollar had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the Euro, post-tax profit for the year ended 31st December 2019 would 

have been $4.2 million higher/lower (2018: $5.4 million higher/lower).

• if the US dollar had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the Brazilian Real, post-tax profit for the year ended 31st December 2019 

would have been $0.8 million higher/lower (2018: $1.8 million higher/lower). 

The exposure to the Bulgarian Lev is considered remote due to the pegging mechanism of the Lev on the Euro. The Group hedge 
policy states that the exposure between US dollar and Euros will not be hedged, both currency being considered as more 
stable currencies.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued151

Commodity and electricity pricing risk
The Group’s current and future cash flows are generally not impacted by changes in the prices of electricity, gas, oil and other fuel 
prices as most of the Group’s non-renewable plants operate under long-term power purchase agreements and fuel purchase 
agreements. These agreements generally mitigate against significant fluctuations in cash flows as a result in changes in commodity 
prices by passing through changes in fuel prices to the offtaker. 

In the particular case of the Brazilian hydro power plants, the Group hedges most of its exposure against the change in local electricity 
price in case of low generation. In such a case, Brazilian hydro power plants may be required to buy electricity on the market.

Credit risk
Credit risk relates to risk arising from customers, suppliers, partners, intermediaries and banks on its operating and financing activities, 
when such parties are unable to honour their contractual obligations. Credit risk results from a combination of payment risk, delivery risk 
(failure to deliver services or products) and the risk of replacing contracts in default (known as mark to market exposure – i.e. the cost of 
replacing the contract in conditions other than those initially agreed). The Group analyzes the credit risk for each new client prior to 
entering into an agreement. In addition, in order to minimize risk, the Group contracts Political Risk Insurance policies from multilateral 
organizations or commercial insurers which usually provide insurance against government defaults. Such policies cover project 
companies in Armenia, Bulgaria, Colombia, Nigeria, Peru, Rwanda, Togo, Senegal and Slovakia.

Where possible, the Group restricts exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits based on the credit quality as defined by 
Moody’s and S&P and by defining the types of financial instruments which may be entered into. The minimum credit ratings the Group 
generally accepts from banks or financial institutions are BBB- (S&P) and Baa3 (Moody’s). For offtakers, where credit ratings are CCC+ or 
below, the Group generally hedges its counterparty risk by contracting Political Risk Insurance. 

If there is no independent rating, the Group assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past 
experience and other factors. 

For trade receivables, financial and contract assets, the group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit 
losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets. 

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk 
characteristics and the days past due. The contract assets have substantially the same risk characteristics as the trade receivables for 
the same types of contracts. 

The group has therefore concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable approximation of the loss rates 
for the contract assets. The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 31st 
December 2019 or 1st January 2019 respectively and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. In this 
context, the Group has taken into account available information on past events (such as customer payment behaviour), current 
conditions and forward-looking factors that might impact the credit risk of the Group’s debtors. 

Trade receivables can be due from a single customer or a few customers who will purchase all or a significant portion of a power plant’s 
output under long-term power purchase agreements. This customer concentration may impact the Group’s overall exposure to credit 
risk, either positively or negatively, in that the customers may be affected by changes in economic, industry or other conditions. 

Ageing of trade receivables – net are analyzed below:

In $ millions

Trade receivables not overdue

Past due up to 90 days

Past due between 90 – 180 days

Past due over 180 days

Total trade receivables 

Years ended  

31st December

2019

89.5

11.4

1.3

16.4

118.6

2018

97.7

11.5

0.7

15.6

125.5

As of 31st December 2019, $47.4 million (31st December 2018: $49.3 million) of trade receivables were outstanding in connection with 
our Bulgarian power plant, Maritsa East 3. 

The trade receivables include an allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.7 million (31st December 2018: $2.5 million) with an increase 
in allowance recognized in profit and loss of $0.0 million in 2019 and an unused amount reversed in the profit and loss of $0.2 million 
in 2018.

No overdue identified on financial and contract assets. 

The Group deems the associated credit risk of the trade receivables not overdue to be suitably low. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements152

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group not being able to meet its obligations. The Group mainly relies on long-term debt obligations to fund 
its acquisitions and construction activities. All significant long-term financing arrangements are supported locally and covered by the 
cash flows expected from the power plants when operational. The Group has, to the extent available at acceptable terms, utilized 
non-recourse debt to fund a significant portion of the capital expenditures and investments required to construct and acquire its electric 
power plants and related assets. 

On 9th November 2018, the Group also entered into a €75 million revolving credit facility available for general corporate purposes, 
maturing in November 2021, and which remains undrawn as of 31st December 2019. A $7.5 million letter of credit was issued but not 
drawn under this facility.

A rolling cash flow forecast of the Group’s liquidity requirements is prepared to confirm sufficient cash is available to meet operational 
needs and to comply with borrowing limits or covenants. Such forecasting takes into consideration the future debt financing strategy, 
covenant compliance, compliance with internal statement of financial position ratio targets and, if applicable external regulatory or legal 
requirements – for example, cash restrictions.

The subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and, unless they have expressly guaranteed any of the holding company 
indebtedness, have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to such debt or to make any funds 
available whether by dividends, fees, loans or other payments.

Some of the Group’s subsidiaries have given guarantees on the credit facilities and outstanding debt securities of certain holding 
companies in the Group. 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the 
contractual maturity date: 

In $ millions

Year ended 31st December 2018

Borrowings1

Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial instruments

Other current liabilities

Other non current liabilities

Year ended 31st December 2019

Borrowings1

Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial instruments

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

Other current liabilities2

Other non current liabilities2

Less than  

1 year

702.9

244.7

292.9

16.8

148.5

–

810.2

269.4

336.1

25.2

5.3

174.2

–

Between  
1 and 5 
years

1,716.9

1,532.8

–

35.7

–

148.4

Over  

5 years

1,864.1

1,838.8

–

17.3

–

8.0

1,755.6

1,521.3

2,425.3

2,345.0

–

54.0

21.2

–

159.1

–

30.7

6.8

–

42.8

Total

4,283.9

3,616.3

292.9

69.8

148.5

156.4

4,991.1

4,135.7

336.1

109.9

33.3

174.2

201.9

1  Borrowings represent the outstanding nominal amount (note 4.23). Short-term debt of $269.4 million as of 31st December 2019 relates to the short-term portion of 

long-term financing that matures within the next twelve months, that we expect to repay using cash on hand and cash received from operations.

2  Other current liabilities and Other non current liabilities as presented in notes 4.28 and 4.24 respectively, excluding IFRS16 lease liabilities. 

The table below analyses the Group’s forecasted interest to be paid into relevant maturity groupings based on the interest’s 
maturity date:

In $ millions

Forecast interest expense to be paid

Year ended 31st December 2019

Less than  

1 year

209.3

Between  
1 and 5 
years

643.2

Over  

5 years

502.9

Total

1,355.4

The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking into account reasonably possible changes in operating performance, indicate that the 
Group has sufficient financial resources, together with assets that are expected to generate free cash flow to the Group. As a 
consequence, the Group has reasonable expectation to be well placed to manage its business risks and to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future (at least for the twelve month period from the approval date of these financial statements). 
Accordingly, the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued 
 
153

Capital risk management 
The Company considers its capital and reserves attributable to equity shareholders to be the Company’s capital.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern while providing 
adequate returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain a capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. It may also increase debt provided that the funded venture provides 
adequate returns so that the overall capital structure remains supportable.

4.14.  Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on borrowings, a foreign exchange forward 
contract to mitigate currency risk and cross currency swap contracts in Cap des Biches project in Senegal to manage both currency and 
interest rate risks. The fair value of derivative financial instruments are as follows:

In $ millions

Interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge

Cross currency swaps – Cash flow hedge

Foreign exchange forward contracts – Trading1

Foreign exchange option contracts – Trading1

Financial swap on commodity2

Total

Less non-current portion:

Interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge

Cross currency swaps – Cash flow hedge

Foreign exchange forward contracts – Trading

Foreign exchange option contracts – Trading

Financial swap on commodity

Total non-current portion

Current portion

Years ended 31st December

2019

2018

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

–

0.3

–

–

–

86.0

14.1

4.3

5.3

0.2

0.3

109.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.3

65.9

14.1

1.8

2.9

–

84.7

25.2

–

1.1

–

–

1.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.1

49.0

14.0

1.3

5.4

69.8

33.8

14.0

1.3

3.9

–

53.0

16.8

1  The Group has executed a series of offsets to protect the value, in USD terms, of the BRL-denominated expected distributions from the Brazilian portfolio. The first 

two years of BRL-denominated distributions have been hedged using a series of forward exchange contracts with a fair value of $1.8 million and maturity in 
December 2022 (2018: $1.3 million); and the distributions expected in years three to five have been protected against material depreciation of the BRL using option 
contracts with fair values of $2.4 million and $2.9 million maturating in December 2020 and 2021 respectively (2018: $1.5 million and $3.9 million maturing in 
December 2019 and December 2020, 2021 respectively). Hedge accounting is not applied to BRL/USD foreign exchange forward and options contracts, therefore 
the change in fair value is recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

  Additionally and following the acquisition of our Mexican CHP business, the Group has also executed offset to protect the value, in USD terms, of the MXP-

denominated expected distributions from the Mexican portfolio. The first year of the MXP-denominated distributions have been hedged using a forward contract 
with a fair value of $2.5 million maturing in November 2020. Hedge accounting is not applied to MXP/USD foreign exchange forward contract, change in fair value 
is therefore recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

2  The Group entered into a financial swap on commodity related to our Mexican CHP business to protect us against the cost variations of the natural gas. 

The notional principal amount of:

• the outstanding interest rate swap contracts and cross currency swap qualified as cash-flow hedge amounted to $1,231.1 million as of 

31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $645.2 million).

• the outstanding foreign exchange forward and option contracts amount to $251.4 million as of 31st December 2019 (31st December 

2018: $71.8 million).

• the swap on commodity related to our Mexican CHP amount to $4.0 million as of 31st December 2019.

In 2015, the Group entered into cross currency swaps in our Cap des Biches project in Senegal. The fair value of the instruments as of 
31st December 2019 amounts to $14.8 million (31st December 2018: $12.8 million).

The Group recognized in Finance costs net a loss of $0.4 million in the year ended 31st December 2019 in relation to its interest rate, 
cross currency swaps, foreign exchange options and forward contracts (31st December 2018: profit of $23.9 million) and a loss of $13.0 
million in the year ended 31st December 2019 in relation with settled positions (31st December 2018: loss of $12.5 million). 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements154

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
4.15.  Fair value measurements
Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the 
valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of fair value hierarchy 
levels as at the end of the reporting period.

The levels in the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

• Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Group has the ability to access 

at the measurement date.

• Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or 

indirectly.

• Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

There were no transfers between fair value measurement levels between 31st December 2019 and 31st December 2018.

When measuring our interest rate, cross currency swaps and foreign exchange forward and option contracts at fair value on a recurring 
basis at both 31st December 2019 and 2018, we have measured these at level 2 in the fair value hierarchy with the exception of the 
debt to non-controlling interests which is level 3. The fair value of those financial instruments is determined by using valuation 
techniques. These valuations techniques maximise the use of observable data where it is available and rely as little as possible on 
entity specific estimates.

The Group uses a market approach as part of their available valuation techniques to determine the fair value of derivatives. The market 
approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions.

The Group’s finance department performs valuation of financial assets and liabilities required for financial reporting purposes as 
categorized at level 2. The Group’s only derivatives are interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward contracts, commodity swap 
contracts and cross currency swap contracts in our Cap des Biches project in Senegal.

4.16.  Financial instruments by category

In $ millions  
Year ended 31st December 2018

Derivative financial instruments

Financial and contract assets

Trade and other receivables

Other non-current assets1

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

In $ millions  
Year ended 31st December 2019

Derivative financial instruments

Financial and contract assets

Trade and other receivables

Other non-current assets1

Cash and cash equivalents

Total

Financial 
assets at 
amortized 
costs

Assets at fair 
value 
through 
profit and 
loss

Financial asset category

Derivative 
used for 
hedging

Total net 
book value 
per balance 
sheet

–

498.2

284.5

2.6

–

785.3

–

–

–

–

696.9

696.9

1.1

–

–

–

–

1.1

1.1

498.2

284.5

2.6

696.9

1,483.3

Financial 
assets at 
amortized 
costs

Assets at fair 
value 
through 
profit and 
loss

Financial asset category

Derivative 
used for 
hedging

Total net 
book value 
per balance 
sheet

–

445.8

226.3

18.6

–

690.7

–

–

–

–

558.5

558.5

0.3

–

–

–

–

0.3

445.8

226.3

18.6

558.5

0.3

1,249.5

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued155

In $ millions  
Year ended 31st December 2018

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Other current liabilities1

Other non-current liabilities

Total

In $ millions 
Year ended 31st December 2019

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Other current liabilities1

Other non-current liabilities

Total

Liabilities at 
fair value 
through 
profit and 
loss

–

6.7

–

–

69.2

75.9

Liabilities at 
fair value 
through 
profit and 
loss

–

9.8

–

–

58.1

67.9

Other 
financial 
liabilities at 
amortized 
cost

3,560.0

–

292.9

100.5

87.2

Financial liability category

Derivative 
used for 
hedging

–

63.1

–

–

–

Total net 
book value 
per balance 
sheet

3,560.0

69.8

292.9

100.5

156.4

4,040.6

63.1

4,179.6

Other 
financial 
liabilities at 
amortized 
cost

4,090.5

–

336.1

146.0

171.8

Financial liability category

Derivative 
used for 
hedging

Total net 
book value 
per balance 
sheet

–

4,090.5

100.1

–

–

–

109.9

336.1

146.0

229.9

4,744.4

100.1

4,912.4

1  These balances exclude receivables and payables balances in relation to taxes disclosed in notes 4.18, 4.20 and 4.28 respectively. 

4.17. Other non-current assets

In $ millions

VAT receivables1

Advance to supplier2

Other

Total other non-current assets

Years ended  

31st December

2019

–

3.5

18.6

22.1

2018

6.0

9.7

7.2

22.9

1  VAT receivables mainly relate to the Vorotan project. The amount is expected to be recovered over a five-year period from the acquisition date in 2015 and was 
discounted using a rate of 10.0%. A current portion of $2.8 million is presented in “trade and other receivables” in the consolidated statement of financial position 
as of 31st December 2019 ($3.4 million as of 31st December 2018).

2  Advance payment to supplier relates to Vorotan EPC contract as part of the refurbishment program.

4.18.  Inventories

In $ millions

Emission allowance

Spare parts

Fuel 

Other 

Total

Provision

Total inventories

Increase mainly relates to emission allowances purchased and in transit by our Maritsa business. 

Years ended  

31st December

2019

161.1

46.9

12.9

13.1

234.0

(4.4)

229.6

2018

62.3

35.6

13.0

6.4

117.3

(4.5)

112.8

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements156

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
4.19.  Trade and other receivables

In $ millions

Trade receivables – gross

Accrued revenue (unbilled)

Provision for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables – Net

Income tax receivables

Other taxes receivables

Other receivables

Trade and other receivables

Years ended  

31st December

2019

121.3

91.9

(2.7)

210.5

14.1

122.4

15.8

362.8

2018

127.9

145.2

(2.5)

270.6

8.1

44.7

13.9

337.3

All trade and other receivables are short term and the net carrying value of trade receivables is considered a reasonable approximation 
of the fair value. The ageing of trade receivables – net is presented in note 4.13. 

All trade and other receivables are pledged as security in relation with the Group’s project financings.

The decrease in accrued revenue (unbilled) is primarily related to CO2 quotas in connection with our Maritsa plant which are passed 
through to the offtaker and a decrease in our Arrubal plant.

Other taxes receivables primarily correspond to indirect tax receivables, mainly in our power plants in Mexico, Senegal and Armenia. 

4.20.  Other current assets

In $ millions

Prepaid expenses

Advances to suppliers

Other

Other current assets

Years ended  

31st December

2019

11.7

6.3

5.9

23.9

2018

15.4

4.6

10.0

30.0

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued157

4.21.  Cash and cash equivalents
Certain restrictions on our cash and cash equivalents have been primarily imposed by financing agreements or long term obligations. 
They mainly include short-term security deposits kept as collateral and debt service reserves that cover short-term repayments and 
which meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents. 67.4% of our cash and cash equivalents as of 31st December 2019 is pledged 
as security in relation with the Group’s project financings (31st December 2018: 49.2%); cash and cash equivalents also includes 
$154.6 million as of 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $212.9 million) of cash balances relating to debt service reserves 
required by project finance agreements. 

4.22.  Issued capital 
Issued capital of the Company amounted to $8.9 million as at 31st December 2019, with no changes in the years ended 31st December 
2018 and 2019.

Allotted, authorized, called up and fully paid

As at 31st December 2017

As at 31st December 2018

As at 31st December 2019

Number

670,712,920

670,712,920

670,712,920

Nominal 
value

0.01

0.01

0.01

£ million

$ million

6.7

6.7

6.7

8.9

8.9

8.9

During the year the Group paid dividends of $137.6 million on. (2018: $44.1 million)

In $ millions

Declared during the financial year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31st December 2018: 9.4000 US cents per share

Three interim dividends for the year ended 31st December 2019: 11.0703 US cents per share in total

Final dividend for the year ended 31st December 2017: 2.6000 US cents per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31st December 2018: 3.9659 US cents per share

Total dividends provided for or paid

Years ended  

31st December

2019

2018

63.3

74.3

–

–

137.6

–

–

17.3

26.7

44.1

4.23.  Borrowings
Certain power plants have financed their electric power generating projects by entering into external financing arrangements which 
require the pledging of collateral and may include financial covenants as described below. The financing arrangements are generally 
non-recourse (subject to certain guarantees) and the legal obligation for repayment is limited to the borrowing entity. 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements158

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
The Group’s principal borrowings with a nominal outstanding amount of $4,135.7 million in total as of 31st December 2019 (31st 
December 2018: $3,616.3 million) primarily relate to the following:

Type of borrowing

Currency

Corporate bond1

EUR

Project 
Financing

Corporate 
Indenture

Issue 

2018

Outstanding 
nominal 
amount 
12.31.19  

($ million)

Outstanding 
nominal 
amount 
12.31.18 
($ million)

Maturity

2023 – 2025

953.1

860.0

Mexican CHP 2019

2026

Spanish CSP

2018

2026 – 2038

Loan Agreement2

Loan Agreement4

Loan Agreement3

Loan agreement5

Project bond

Loan Agreement / 
Debentures6

Loan Agreement

Loan Agreement 

Loan Agreement

Loan Agreement

Loan Agreement6

Loan Agreement 

Loan Agreement

Loan Agreement6

Loan Agreement

USD

EUR

EUR

EUR

USD

BRL

EUR

EUR

EUR

USD

BRL

USD

USD

BRL

EUR

Spanish CSP

2018

Solar Italy

Inka

Chapada I

2019

2014

2015

Spanish CSP

2009

Maritsa

Arrubal

Vorotan

Chapada II

Cap des 
Biches

Togo

2006

2011

2016

2016

2015

2008

Asa Branca

2011

Austria Wind

2013

Debentures 

BRL

Hydro Brazil 
Portfolio II

2018

Loan Agreement

USD

KivuWatt

2011

Loan Agreement7

Debentures

Loan Agreement / 
Corp. Financing5

EUR

BRL

EUR

Solar Slovak

Hydro Brazil 
portfolio I

2019

2013

Solar Italy

2017

2024-2028

2036

2030

2034

2032 – 2029

2029

2023

2021

2034

2032

2033

2028

2030

2027

2026

2026

2025

2027

535.0

387.7

339.3

214.8

179.5

155.2

153.1

130.6

128.6

128.4

118.8

101.1

88.7

83.6

71.7

69.8

66.0

49.4

39.3

–

–

Rate

3.375%, 4.125%

LIBOR +2.5%

Fixed 5.8% and 6.7%

3.438%

EURIBOR 6M + 1.7%

6.0%

TJLP + 2.18% / IPCA + 8%

EURIBOR 6M + Variable

EURIBOR + 0.125%

4.9%

LIBOR + 4.625%

TJLP + 2.18%

–

–

722.1

–

184.6

166.2

168.0

163.3

165.8

142.0

132.1

105.5

USD-LIBOR BBA (ICE)+3.20%

96.1

95.0

83.6

72.7

74.1

7.16% (Weighted average)

TJLP+ 1.92%

EURIBOR 6M + 2.45% and 
4.305% / EURIBOR 3M+1.95% 
and 4.0%

CDI +3%, 4.2%

LIBOR plus 5.50% and mix of 
fixed rates

– Mix of fixed and variable rates

43.2

8.8%

116.3 Mix of fixed and variable rates

41.0 Mix of fixed and variable rates

Loan Agreement7

EUR

Solar Slovak

2009 – 2015 2023 – 2026

Other Credit facilities 
(individually 
< $40 million)8

Total

Various

Various

2012 – 2013

2019 – 2034

142.0

184.7

4,135.7

3,616.3

1  Corporate bond issued by ContourGlobal Power Holdings S.A. in July 2018 for €750 million dual-tranche, it includes €450 million bearing a fixed interest rate of 

3.375% maturing in 2023 and €300 million bearing a fixed interest rate of 4.125% maturing in 2025. In July 2019, a new €100 million corporate bond tab was added 
to the €300 million tranche bearing the same fixed interest rate of 4.125% maturing also in 2025.

2  On 25th November 2019, the Group acquired a Thermal portfolio in Mexico representing a total of 518 MW, new debt was issued at acquisition due in 2026 with an 

outstanding nominal of $535.0 million at 31st December 2019. The loan bears an interest rate of LIBOR +2.5% maturing in 2026.

3  On 6th December 2018, an agreement to sell a 49% minority interest of the Spanish CSP portfolio to Credit Suisse Energy Infrastructure Partners (“CSEIP”) was 

signed (see note 3.1). Following the sell-down, 49% of the debt held in the project financing was transferred to a subsidiary of the acquiring entity (“CSEIP”).

4  Debt to affiliate Credit Suisse Energy Infrastructure Partners (“CSEIP”) as a result of the agreement to sell 49% minority interest of the Spanish CSP portfolio (see 

note 3.1 and (3) above). The facility bears a fixed rate of 5.8% and 6.7% maturing in 2026 and 2038.

5  On 20th June 2019, ContourGlobal Mediterraneo S.r.l. entered into a €196.0 million facilities agreement with Banco BPM S.p.A., Bayerische Landesbank Anstalt des 

öffentlichen Rechts, BNP Paribas, Italian Branch, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Société Générale, Milan Branch and UBI Banca S.p.A. (the 
“Mediterraneo Facility”), refinancing all the existing Italian Solar Plants facilities. The Facility bears interest at EURIBOR 6-month plus 1.70% per year and matures on 
31st December, 2030.

6  Taxa de Juros de Longo Prazo (“TJLP”) represents the Brazil Long Term Interest Rate, which was approximately 5.57% at 31st December 2019 (31st December 

2018: 6.98%). 

7  On 26th January 2019, the group signed a loan agreement to refinance our Solar Slovak portfolio. The new loan agreement was issued for €51.1 million bearing a 

mix of fix rate of 0.161% + 1.4% with a variable part bearing a rate of EURIBOR 6M +1.4% maturing in 2025.

8  In August 2019, the group repaid in full its debt in ContourGlobal Bonaire.

With the exception of our corporate bond and revolving credit facility, all external borrowings relate to project financing. Such project 
financing are generally non-recourse (subject to certain guarantees). 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued159

The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:

In $ millions

US Dollars

Euros

Brazilian Reals

Total

Non-current borrowings

Current borrowings

Total

The carrying amounts and fair value of the current and non-current borrowings are as follows:

Years ended  

31st December

2019

1,099.5

2,442.5

548.5

4,090.5

3,787.6

302.9

4,090.5

2018

625.4

2,338.8

595.8

3,560.0

3,286.8

273.2

3,560.0

In $ millions

Credit facilities

Bonds

Total

Net debt as of 31st December 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

In $ millions

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings – repayable within one year

Borrowings – repayable after one year

Interests payable, deferred financing costs and other

Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings – fixed interest rates1

Borrowings – variable interest rates

Interests payable, deferred financing costs and other

Net debt

1  Borrowings with fixed interest rates taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps 

In $ millions

As of 1st January 2018

Cash flows

Acquisitions/disposals

Proceeds of borrowings

Repayments of borrowings

Currency translations differences and other

As of 31st December 2018

Cash flows

Acquisitions/disposals

Proceeds of borrowings

Repayments of borrowings

Currency translations differences and other

As of 31st December 2019

Carrying amount

Years ended  

31st December

Fair Value

Years ended  

31st December

2019

2,909.1

1,181.4

4,090.5

2018

2,472.0

1,088.0

3,560.0

2019

3,005.3

1,274.4

4,279.7

2018

2,617.9

1,058.8

3,676.7

Years ended  

31st December

2019

558.5

(269.4)

(3,866.3)

45.2

(3,532.0)

558.5

(3,386.3)

(749.4)

45.2

2018

696.9

(244.7)

(3,371.6)

56.3

(2,863.1)

696.9

(2,790.3)

(826.0)

56.3

(3,532.0)

(2,863.1)

Cash and 
cash 

equivalents Borrowings

Total net 
debt

781.1

(124.7)

82.1

–

–

(41.6)

697.0

(174.6)

21.4

–

–

14.7

(2,890.1)

(2,109.0)

–

(213.8)

(1,792.0)

1,151.1

184.8

(124.7)

(131.7)

(1,792.0)

1,151.1

143.2

(3,560.1)

(2,863.1)

–

(22.0)

(947.5)

428.2

10.9

(174.6)

(0.6)

(947.5)

428.2

25.6

558.5

(4,090.5)

(3,532.0)

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements160

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
Debt Covenants and restrictions
The principle long-term financial debt facilities include certain financial covenants, principally as follows:

• Debt Service Coverage Ratio greater than 1.0, 1.05, 1.10, 1.15, 1.20, 1.25, 1.30 depending on borrowings,
• Net debt/EBITDA lower than 5.5 (São Domingo II), 3.25 (Brazil Hydro and Solutions),
• decreasing Senior Debt and Total Debt (Arrubal),
• Debt / Equity ratio: 85/15, 80/20, 75/25, 64.16/35.84, 60/40 depending on borrowings,
• Equity / Asset ratio above 15% or 25% depending on borrowings,
• Loan Life Coverage Ratio greater than 1.05 (Solar Italy) or 1.35 (Projected – KivuWatt).

Non-financial covenants includes the requirement to maintain proper insurance coverage, enter into hedging agreements, maintain 
certain cash reserves, restrictions on dispositions, scope of the business, and mergers and acquisitions. 

These covenants are monitored appropriately to ensure that the contractual conditions are met. 

A technical breach in a minor condition has been identified in relation to the financing of our Cap de Biches asset. The Company has 
performed a technical analysis and concluded that it has an unconditional right to defer payment for at least 12 months and hence 
$96.3 million of debt is presented as non current in line with the contracted repayment schedule.

Securities given
Corporate bond and Revolving Credit Facility at CG Power Holdings level are secured by pledges of shares of certain subsidiaries 
(ContourGlobal LLC, ContourGlobal Spain Holding Sàrl, ContourGlobal Bulgaria Holding Sàrl, ContourGlobal Latam Holding Sàrl, 
ContourGlobal Terra Holdings Sàrl and ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings Sàrl), and guarantees from ContourGlobal plc, and the 
above subsidiaries.

Project financing

Facility

Maturity

Security/Guarantee given

CSP Spain (excluding 
Alvarado)

Long Term Facility

2036

First ranking security interest in the shares of all the entities in the borrower group 
plus pledge of receivables and project accounts. Assignment of insurances.

CSP Spain Alvarado

Long Term Facility

2029

First ranking security interest in the shares of the borrower group plus pledge of 
project accounts. Assignment of rights under project contracts.

Inka

Inka 

Senior secured 
notes

Letter of Credit 
Agreement

2034

Pledge of shares of Energia Eolica SA, EESA assets, accounts, assignment of 
receivables of the project contracts and insurances.

2021

$8.5m ContourGlobal Plc guarantee to Credit Suisse.

Chapada I

Long Term Facility

2032

Arrubal

Arrubal Term Loan

2021

Pledge of shares of Chapada I SPVs and Holding, SPVs assets, accounts, 
assignment of receivables of the project contracts and insurances.

Pledge of (i) the shares of CG La Rioja, (ii) project accounts, (iii) insurance policies, 
(iv) receivables on project documents (PPA, Operations & Maintenance, Gas 
Supply Agreement…), (v) mortgage over the power station and industrial items.

Maritsa

Vorotan

Long Term Facility

2034

Credit Facility

2023

Pledge of the shares, any dividends on the pledged shares and the entire 
commercial enterprise of ME-3, including the receivables from the ME-3 PPA.

Chapada II

Long Term Facility

2032

Cap des Biches

Credit Facility

2033

Togo

Loan agreement

2028

Asa Branca

Credit facility

2030

Pledge of shares of ContourGlobal HydroCascade CSJC assets and project 
accounts, assignment of receivables arising from the project contracts and 
insurances.

Pledge of shares of Chapada II SPVs and Holding, SPVs assets, accounts, 
assignment of receivables of the project contracts and insurances.

Pledge over CG Senegal and CG Cap des Biches Sénégal shares, pledge over 
the project accounts, charge over the assets of CG Cap des Biches Sénégal, 
assignment of receivables of CG Cap des Biches Sénégal and the insurance 
policies, direct agreement on the project contracts. 

ContourGlobal Plc guarantee on cash shortfall for Debt service, and (i) a pledge of 
CG Togo LLC and CG Togo SA capital stock, (ii) a charge on equipment, material 
and assets of CG Togo SA, (iii) the assignment of receivables of CG Togo SA, (iv) 
the assignment of insurance policies, and (v) a pledge on the project accounts. 

Pledge of shares of Asa Branca Holding SA, pledge of the receivables under the 
Asa Branca PPA, pledge on certain project accounts, mortgage of assets of the 
Asa Branca Windfarm Complex, assignment of credit rights under project contracts 
(EPC, land leases, O&M...).

Energie Europe  
Wind & Solar

Credit Facilities

2025-30

Pledge of the shares, assets, cash accounts and receivables.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued161

Project financing

Facility

Maturity

Security/Guarantee given

Kivuwatt

Financing 
Arrangement

2026

•  Secured by, among others, (i) KivuWatt Holdings’ pledge of all of the shares of 

KivuWatt held by KivuWatt Holdings, (ii) certain of KivuWatt’s bank accounts and 
(iii) KivuWatt’s movable and immovable assets.

•  ContourGlobal Plc $1.2 million guarantee for the benefit of KivuWatt under the 
PPA and Gas Concession to the Government of Rwanda and to Electrogaz 
(outside of the loan guarantee).

• $8.5million UK Plc guarantee to cover DSRA as of 31st December 2019.

Hydro Brazil Portfolio II 
and Solutions Brazil

Debentures

2026

First ranking security interest in the shares of all the entities in the borrower group 
(ex-minorities) plus pledge of receivables.

Sunburn

Letter of Credit 
Agreement

2021

Chapada III

Long Term Facility

2032

Mexican CHP

Long Term Facility

2026

ContourGlobal plc BRL 60 million guarantee to cover Brasil hydro injunctions risk 
on ContourGlobal do Brasil Participaçoes SA

On 22nd December 2010, a €2.4 million letter of credit facility was entered into to 
fund obligations under the debt service reserve account (in accordance with the 
Saint Martin loan agreement). This letter of credit expires in June 2021. No 
amounts have been recognized in relation to letter of credit in either period.

Pledge of shares of Chapada III SPVs and Holding, SPVs assets, accounts, 
assignment of receivables of the project contracts and insurances.

Corporate guarantee from ContourGlobal do Brazil Holding Ltda until Financial 
Completion.

Pledge of the CGA I and CELCSA shares, assets and accounts, assignment of 
receivables and insurance policies.

4.24.  Other non-current liabilities

In $ millions

Debt to non-controlling interest1

Deferred payments on acquisitions2

Fixed margin liability3

IFRS 16 lease liabilities4

Other5

Total other non-current liabilities

Years ended  

31st December

2019

58.1

38.0

82.8

28.0

23.0

229.9

2018

69.2

40.4

–

46.8

156.4

1  Debt to non-controlling interests: in 2011, the Group purchased a 73% interest in Maritsa power plant. NEK owns the remaining 27% of Maritsa power plant. The 
shareholders’ agreement states that all distributable results available should be distributed to their shareholders, with no unconditional right to avoid dividends. 
Consequently and in accordance with IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: presentation’, shares held by NEK do not qualify as equity instruments and are recorded as a 
liability to non-controlling interests in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position. The fair value of the debt to non-controlling interest is determined 
using a discounted cash flow method based on management’s current best estimate of the future distributable profits to the minority shareholder NEK over the 
PPA period. This debt is discounted using a European risk free rate and adding the credit default swap (“CDS”) spread for Bulgaria.

2  As of 31st December 2019, deferred payments and earn-outs on acquired entities mainly relate to deferred payments to be made to initial developers. 
3  A liability is recognized by CHP Mexico representing the estimated net present value of the amounts due to Seller’s affiliates in relation with the CFE fixed margin 

mechanism on certain power purchase agreements. 

4  IFRS 16 lease liabilities are described in note 2.1.
5  Mainly relates to contractual obligations in Brazil, including shortfall and penalties when wind asset generation falls below contracted PPA for $10.1 million in 

31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $28.1 million). 

The change in the debt to Maritsa non-controlling interest is presented below:

In $ millions

Beginning of the period

Dividends 

Change in fair value recognized in profit and loss

Currency translation adjustments

End of the period

Years ended  

31st December

2019

69.2

(15.0)

5.4

(1.5)

58.1

2018

85.0

(19.5)

7.2

(3.5)

69.2

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
162

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
4.25. Provisions

In $ millions

As of 1st January 2018

Effect of changes in accounting standards (IFRS 15)

As of 1st January 2018 as restated

Acquired through business combination

Additions

Unused amounts reversed

Amounts used during the period

Currency translation differences and other

As of 31st December 2018

Acquired through business combination

Additions

Unused amounts reversed

Amounts used during the period

Currency translation differences and other

As of 31st December 2019

Provisions have been analyzed between current and non-current as follows:

In $ millions

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

As of 31st December 2018

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

As of 31st December 2019

Decommissioning/
Environmental/
Maintenance provision

Legal and 
other

53.4

(28.3)

25.1

9.8

10.2

–

–

(2.5)

42.7

0.2

3.0

(3.3)

(0.1)

1.4

43.9

19.6

–

19.6

–

2.6

(4.9)

(0.1)

(1.3)

15.9

–

5.5

(2.8)

(0.3)

(1.2)

17.1

Decommissioning/
Environmental/
Maintenance provision

Legal and 
other

9.6

33.1

42.7

4.6

39.3

43.9

7.8

8.1

15.9

8.0

9.1

17.1

Total

73.0

(28.3)

44.7

9.8

12.8

(4.9)

(0.1)

(3.8)

58.6

0.2

8.5

(6.1)

(0.4)

0.2

61.0

Total

17.4

41.2

58.6

12.6

48.4

61.0

Site decommissioning provisions are recognized based on assessment of future decommissioning costs which would need to be 
incurred in accordance with existing legislation to restore the sites. 

Legal and other provisions include amounts arising from claims, litigation and regulatory risks which will be utilized as the obligations 
are settled and includes sales tax and interest or penalties associated with taxes.

Legal and other provisions have some uncertainty over the timing of cash outflows. 

4.26. Share-based compensation plans
ContourGlobal long-term incentive plan
On 17th June 2019, a second grant of performance shares was made under the long term incentive plan (“LTIP”) with awards over a total 
of 2,486,318 ordinary shares of 1 pence in ContourGlobal plc granted to eligible employees (the “participants”). These shares will vest 
on 17th June 2022 subject to the participant’s continued service and to the extent to which the performance conditions set for the 
awards are satisfied over the period of three years commencing on 1st January 2019 and, ordinarily, ending on 31st December 2021 (the 
“Performance Period”):

i) EBITDA condition: 50.0 % of award to the compounded annual growth rate of the Company’s EBITDA over the Performance Period.

ii) 

 IRR condition: 12.5 % of award to the internal rate of return on qualifying Company projects over the Performance Period.

iii) 

 LTIR condition: 25.0 % of award to the lost time incident rate of the Company over the Performance Period.

iv)   Project milestones condition: 12.5 % of award to the number of corporate milestones completed on qualifying projects conditions 

over the Performance Period.

This LTIP awards have been valued using the Monte Carlo model and the resulting share-based payments charge is being spread 
evenly over the period between the grant date and the vesting date (30 months). Fair value at the grant date was estimated to 
be $0.98.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued163

Key assumptions used in valuing this plan were:

Expected life

Vesting period

Expecting vesting

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

2 years

3 years

75%

2019: 13.2%

2019: 0.40%

Dividend yield of 0% has been assumed since grantees are compensated for dividends under clause 6.3 of the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan.

Expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which the Group’s shares are expected to fluctuate during the life of an option. 

Including in this grant, restricted shares were granted under the long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) with awards over a total of 246,350 
ordinary shares of 1 pence in ContourGlobal plc granted to eligible employees (the “participants”). These shares will vest on 17th June 
2022 subject to the participant’s continued service.

In addition, on 21st May 2019, a grant of deferred bonus shares was made under the long term incentive plan (“LTIP”) with awards over 
a total of 85,200 ordinary shares of 1 pence in ContourGlobal plc granted to eligible employees (the “participants”). These shares will 
vest on 27th March 2021 subject to the participant’s continued service.

The Group’s total charge for equity-settled share-based incentives for the year of $1.3 million (2018: $0.7) has been included within 
selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

The movements on awards made under the LTIP are as follows:

Outstanding as of 31st December 2017

Granted during the year

Forfeited

Vested

Outstanding as of 31st December 2018

Granted during the year

Forfeited

Vested

Outstanding as of 31st December 2019

Number of 
shares 

–

1,818,441

(264,688)

–

1,553,753

2,486,318

(415,619)

–

3,624,452

Private Incentive Plan
The President & CEO (“CEO”), along with certain members of the ContourGlobal management team, have interests in a ‘Private 
Incentive Plan’ (PIP). This is a legacy equity arrangement established by Reservoir Capital (the major shareholder in the Company) and 
no new allocations will be made under this plan. The Company is not a party to the PIP and has no financial obligation, or obligation to 
issue shares, in connection with it, although it is required to recognize the plan as an expense in accordance with IFRS 2. All shares that 
might be delivered under the award will be funded by Reservoir Capital.

While the allocations and terms of the President & CEO’s award were substantially agreed prior to IPO, Reservoir Capital finalized 
the implementation of CEO award on 27th December 2018 and of other managers awards in January 2019. As a result, the PIP 
charge recognized in personnel expenses in 2018 line relates only to the CEO and has therefore increased in 2019. The charge is 
recognized in the consolidated statement of income with line item “Other operating income/expense – net” and is excluded from 
Adjusted EBITDA calculation as it does not constitute a present or future liability nor a cash out for the Company and will be fully 
funded by Reservoir Capital.

The award is in the form of partnership units in Contour Management Holdings LLC which is a partner in ContourGlobal L.P. (the limited 
partnership through which Reservoir Capital owns shares in the Company). The award comprises Class S units, Class C units and Class 
B units. All units deliver an award of shares in ContourGlobal plc.

Under the terms of the PIP, those units entitle the award-holder to have shares in the Company delivered to him if certain financial 
performance conditions are achieved.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements164

4.    Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
The CEO’s and other beneficiaries’ holding of units in ContourGlobal L.P. is as follows:

Basis of awards

Class S Units

Class C Units

Class B Units

Up to 10,475,657 ContourGlobal plc shares (excluding the impact of any accrued dividends)

Value share between management and Reservoir Capital Group

The terms of the value share between management and Reservoir Capital are based on a “waterfall” which operates broadly as follows:

i) 

 Class S Units are similar in nature to a restricted stock award, subject to an underpin share price. At final allocation, Reservoir 
Capital Group set the underpin share price for the Class S units at $2.23 (£1.74), rather than the £2.57 threshold referred to in the 
Prospectus, to reflect the share price at the time of final allocation.

ii) 

 Class C Units are based on sharing 12% of value above a 6% p.a. threshold on $2.0 billion of total value to ContourGlobal L.P., but 
after deducting value arising from Class S Units.

iii) 

 Class B Units are based on sharing 18% of value above a 9% p.a. threshold on $2.4 billion of total value to ContourGlobal L.P., but 
after deducting value arising from Class C Units and Class S Units. The Class B Units also have a catch-up feature that, at valuations 
significantly above the threshold value, allow management to receive additional value.

Distributions from Class B and C Units are subject to Reservoir Capital realising value from its investment in ContourGlobal, and the 
scheme stays in effect until Reservoir Capital has disposed of all its Ordinary Shares in the Group. Class B Units are fully vested and are 
not forfeitable. Class C and S Units vest in equal tranches over the three-year period from IPO. The date of full vesting is 27th December 
2020. Unvested units will ordinarily be forfeited in the event of resignation or termination for cause.

As of 31st December 2019, in accordance with IFRS 2, the Company recognized a personnel charge of $9.1 million in relation with the 
PIP ($4.1 million in 2018).

4.27.  Trade and other payables

In $ millions

Trade payables

Accrued expenses

Trade and other payables

Years ended  

31st December

2019

77.3

258.8

336.1

2018

98.2

194.7

292.9

The increase in trade and other payables mainly comes from CO2 emission quotas purchased in our Maritsa power plant, as well as 
trade payables acquired within our Mexican CHP. 

4.28. Other current liabilities

In $ millions

Deferred revenue

Deferred payment on acquisition1

Other taxes payable

IFRS 16 lease liabilities

Other2

Other current liabilities

Years ended  

31st December

2019

6.1

21.6

33.5

5.3

113.0

179.5

2018

10.1

23.3

48.0

–

67.1

148.5

1  Relates to the deferred payment of the renewable portfolio in Europe, Brazil and Mexico as of 31st December 2019 and to deferred payment of the renewable 

portfolio in Europe, Brazil and Peru as of 31st December 2018.

2  Mainly relates to contractual obligations in Brazil, including shortfall and penalties when wind asset generation falls below contracted PPA for $44.2 million 

in 31st December 2019 (31st December 2018: $21.7 million), and other regulatory obligations for hydro assets for $18.9 million in 31st December 2019  
(31st December 2018: $18.1 million).

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued165

4.29.  Group undertakings
ContourGlobal PLC owns (directly or indirectly) only ordinary shares of its subsidiaries. There are no preferred shares scheme in place 
in the Group.

ContourGlobal plc

United Kingdom 15 Berkeley Street 6th Floor, London, United Kingdom, W1J 8DY

Ownership

Country of 
incorporation

Registered address

Consolidated subsidiaries

ContourGlobal Hydro Cascade CJSC

ContourGlobal erneuerbare Energie 
Europa GmbH

Windpark HAGN GmbH 

Windpark HAGN GmbH & Co KG

Windpark Deutsch Haslau GmbH

100%

100%

95%

95%

62%

ContourGlobal Windpark Zistersdorf Ost GmbH 100%

ContourGlobal Windpark Berg GmbH

ContourGlobal Windpark Scharndorf GmbH

ContourGlobal Windpark Trautmannsdorf 
GmbH

ContourGlobal Windpark Velm GmbH

ContourGlobal Management Europa GmbH

ContourGlobal Wind Holding GmbH

ContourGlobal Development GmbH

ContourGlobal Maritsa East 3 AD

ContourGlobal Operations Bulgaria AD

ContourGlobal Management Sofia EOOD 

Galheiros Geração de Energia Elétrica S.A.

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

73%

73%

100%

77%

Armenia

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Austria

Bulgaria

Bulgaria

Bulgaria

Brazil

Santa Cruz Power Corporation Usinas 
Hidroelétricas S.A.

72%

Brazil

Contour Global Do Brasil Holding Ltda

100%

Brazil

Contour Global Do Brasil Participações Ltda

80%

Brazil

Abas Geração de Energia Ltda.

100%

Brazil

Ventos de Santa Joana IX Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

51%

Brazil

Calcedônia Geração de Energia Ltda.

100%

Brazil

Ventos de Santa Joana X Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana XI Energias  
Renováveis S.A

Ventos de Santa Joana XII Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana XIII Energias 
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana XV Energias 
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana XVI Energias 
Renováveis S.A.

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Asa Branca Holding S.A.

100%

Brazil

Tespias Geração de Energia Ltda.

100%

Brazil

Asa Branca IV Energias Renováveis SA

100%

Brazil

Asa Branca V Energias Renováveis SA

100%

Brazil

Asa Branca VI Energias Renováveis SA

100%

Brazil

Asa Branca VII Energias Renováveis SA

100%

Brazil

AGBU building; 2/2 Meliq-Adamyan str.,0010 Yerevan, Armenia

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

Fleischmarkt 1, Top 01, Vienna 1010, Austria 

48 Sitnyakovo Blvd; 9-th fl., Sofia 1505, Bulgaria 

TPP ContourGlobal Maritsa East 3, Mednikarovo village 
6294, Galabovo District, Stara Zagora Region, Bulgaria

48 Sitnyakovo Blvd; 9-th fl., Sofia 1505, Bulgaria 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Junior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Junior, 758, 3º andar, Itaim 
Bibi , São Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Júnior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Júnior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Junior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Junior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Júnior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Júnior, 758, 3º andar, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements166

Consolidated subsidiaries

Ownership

Country of 
incorporation

Registered address

Asa Branca VIII Energias Renováveis SA

100%

Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto Magalhães Júnior, 758, 3º andar, Sao 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Ventos de Santa Joana I Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana III Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana IV Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana V Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santa Joana VII Energias  
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santo Augusto IV Energias 
Renováveis S.A.

Chapada do Piauí I Holdings S.A.

Ventos de Santo Augusto III Energias 
Renováveis S.A.

Ventos de Santo Augusto V Energias 
Renováveis S.A.

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

100%

Brazil

100%

Brazil

ContourGlobal Desenvolvimento S.A.

100%

Brazil

Chapada do Piauí II Holding S.A.

51%

Brazil

Chapada do Piauí III Holding S.A.

100%

Brazil

Capuava Energy Ltda

Afluente Geração de Energia Eletrica S.A.

Goias Sul Geração De Energia S.A.

RIO PCH I S.A.

Bahia PCH I S.A.

ContourGlobal LATAM S.A.

ContourGlobal Solutions Holdings Ltd

80%

80%

80%

56%

80%

100%

100%

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Brazil

Colombia

Cyprus

ContourGlobal Solutions Ltd

100%

Cyprus

Selenium Holdings Ltd

100%

Cyprus

ContourGlobal La Rioja, S.L

100%

Spain

Contourglobal Termosolar Operator S.L. 

100%

ContourGlobal Termosolar, S.L. 

Rústicas Vegas Altas, S.L. 

Termosolar Majadas, S.L. 

Termosolar Palma Saetilla, S.L. 

Termosolar Alvarado, S.L. 

Crasodel Spain SL 

Energies Antilles

Energies Saint-Martin

ContourGlobal Saint-Martin SAS

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Spain

Spain

Spain

Spain

Spain

Spain

Spain

France

France

France

ContourGlobal Management France SAS

100%

France

ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings Limited

100%

Gibraltar

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km 08 ,Sala 182 , 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000 

Rodovia Dr. Mendel Steinbruch, S/N – Km, 08 Sala 182 – 
Distrito Industrial – Maracanaú – CE

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31 São 
Paulo 04542-000, Brazil 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000 

Rua Leopoldo Couto de Magalhães Jr., 758 – cj. 31, São 
Paulo 04542-000 

Av. Presidente Costa e Silva, 1178, parte, Santo André/

Praia do Flamengo, 70 – 1º andar Rio de Janeiro – RJ

Praia do Flamengo, 70 – 2º andar, parte. Rio de Janeiro – RJ

Praia do Flamengo, 70 – 4º andar Rio de Janeiro – RJ

Praia do Flamengo, 70 – 6º andar, parte. Rio de Janeiro – RJ

Carrera 7 No. 74-09, Bogota, Colombia 

Capital Center, 2-4 Arch, Makarios III Avenue, 9th Floor, 
Nicosia 1065, Cyprus 

Capital Center, 2-4 Arch, Makarios III Avenue, 9th Floor, 
Nicosia 1065, Cyprus 

Capital Center, 2-4 Arch, Makarios III Avenue, 9th Floor, 
Nicosia 1065, Cyprus 

Arrúbal Power Plant, Polígono Industrial El Sequero, 26150 
Arrúbal, La Rioja, Spain.

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

Calle Orense, número 34, 7° piso – 28020 Madrid, Spain

8, Avenue Hoche 75008 Paris 

8, Avenue Hoche 75008 Paris 

5 Rue du Gal de Gaulle, 8 Immeuble le Colibri Marigot, 
97150 Saint-Martin

Immeuble Imagine, 20-26 boulevard du Parc 92200  
Neuilly-sur-Seine

Hassans, Line Holdings Limited, 57/63 Line Wall Road, 
Gibraltar 

ContourGlobal Helios S.r.l. 

ContourGlobal Solar Holdings (Italy) S.r.l.

51%

51%

Italy

Italy

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued167

Consolidated subsidiaries

ContourGlobal Oricola S.r.l.

ContourGlobal Solutions (Italy) S.R.L.

Portoenergy S.r.l.

Officine Solari Barone S.r.l.

Officine Solari Camporeale S.r.l.

Contourglobal Mediterraneo S.r.l

PVP 2 S.R.L.

ContourGlobal Sarda S.r.l

Officine Solari Kaggio S.r.l.

Officine Solari Aquila S.r.l.

ContourGlobal Energetica S.R.L.

ContourGlobal Eight Srl

ContourGlobal Green Srl

ContourGlobal Industrial Srl

ContourGlobal Light Srl

ContourGlobal One Srl

ContourGlobal Sole Srl

ContourGlobal Tracker Srl

ContourGlobal Sungea S.R.L.

Rinnovabili Bari Max S.R.L. 

Solar 6 S.R.L. 

Solar Realty S.R.L. 

Solar 5 S.R.L. 

BS Energia New S.R.L. 

Campoverde Societa’ Agricola S.R.L. 

Ecoenergia S.R.L. – Societa’ Agricola 

ContourGlobal Management Italy S.R.L. 

Interporto Solare S.R.L.

ContourGlobal Kosovo L.L.C. 

ContourGlobal Luxembourg S.àr.l. 

Ownership

Country of 
incorporation

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

Italy

100%

100%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

100%

51%

100%

100%

Registered address

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Contrada Piana del Signore s.n.c. 93012 Gela (CL)

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Via Cusani 5, Milan 20121, Italy 

Kosovo

Anton çeta 5a 1000 Pristina Republic of Kosovo

Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Kani Lux Holdings S.à r.l.

80%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Africa Holdings S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Bulgaria Holding S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Spain Holding S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Latam Holding S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

Vorotan Holding S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Terra 2 S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Terra 3 S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Development Holdings S.à r.l

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Terra 5 S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Terra 6 S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Solutions Holdings S.a.r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Senegal Holdings S.à r.l. 

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Terra Holdings S.à r.l 

100%

Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements168

Consolidated subsidiaries

Ownership

Country of 
incorporation

Registered address

ContourGlobal Power Holdings S.A.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings S.à r.l.

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Mirror 1 S.à.r.l

ContourGlobal Mirror 2 S.à.r.l

ContourGlobal Mirror 3 S.à.r.l

51%

51%

51%

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Spain O&M HoldCo S.à r.l. 

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Intermediate O&M S.à r.l. 

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Ursaria 3 S.à r.l. 

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Mirror 7 S.à.r.l

100%

Luxembourg

ContourGlobal Mirror 4 S.à.r.l

100%

Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

35-37 Avenue de la Liberté L-1931 Luxembourg,  
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

Aero Flash Wind, S.A.P.I. DE C.V. 

75%

Mexico

Mexico City, Mexico / Tax Address : Ciudad de Tecate, Baja 
California

ContourGlobal holding de generación de 
energía de México 

ContourGlobal Servicios Administrativos de 
generación 

ContourGlobal Servicios Operacionales de 
México 

Cogeneración de Altamira, S.A. DE C.V. 

Cogeneración de Energía Limpia De 
Cosoleacaque S.A De C.V. 

100%

Mexico

Monterrey, Estado de Nuevo Leon, Mexico 

100%

Mexico

Monterrey, Estado de Nuevo Leon, Mexico 

100%

Mexico

Monterrey, Estado de Nuevo Leon, Mexico 

100%

100%

Mexico

Mexico

San Pedro Garza Garcia, Nuevo Leon, Mexico

San Pedro Garza Garcia, Nuevo Leon, Mexico

KivuWatt Holdings

100%

Mauritius 

ContourGlobal Solutions (Nigeria) Ltd

100%

Nigeria

4th Floor, Tower A, 1CyberCity, c/o Citco (Mauritius) Limited, 
Ebene, Mauritius 

St. Nicholas House, 10th Floor, Catholic Mission Street, 
Lagos, Nigeria 

Netherlands

Keplerstraat 34, Badhoevedorp 1171CD, Netherlands 

Netherlands

Kaya Carlos A. Nicolaas 3 , Bonaire, Netherlands 

ContourGlobal Solutions Nigeria Holdings B.V.

Contourglobal Bonaire B.V.

Energía Eólica S.A.

ContourGlobal Peru SAC

Energía Renovable Peruana S.A.

Energía Renovable del Norte S.A. 

ContourGlobal Solutions (Poland) Sp. Z o.o. 

ContourGlobal Paraguay Holdings SA

ContourGlobal Solutions (Ploiesti) S.R.L.

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Peru

Peru

Peru

Peru

Poland

Paraguay

Romania

100%

Romania

Petosolar S.R.L. 

Kivu Watt Ltd

Av. Ricardo Palma 341, Office 306, Miraflores, Lima 18, Peru 

Av. Ricardo Palma 341, Office 306, Miraflores, Lima 18, Peru 

Av. Ricardo Palma 341, Office 306, Miraflores, Lima 18, Peru 

Av. Ricardo Palma 341, Office 306, Miraflores, Lima 18, Peru 

ul. Przemyslowa 2A, Radzymin 05-250 – Poland

Simon Bolivar, # 914 casi Parapiti, Asuncion, Paraguay 

Ploeisti, 285 Gheorge Grigore, Cantacuzino street, Prahova 
County, Ploeisti, Romania 

7 Ghiocei street, ap. 1, Panciu locality, Panciu city, Vrancea 
county, Romania 

100%

Rwanda

Plot 9714, Nyarutarama, P. O. Box 6679, Kigali, Rwanda 

RENERGIE Solarny Park Holding SK I a.s.

PV Lucenec S.R.O.

RENERGIE Solárny park Rimavské Jánovce s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Dulovo s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Gemer s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Hodejov s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Jesenské s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Nižná Pokoradz s.r.o.

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued169

Consolidated subsidiaries

RENERGIE Solárny park Riečka s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Rohov s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Starňa s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Včelince 2 s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Hurbanovo s.r.o.

AlfaPark s.r.o.

RENERGIE Druhá slnečná s.r.o.

SL03 s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Bánovce 
nad Ondavou s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Bory s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Budulov s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Kalinovo s.r.o.

ZetaPark Lefantovce s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny Lefantovce s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Michalovce s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Nižný Skálnik s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Otročok s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Paňovce s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Gomboš s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Rimavská Sobota s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Horné Turovce s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Uzovská Panica s.r.o.

RENERGIE Solárny park Zemplínsky Branč s.r.o.

ZetaPark s.r.o.

Ownership

Country of 
incorporation

Registered address

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

51%

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

Pribinova 25, 811 09 Bratislava,Slovakia

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

Slovak Republic

25 Pribinova Str., Bratislava 811 09, Slovakia 

ContourGlobal Cap des Biches Senegal S.à r.l.

100%

Senegal 

2, Place de L’Indépendance, Dakar, BP 23607, Senegal 

ContourGlobal Togo S.A.

ContourGlobal Services Africa S. à r.l.

AMC Energy LLC

ContourGlobal Solutions Ukraine LLC

ContourGlobal Solutions (Northern Ireland) 
Limited

80%

100%

75%

100.0

100%

Togo

Togo

Ukraine

Ukraine

Route D’Aného, Baguida, BP 3662 , Lomé – Togo 

Immeuble SCI – Direction de l’administration pénitentiaire & 
de la réinsertion – Angle Rue Agbata, Boulevard du 13 
Janvier – 01 BP 3662, Lomé -TOGO

02125 ,1 Prospect Vyzvolyteliv, Kiev, Ukraine 

32, Konstantiniska street, 04071 Kiev, Ukraine

United Kingdom 6th Floor Lesley Tower, 42-26 Fountain Street, Belfast  

BT1 5EF, Ireland 

ContourGlobal Europe Limited

100%

United Kingdom 15 Berkeley Street, 6th Floor, London, United Kingdom,  

Contour Global LLC

Contour Global Management Inc

ContourGlobal Services Brazil LLC

ContourGlobal Togo LLC

ContourGlobal A Funding LLC

ContourGlobal Senegal Holdings LLC

ContourGlobal Senegal LLC

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

CG Solutions Global Holding Company LLC

100%

US

US

US

US

US

US

US

US

W1J 8DY

1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center, Wilmington, 
Delaware 19801 

1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center, Wilmington, 
Delaware 19801 

650 Fifth Ave – 17th Fl., New York, New York 10019 

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington,  
Delaware 19808 

1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center,  
Wilmington, Delaware 19801 

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington,  
Delaware 19808 

1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center,  
Wilmington, Delaware 19801 

Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,  
Corporation Trust Center, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements170

Investments in associates  
accounted under the equity method: 

Ownership

Country of 
incorporation

Registered address

TermoemCali I S.A. E.S.P.

Compañía Eléctrica de Sochagota S.A. E.S.P.

Productora de Energía de Boyacá S.A.S. E.S.P

Evacuacion Villanueva des Rey, S.L.

37%

49%

50%

20%

Colombia

Colombia

Colombia

Spain

Carrera 5A Nº 71-45, Bogotá, Colombia

Carrera 14 No. 20-21 Local 205A, Plaza Real, Tunja, Colombia 

Cr. 9 No. 74-08 Of. 105, Bogotá, Colombia

Calle Orense 34, 7ª planta, 28020 Madrid, Spain

4.30.  Related party disclosure
ContourGlobal L.P. and Reservoir Capital Group
As of 31st December 2019 ContourGlobal plc and its subsidiaries have no significant trading relationship with the Group’s main 
shareholder, ContourGlobal L.P., and Reservoir Capital Group which ultimately controls ContourGlobal L.P.

Key management personnel 
Compensation paid to key management (executive committee members) amounted to $15.3 million in 31st December 2019 (31st 
December 2018: $15.9 million).

In $ millions

Salaries and short-term employee benefits

Termination benefits

Post employment benefits

Profit-sharing and bonus schemes

Private incentive plan1

Other share-based payments

Total

1   Refer to note 4.26 Share-based compensation plans 

Years ended  

31st December

2019

4.8

–

–

1.2

9.1

0.2

15.3

2018

5.9

2.8

0.1

2.8

4.1

0.2

15.9

Directors’ emoluments are disclosed within the Annual Report on Remuneration for the years ended 31st December 2019 and 2018. 

4.31.  Financial commitments and contingent liabilities
a) Commitments
The Group has contractual commitments with, among others, equipment suppliers, professional service organizations and EPC 
contractors in connection with its power projects under construction that require payment upon reaching certain milestones.

As of 31st December 2019, the Group has completed all its construction projects and had $3.3 million of firm purchase commitments of 
property plant and equipment outstanding in connection with its Maritsa facilities. The Group has also contractual arrangements with 
Operating and Maintenance (O&M) providers and transmission operators as it relates to certain of its operating assets. Maritsa has a 
long-term Lignite Supply Agreement (LSA) with Maritsa Iztok Mines (MMI) for the purchase of lignite. According to the agreement, 
Maritsa has to purchase minimum monthly quantities, amounting to 6,187 thousand standard tons per calendar year. The total 
commitment through the remaining term of the LSA (February 2024) is 25,264 thousand standard tons, equal to $239.0 million at 
December 2019 prices ($9.46 per standard ton), as compared to 31,451 thousand standard tons equal to $304.3 million at the end of 
2018 ($9.67 per standard ton). In the event of a failure on the part of CG Maritsa East 3 AD (ME-3) to take a minimum monthly quantity 
in any month, ME-3 shall, except in cases caused by Force Majeure and certain actions of Bulgarian authorities as described in the 
contract, pay to MMI an amount equal to the difference between (i) the aggregate amount paid or payable in respect of lignite delivered 
during such month and (ii) the aggregate amount that would have been payable had the minimum monthly quantity been taken during 
such month.

Pursuant to Vorotan acquisition, the Group has agreed to refurbish the hydro power plants and intends to invest approximately 
€62.9 million over four years in a refurbishment program started in 2017 to modernize Vorotan and improve its operational 
performance, safety, reliability and efficiency. As of 31st December 2019 Vorotan disbursed €27.9 million of which €2.4 million 
was an advance payment to the EPC contractor.

b) Contingent liabilities 
The Group has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The Group reviews these 
matters in consultation with internal and external legal counsel to make a determination on a case-by-case basis whether a loss from 
each of these matters is probable, possible or remote. These claims involve different parties and are subject to substantial uncertainties. 

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued171

Operation & Maintenance contractor litigation (Energies Antilles) 
In 2015, a €5 million legal claim was brought against EA by the O&M contractor in relation to cost overruns following changes in French 
labor laws (“IEG status”—Industries Electriques et Gazières). On 21st September 2018, judgment was rendered by the Commercial Court 
of Paris in favor of the O&M contractor. The Commercial Court appointed an expert to determine the amount of costs for which EA 
should be liable, as opposed to those costs that were attributable to the O&M contractor’s management decisions. To date, several 
meetings with the expert have already taken place. In parallel with the expert proceeding, EA appealed before the Paris Court of 
Appeal against the Commercial Court’s decision on legal grounds. The expert proceeding is not expected to conclude before the first 
half of 2020 and the decision of the Appeal was postponed to 2020, without specified date.

Kivuwatt arbitration (KivuWatt Ltd)
The Energy Utility Corporation Limited (EUCL) continues to claim damages of approximately $80 million arising from KivuWatt’s 
delay in entering into commercial service through an arbitration submitted to the United Nation Commission on International Trade 
Law (UNCITRAL). 

KivuWatt contests EUCL right to damages over and above the $1.2 million in liquidated damages provided for in the Power Purchase 
Agreement and already paid by KivuWatt.

No provision has been recorded as of 31st December 2019 in relation to the above claims as the Group considers that it is less than 
probable that liabilities will arise from these claims.

Solar Italy insurance claim 
A fire occurred in September 2018 on a portion of a photovoltaic plant owned by the Group in Italy located on the rooftop of an 
industrial building owned by a third-party and caused damage to the facility below. In 2019, the third-party’s insurers have claimed 
$7.4 million and reserved their right to claim an amount not lower than around $9.0 million.

No provision has been recorded as of 31st December 2019 in relation to the above claim as the Group considers that it is less than 
probable that the Group could be held liable and there are reasonable grounds to believe that any such liability will be covered by 
the insurance policy. 

Taxes 
Judgement is sometimes required in determining how to account for tax positions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. 
These positions include areas such as the deductibility of certain costs, the pricing of goods or services provided between group 
companies, the application of local tax law within each territory in which the group operates and the outcome of any tax audits therein. 
Liabilities are recognised in accordance with relevant accounting standards and the Group considers these to be materially appropriate, 
having taken advice where it is considered appropriate to do so. However, the final outcome of these matters may be different from the 
amounts recorded and additional expenses may be recognised in later periods.

c) Lease activities 
Operating lease as a lessor
The Group is lessor under non-cancellable operating leases. The future aggregate minimum lease payments receivable under non-
cancellable operating leases are as follows:

In $ millions

Minimum lease payments receivable

No later than 1 year

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

Later than 5 years

Total

Years ended  

31st December

2019

2018

32.7

79.3

23.2

135.2

62.1

231.4

527.6

821.1

Finance lease as a lessor
The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable finance leases (relating to our operation of Energies Saint Martin) 
are as follows:

In $ millions

Minimum lease payments receivable

No later than 1 year

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

Later than 5 years

Gross investment in the lease

Less: unearned finance income

Total

Years ended  

31st December

2019

2018

5.5

16.6

–

22.1

(4.4)

17.7

11.6

45.8

26.5

83.9

(20.2)

63.7

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements172

In $ millions

Analysed as:

Present value of minimum lease payments receivable:

No later than 1 year

Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years

Later than 5 years

Total

Years ended  

31st December

2019

2018

5.1

12.6

–

17.7

11.0

35.4

17.3

63.7

4.32.  Guarantees and letters of credit
The Group and its subsidiaries enter into various contracts that include indemnification and guarantee provisions as a routine part of 
the Group’s business activities. Such contracts generally indemnify the counterparty for tax, environmental liability, litigation, and other 
matters, as well as breaches of representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in the agreements. In many cases, the Group’s 
maximum potential liability cannot be estimated, since some of the underlying agreements contain no limits on potential liability.

The Group also acts as guarantor to certain of its subsidiaries and obligor with respect to some long-term arrangements contracted at 
project level.

For the financial guarantees and letters of credit, refer to note 4.23 Borrowings.

4.33.  Statutory Auditors’ fees

In $ millions

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual accounts and consolidated financial 
statements

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for other services:

• The audit of the Group’s subsidiaries

• Audit- related assurance services

• Other assurance services

• Tax compliance services

• Tax advisory services

• Other non-audit services

Total (net of out of pocket expenses)

Years ended  

31st December

2019

1.3

2018

1.2

1.4

1.1

0.4

–

–

–

4.2

1.4

0.3

1.1

–

–

0.1

4.1

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Consolidated financial statements continuedNotes to the Consolidated financial statements continued173

Company financial statements

Company balance sheet

At 31st December 2019

In $ millions

Fixed assets

Investments

Current assets

Debtors

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital

Share premium account

Retained earnings and other reserves

Total shareholders’ funds

Note

2019

2018

6

7

8

9

1,642.1 

1,642.1 

6.1 

12.9 

19.0 

(3.8)

14.0

7.9 

0.4 

8.3 

(4.1)

4.2

1,657.3 

1,646.3 

8.9 

380.8 

1,267.7 

1,657.3 

8.9 

380.8 

1,256.6 

1,646.3 

The Company’s profit for the year ended 31st December 2019 was $147.3 million. Company’s loss for the year ended 31st December 2018 
was $(6.3) million.

The financial statements on pages 173 to 177 were approved and authorised for issue by the board and were signed on its behalf by:

Joseph C. Brandt
Director

16th March 2020

Registered Number: 10982736

Company statement of changes in equity

As at 31st December 2019

In $ millions

At 31st December 2017

Share based payments1

Dividends distribution2

Loss for the year

At 31st December 2018

Share based payments1

Dividends distribution2

Profit for the year

At 31st December 2019

Called-up 
share 
capital

Share 
premium 
account

Retained 
earnings 
and other 
reserves

Total

8.9 

380.8 

1,306.3 

1,696.0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.7 

(44.1)

(6.3)

0.7 

(44.1)

(6.3)

8.9 

380.8 

1,256.6 

1,646.3 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.3 

(137.6)

147.3

1.3

(137.6)

147.3

8.9 

380.8 

1,267.7

1,657.3 

1 

Includes CEO deferred bonus award and Long Term Investing Plan impact on equity.

2  During the year ended 31st December 2019 the Group paid dividends of $63.3 million on 24th May 2019, $24.75 million on each of the following dates 18th June 
2019, 3rd September 2019 and 24th December 2019. During the year ended 31st December 2018 the Group paid dividends of $17.3 million on 31st May 2018 and 
$26.7 million on 7th September 2018. For further details on dividends paid, refer to page 122 of the Group’s financial statements.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
174

Company financial statements continued

Notes to the Company financial statements
1.  General information
ContourGlobal plc is a public limited company which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled in the United Kingdom 
and incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006. The Company was incorporated on 26th September 2017 and 
adopted FRS 102 from that date.

2.  Statement of compliance 
The financial statements of ContourGlobal plc have been prepared in compliance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including 
Financial Reporting Standard 102, ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland’ 
(‘FRS 102’) and the Companies Act 2006. 

3.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. The policies have been 
consistently applied throughout the period presented. 

3.1.  Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified for the revaluation of certain 
financial assets and liabilities through profit or loss. The current year financial information presented is for the year ended 31st 
December 2019, and the comparative for the year ended 31st December 2018. 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a 
higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are set 
out below. The financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis under the historical cost convention as modified 
for the revaluation of certain financial assets and liabilities through profit or loss.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, an entity profit and loss account is not included as it is part of the published 
consolidated financial statements of ContourGlobal plc.

3.2.  Exemptions for qualifying entities under FRS 102
The Company has taken advantage of the following FRS 102 disclosure exemptions available to qualifying entities:

• The requirements of Section 4 Statement of Financial Position 4.12 (a) (iv);
• The requirements of Section 7 Statements of Cash Flows;
• The requirements of Section 3 Financial Statement Presentation paragraph 3.17 (d); and
• The requirements of Section 11 Financial Instruments paragraphs 11.41(b), 11.41(c), 11.41(e), 11.41 (f), 11.42, 11.44, 11.47, 11.48(a)(iii), 11.48(a)(iii), 

11.48(a)(iv), 11.48(b) and 11.48(c).

3.3. Foreign currency
(i)  Functional and presentation currency
The Company’s functional and presentation currency is the US Dollar.

(ii)  Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the spot exchange rate at the dates of the transactions.

At each period end foreign currency non-monetary items measured at historical cost are translated using the exchange rate on the date 
of the transaction.

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at period end exchange rates are recognized in the profit and loss account.

3.4. Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider whether any events or 
circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may not be recoverable. If such 
circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to establish whether the carrying amount exceeds the higher of net 
realisable value or value in use. If this is the case, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the related 
investment. Distributions from subsidiaries are treated as dividend income through the profit or loss account where they relate to 
returns from underlying trading entities. Alternatively, distributions are treated as a reduction of the cost of the investment where it 
relates to a return of the original capital contribution.

3.5. Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a 
deduction from the proceeds.

3.6. Taxation
UK corporation tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid or recovered using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Unrecognized deferred tax assets as at 31st December 2019 were $2.1 million 
($1.4 million in 2018).

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019175

3.7.  Financial instruments
The Company has chosen to adopt Sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of financial instruments.

a)  Financial assets
Financial assets including amounts owed by group undertakings and other receivables and cash at bank and in hand are initially 
recognised at transaction price and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

At the end of each reporting period financial assets measured at amortised cost are assessed for objective evidence of impairment. 
If an asset is impaired the impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated 
cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

If there is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the impairment 
is reversed.

The reversal is such that the current carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying amount would have been had the impairment 
not previously been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial assets are derecognised when (a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or are settled; or (b) 
substantially all the risks and rewards of the ownership of the asset are transferred to another party; or (c) despite having retained some 
significant risks and rewards of ownership, control of the asset has been transferred to another party who has the practical ability to 
unilaterally sell the asset to an unrelated third party without imposing additional restrictions.

b)  Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities include trade and other payables (including from intercompany Group companies).

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers.

Trade payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current 
liabilities. Trade payables are recognised initially at transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

3.8. Dividend distribution
Dividends to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in which the 
dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders in the case of final dividends. In respect of interim dividends, these are 
recognised once paid.

3.9. Critical accounting judgements and estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise their judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The area involving 
a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements is:

• Carrying value of investments.

The Company considers annually whether there is any indication of impairment in the carrying value of investments in accordance with 
the accounting policy stated. Assessments of this nature involve judgement over the economic performance of individual investments, 
changes in the market in which they operate or where there are indications that the value of the underlying assets have declined during 
the period which are significantly more than expected as a result of the passage of time or normal use.

In the event that there is an indicator of impairment, the Company performs an impairment assessment to determine if the carrying 
value of the investment is supported by its recoverable amount. The determination of the recoverable amount is typically the most 
judgmental part of an impairment evaluation. The recoverable amount is the higher of (i) an investments’s fair value less costs of 
disposal (market value), and (ii) value in use determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows (“DCF”) of the investment.

The Company uses a fair value less costs of disposal model in estimating the recoverable value, with the key assumption being the 
EBITDA multiple applied to the actual cash flows for the year. These EBITDA multiples are highly variable by nature.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements176

4.  Directors’ Emoluments and employees
The Company had nine Directors and an average of five employees as at 31st December 2019 (The Company had seven Directors and 
an average of four employees as at 31st December 2018). Of the nine Directors, one was remunerated by the Company. The other eight 
Directors were remunerated by another company in the Group. The amount of employees charges, including Directors, recognized in 
the Company’s profit and loss statement in 2019 amounted to $3.2 million (2018: $1.5 million).

In $ millions

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share-based payments

Total employee costs

2019

2018

(1.6)

(0.2)

(0.1)

(1.3)

(3.2)

(0.6) 

(0.2) 

– 

(0.7) 

(1.5) 

Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 83 to 105.

5.  Auditors’ fees
The amounts payable to the Company’s auditors in respect of the statutory audit were $24,000 (2018: $24,000).

6.  Investments in Subsidiaries
In $ millions

At 1st January

Capital increase of CG Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l

Capital repayment of CG Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l

At 31st December

2019

1,642.1 

–

–

1,642.1 

2018

1,620.7

48.0

(26.6)

1,642.1 

On 20th February 2018, the Company contributed an additional $48 million in ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l equity via a 
cash injection. On 21st August 2018, ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l repaid $26.6 million equity to the Company. 

In 2019 the Company received $154.7 million of dividends from ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l. 

The Company’s directly wholly owned subsidiary is ContourGlobal Worldwide Holdings S.à.r.l. A full list of indirect subsidiaries and other 
undertakings as required by Section 409 of the Companies’ Act 2006 is shown on pages 166 to 171 of the Group’s financial statements.

7.  Debtors
In $ millions

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

VAT recoverable

Prepayments and accrued income

2019

2018

5.1

0.6

0.4

6.1

7.2 

0.2 

0.5 

7.9 

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

8.  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
In $ millions

Trade payables 

Accrued expenses 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

2019

2018

0.3 

3.2 

0.3 

3.8 

0.4 

2.1 

1.6 

4.1 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.

9.  Called-up share capital
Issued capital of the Company amounted to $8.9 million as at 31st December 2019 and 31st December 2018.

As of 31st December 2019 and 2018, the Company has issued 670,712,920 shares of £0.01 each, corresponding to an allotted, called up 
and fully paid capital of £6.7 million, or $8.9 million. There has been no change in the called-up share capital in both years.

Notes to the Company financial statements continuedContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019Company financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
177

10. Contingent Liabilities
The Company acts as a guarantor to certain of its subsidiaries with respect to various financial obligations and project financing 
agreements entered into by its subsidiaries. The main financial obligations are listed below:

• ContourGlobal Plc $1.2 million guarantee for the benefit of KivuWatt under the PPA and Gas Concession to the Government of Rwanda 

and to Electrogaz (outside of the loan guarantee); 

• $8.5 million guarantee to Credit Suisse for Inka letter of credit;
• $8.5 million guarantee to cover Kivuwatt debt service reserve account; 
• Guarantee on cash shortfall for debt service in ContourGlobal Togo; the loan balance as at 31st December 2019 is $88.7 million; 
• Guarantee to Goldman Sachs, Credit Suisse International, Citibank Europe plc, HSBC Bank USA National Association, JP Morgan 

Securities plc, and Mizuho Capital Markets LLC in relation with the hedging instruments existing at ContourGlobal Power Holdings S.A.;

• Parent guarantor (as defined in the indenture) under the €850 million bond indenture dated 19th July 2018;
• Guarantor under the corporate level revolving credit facility of €75 million dated 9th November 2018;
• Guarantor under the corporate level letter of credit facility of €75.75 million dated 29th March 2019;
• BRL 60 million guarantee to debenture holders to cover Brasil hydro injunctions risk on ContourGlobal do Brasil Participações S.A.

With regards to the above, no amounts have been drawn down as at year end.

11.  Related Parties
In 2018 and 2019 none of the Company or its subsidiaries have contracted with related parties. As of 31st December 2019, the  
Company has no balance due or to be received from related party other than amounts due to and from subsidiary undertakings.

The directors’ emoluments are disclosed on pages 86 to 103 within the Annual Report on Remuneration for the years ended  
31st December 2019 and 2018.

12. Controlling party
The Company is majority owned by ContourGlobal L.P. The ultimate controlling party of ContourGlobal L.P. is Reservoir Capital funds.

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements178

Shareholder information

Forward Looking Statements
This Annual Report has been prepared 
for, and only for, the members of 
ContourGlobal plc (‘the Company’) as a 
body, and for no other persons. The 
Company, its Directors, employees, agents 
or advisors do not accept or assume 
responsibility to any other person who 
receives or sees this document and any 
such responsibility or liability is expressly 
disclaimed. By their nature, the statements 
concerning the risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group in this Annual Report 
involve uncertainty because future events 
and circumstances can cause results and 
developments to differ materially from 
those anticipated. Forward-looking 
statements in this annual report reflect 
knowledge and information available at 
the date of preparation of this Annual 
Report and the Company undertakes no 
obligation to update these forward-looking 
statements after publication. Nothing in this 
Annual Report should be construed as a 
profit forecast.

Warning about unsolicited approaches to 
shareholders and ‘Boiler Room’ scams
In recent years, many companies have 
become aware that their shareholders 
have received unsolicited phone calls or 
correspondence concerning investment 
matters. These are typically from overseas 
based ‘brokers’ who target UK shareholders, 
offering to sell them what often turn out 
to be worthless or high risk shares in 
UK investments. These operations are 
commonly known as ‘boiler rooms’. 

These ‘brokers’ can be very persistent 
and persuasive. ContourGlobal plc 
shareholders are advised to be extremely 
wary of such approaches and advised 
to only deal with firms authorized by the 
FCA. You can check whether an enquirer 
is properly authorized and report scam 
approaches by contacting the FCA on 
www.fca.org.uk/scams (where you may also 
review the latest scams) or by calling the 
FCA Consumer Helpline: 0800 111 6768.

If you have already paid money to share 
fraudsters then contact Action Fraud on 
0300 123 2040.

Registrar
The Company’s register of shareholders 
is maintained by our Registrar, Equiniti 
Limited. All enquiries regarding 
shareholder administration including lost 
share certificates or changes of address 
should be communicated to the Registrar 
in writing or by calling 0871 384 2030 for 
callers from the UK1 or +44 (0)121 415 7047 
for callers from outside the UK. 

Shareholders can also view and manage 
their shareholdings online by registering 
at www.shareview.co.uk/myportfolio.

Directors
Craig A. Huff  
Joseph C. Brandt 
Daniel Camus 
Mariana Gheorghe  
Alan Gillespie  
Alejandro Santo Domingo  
Ronald Trächsel 
Gregg M. Zeitlin

Company Secretary
Penny Thomas 
penny.thomas@contourglobal.com

Investor relations contact
John Smelt 
john.smelt@contourglobal.com

Registered Office
7th Floor 
Park House 
116 Park Street 
London 
W1K 6SS 
United Kingdom

Company Number
10982736

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
1 Embankment Place 
London 
WC2N 6RH 
United Kingdom

Registrar
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA 
United Kingdom

1  Calls to this number are charged at 10 pence 
per minute plus network extras. Lines are 
open 8.30am to 5.30pm Mondays to Fridays, 
excluding Bank Holidays in England and Wales.

ContourGlobal plc / Annual Report 2019ContourGlobal photographic competition
As a tradition, we wanted to engage our employees and ran a photography
competition to showcase our global operations. We were overwhelmed with
the response and the quality of the imagery. Some of the amazing images
we received have been included throughout the report:
Page 13: Anonymous, Palma del Rio, CSP Spain 
Page 25: Kalleb Oliveira, Chapada Complex, Brazil
Page 25: Nicolas Clerc, Solar Italy, Sabaudia 
Page 28, top picture: Papa Mamadou Diack, Cap des Biches, Senegal
Page 28: Imen Turki, Togo 
Page 33: Victor Brito, Intelligence Center, Natal, Brazil 
Page 37: Bruno Andrade, Asa Branca Complex, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil 
Page 38: Aram Arekhtsyan, Vorotan, Tatev Reservoir, Armenia 
Page 39: Luis Alberto Jimenez Cruz, Arrubal Spain 
Page 42, top picture: Papa Mamadou Diack, Cap des Biches, Senegal 
Page 44, top picture: Ian Farias, Talara Proyecto, Inka, Peru 
Page 44, bottom left picture: Imen Turki, Saint Martin, French Caribbean 
Page 44, bottom right picture: Aram Arekhtsyan, Vorotan, Armenia 
Page 67: Ana Isabel Sancho Nunez, Termosolar Majadas, Cacares, Spain

Designed and produced by MerchantCantos 
www.merchantcantos.com

ContourGlobal plc
7th Floor
Park House
116 Park Street
London
W1K 6SS
United Kingdom

www.contourglobal.com